patch 8.1.2388: using old C style commentsv8.1.2388

Problem:    Using old C style comments.
Solution:   Use // comments where appropriate.

12 files changed, 1926 insertions, 1930 deletions

diff --git a/src/json.c b/src/json.c
index cca6f7044..eedb6062a 100644
--- a/src/json.c
+++ b/src/json.c
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ json_encode(typval_T *val, int options)
 {
     garray_T ga;
 
-    /* Store bytes in the growarray. */
+    // Store bytes in the growarray.
     ga_init2(&ga, 1, 4000);
     json_encode_gap(&ga, val, options);
     ga_append(&ga, NUL);
@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ write_string(garray_T *gap, char_u *str)
 
 	if (!enc_utf8)
 	{
-	    /* Convert the text from 'encoding' to utf-8, the JSON string is
-	     * always utf-8. */
+	    // Convert the text from 'encoding' to utf-8, the JSON string is
+	    // always utf-8.
 	    conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
 	    convert_setup(&conv, p_enc, (char_u*)"utf-8");
 	    if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ write_string(garray_T *gap, char_u *str)
 	while (*res != NUL)
 	{
 	    int c;
-	    /* always use utf-8 encoding, ignore 'encoding' */
+	    // always use utf-8 encoding, ignore 'encoding'
 	    c = utf_ptr2char(res);
 
 	    switch (c)
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ write_string(garray_T *gap, char_u *str)
 		    ga_append(gap, '\\'); ga_append(gap, 'f'); break;
 		case 0x0d:
 		    ga_append(gap, '\\'); ga_append(gap, 'r'); break;
-		case 0x22: /* " */
-		case 0x5c: /* \ */
+		case 0x22: // "
+		case 0x5c: // backslash
 		    ga_append(gap, '\\');
 		    ga_append(gap, c);
 		    break;
@@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ json_encode_item(garray_T *gap, typval_T *val, int copyID, int options)
 		case VVAL_TRUE: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"true"); break;
 		case VVAL_NONE: if ((options & JSON_JS) != 0
 					     && (options & JSON_NO_NONE) == 0)
-				    /* empty item */
+				    // empty item
 				    break;
-				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+				// FALLTHROUGH
 		case VVAL_NULL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"null"); break;
 	    }
 	    break;
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ json_encode_item(garray_T *gap, typval_T *val, int copyID, int options)
 	case VAR_PARTIAL:
 	case VAR_JOB:
 	case VAR_CHANNEL:
-	    /* no JSON equivalent TODO: better error */
+	    // no JSON equivalent TODO: better error
 	    emsg(_(e_invarg));
 	    return FAIL;
 
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ json_encode_item(garray_T *gap, typval_T *val, int copyID, int options)
 				&& li->li_next == NULL
 				&& li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_SPECIAL
 				&& li->li_tv.vval.v_number == VVAL_NONE)
-			    /* add an extra comma if the last item is v:none */
+			    // add an extra comma if the last item is v:none
 			    ga_append(gap, ',');
 			li = li->li_next;
 			if (li != NULL)
@@ -405,21 +405,21 @@ json_decode_string(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int quote)
     if (res != NULL)
 	ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200);
 
-    p = reader->js_buf + reader->js_used + 1; /* skip over " or ' */
+    p = reader->js_buf + reader->js_used + 1; // skip over " or '
     while (*p != quote)
     {
-	/* The JSON is always expected to be utf-8, thus use utf functions
-	 * here. The string is converted below if needed. */
+	// The JSON is always expected to be utf-8, thus use utf functions
+	// here. The string is converted below if needed.
 	if (*p == NUL || p[1] == NUL || utf_ptr2len(p) < utf_byte2len(*p))
 	{
-	    /* Not enough bytes to make a character or end of the string. Get
-	     * more if possible. */
+	    // Not enough bytes to make a character or end of the string. Get
+	    // more if possible.
 	    if (reader->js_fill == NULL)
 		break;
 	    len = (int)(reader->js_end - p);
 	    reader->js_used = (int)(p - reader->js_buf);
 	    if (!reader->js_fill(reader))
-		break; /* didn't get more */
+		break; // didn't get more
 	    p = reader->js_buf + reader->js_used;
 	    reader->js_end = reader->js_buf + STRLEN(reader->js_buf);
 	    continue;
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ json_decode_string(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int quote)
 		    {
 			varnumber_T	nr2 = 0;
 
-			/* decode surrogate pair: \ud812\u3456 */
+			// decode surrogate pair: \ud812\u3456
 			len = 0;
 			vim_str2nr(p + 2, NULL, &len,
 			     STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE, &nr2, NULL, 4, TRUE);
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ json_decode_string(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int quote)
 		    }
 		    break;
 		default:
-		    /* not a special char, skip over \ */
+		    // not a special char, skip over backslash
 		    ++p;
 		    continue;
 	    }
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ json_decode_string(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int quote)
 	    {
 		vimconv_T   conv;
 
-		/* Convert the utf-8 string to 'encoding'. */
+		// Convert the utf-8 string to 'encoding'.
 		conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
 		convert_setup(&conv, (char_u*)"utf-8", p_enc);
 		if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
@@ -560,14 +560,14 @@ json_decode_string(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int quote)
 }
 
 typedef enum {
-    JSON_ARRAY,		/* parsing items in an array */
-    JSON_OBJECT_KEY,	/* parsing key of an object */
-    JSON_OBJECT		/* parsing item in an object, after the key */
+    JSON_ARRAY,		// parsing items in an array
+    JSON_OBJECT_KEY,	// parsing key of an object
+    JSON_OBJECT		// parsing item in an object, after the key
 } json_decode_T;
 
 typedef struct {
     json_decode_T jd_type;
-    typval_T	  jd_tv;	/* the list or dict */
+    typval_T	  jd_tv;	// the list or dict
     typval_T	  jd_key_tv;
     char_u	  *jd_key;
 } json_dec_item_T;
@@ -611,17 +611,17 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 	    {
 		retval = MAYBE;
 		if (top_item->jd_type == JSON_OBJECT)
-		    /* did get the key, clear it */
+		    // did get the key, clear it
 		    clear_tv(&top_item->jd_key_tv);
 		goto theend;
 	    }
 	    if (top_item->jd_type == JSON_OBJECT_KEY
 					    || top_item->jd_type == JSON_ARRAY)
 	    {
-		/* Check for end of object or array. */
+		// Check for end of object or array.
 		if (*p == (top_item->jd_type == JSON_ARRAY ? ']' : '}'))
 		{
-		    ++reader->js_used; /* consume the ']' or '}' */
+		    ++reader->js_used; // consume the ']' or '}'
 		    --stack.ga_len;
 		    if (stack.ga_len == 0)
 		    {
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 	{
 	    char_u *key;
 
-	    /* accept an object key that is not in quotes */
+	    // accept an object key that is not in quotes
 	    key = p = reader->js_buf + reader->js_used;
 	    while (*p != NUL && *p != ':' && *p > ' ')
 		++p;
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 	{
 	    switch (*p)
 	    {
-		case '[': /* start of array */
+		case '[': // start of array
 		    if (top_item && top_item->jd_type == JSON_OBJECT_KEY)
 		    {
 			retval = FAIL;
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 			break;
 		    }
 
-		    ++reader->js_used; /* consume the '[' */
+		    ++reader->js_used; // consume the '['
 		    top_item = ((json_dec_item_T *)stack.ga_data)
 								+ stack.ga_len;
 		    top_item->jd_type = JSON_ARRAY;
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 		    }
 		    continue;
 
-		case '{': /* start of object */
+		case '{': // start of object
 		    if (top_item && top_item->jd_type == JSON_OBJECT_KEY)
 		    {
 			retval = FAIL;
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 			break;
 		    }
 
-		    ++reader->js_used; /* consume the '{' */
+		    ++reader->js_used; // consume the '{'
 		    top_item = ((json_dec_item_T *)stack.ga_data)
 								+ stack.ga_len;
 		    top_item->jd_type = JSON_OBJECT_KEY;
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 		    }
 		    continue;
 
-		case '"': /* string */
+		case '"': // string
 		    retval = json_decode_string(reader, cur_item, *p);
 		    break;
 
@@ -736,15 +736,15 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 		    }
 		    break;
 
-		case ',': /* comma: empty item */
+		case ',': // comma: empty item
 		    if ((options & JSON_JS) == 0)
 		    {
 			emsg(_(e_invarg));
 			retval = FAIL;
 			break;
 		    }
-		    /* FALLTHROUGH */
-		case NUL: /* empty */
+		    // FALLTHROUGH
+		case NUL: // empty
 		    if (cur_item != NULL)
 		    {
 			cur_item->v_type = VAR_SPECIAL;
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 			    varnumber_T nr;
 
 			    vim_str2nr(reader->js_buf + reader->js_used,
-				    NULL, &len, 0, /* what */
+				    NULL, &len, 0, // what
 				    &nr, NULL, 0, TRUE);
 			    if (len == 0)
 			    {
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 			break;
 		    }
 #endif
-		    /* check for truncated name */
+		    // check for truncated name
 		    len = (int)(reader->js_end - (reader->js_buf + reader->js_used));
 		    if (
 			    (len < 5 && STRNICMP((char *)p, "false", len) == 0)
@@ -899,8 +899,8 @@ json_decode_item(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 		    break;
 	    }
 
-	    /* We are finished when retval is FAIL or MAYBE and when at the
-	     * toplevel. */
+	    // We are finished when retval is FAIL or MAYBE and when at the
+	    // toplevel.
 	    if (retval == FAIL)
 		break;
 	    if (retval == MAYBE || stack.ga_len == 0)
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ item_end:
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Get here when parsing failed. */
+    // Get here when parsing failed.
     if (res != NULL)
     {
 	clear_tv(res);
@@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ json_decode_all(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 {
     int ret;
 
-    /* We find the end once, to avoid calling strlen() many times. */
+    // We find the end once, to avoid calling strlen() many times.
     reader->js_end = reader->js_buf + STRLEN(reader->js_buf);
     json_skip_white(reader);
     ret = json_decode_item(reader, res, options);
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ json_decode(js_read_T *reader, typval_T *res, int options)
 {
     int ret;
 
-    /* We find the end once, to avoid calling strlen() many times. */
+    // We find the end once, to avoid calling strlen() many times.
     reader->js_end = reader->js_buf + STRLEN(reader->js_buf);
     json_skip_white(reader);
     ret = json_decode_item(reader, res, options);
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ json_find_end(js_read_T *reader, int options)
     int used_save = reader->js_used;
     int ret;
 
-    /* We find the end once, to avoid calling strlen() many times. */
+    // We find the end once, to avoid calling strlen() many times.
     reader->js_end = reader->js_buf + STRLEN(reader->js_buf);
     json_skip_white(reader);
     ret = json_decode_item(reader, NULL, options);
diff --git a/src/json_test.c b/src/json_test.c
index 47bec8ee6..5fb772ee0 100644
--- a/src/json_test.c
+++ b/src/json_test.c
@@ -14,16 +14,16 @@
 #undef NDEBUG
 #include <assert.h>
 
-/* Must include main.c because it contains much more than just main() */
+// Must include main.c because it contains much more than just main()
 #define NO_VIM_MAIN
 #include "main.c"
 
-/* This file has to be included because the tested functions are static */
+// This file has to be included because the tested functions are static
 #include "json.c"
 
 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
 /*
- * Test json_find_end() with imcomplete items.
+ * Test json_find_end() with incomplete items.
  */
     static void
 test_decode_find_end(void)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ test_decode_find_end(void)
     reader.js_fill = NULL;
     reader.js_used = 0;
 
-    /* string and incomplete string */
+    // string and incomplete string
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"\"hello\"";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == OK);
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"  \"hello\" ";
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ test_decode_find_end(void)
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"\"hello";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == MAYBE);
 
-    /* number and dash (incomplete number) */
+    // number and dash (incomplete number)
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"123";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == OK);
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"-";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == MAYBE);
 
-    /* false, true and null, also incomplete */
+    // false, true and null, also incomplete
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"false";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == OK);
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"f";
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ test_decode_find_end(void)
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"nul";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == MAYBE);
 
-    /* object without white space */
+    // object without white space
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"{\"a\":123}";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == OK);
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"{\"a\":123";
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ test_decode_find_end(void)
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"{";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == MAYBE);
 
-    /* object with white space */
+    // object with white space
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"  {  \"a\"  :  123  }  ";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == OK);
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"  {  \"a\"  :  123  ";
@@ -107,13 +107,13 @@ test_decode_find_end(void)
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"  {   ";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == MAYBE);
 
-    /* JS object with white space */
+    // JS object with white space
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"  {  a  :  123  }  ";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, JSON_JS) == OK);
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"  {  a  :   ";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, JSON_JS) == MAYBE);
 
-    /* array without white space */
+    // array without white space
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"[\"a\",123]";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == OK);
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"[\"a\",123";
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ test_decode_find_end(void)
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"[";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == MAYBE);
 
-    /* array with white space */
+    // array with white space
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"  [  \"a\"  ,  123  ]  ";
     assert(json_find_end(&reader, 0) == OK);
     reader.js_buf = (char_u *)"  [  \"a\"  ,  123  ";
diff --git a/src/kword_test.c b/src/kword_test.c
index 927c4fd0c..c02ba4312 100644
--- a/src/kword_test.c
+++ b/src/kword_test.c
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@
 #undef NDEBUG
 #include <assert.h>
 
-/* Must include main.c because it contains much more than just main() */
+// Must include main.c because it contains much more than just main()
 #define NO_VIM_MAIN
 #include "main.c"
 
-/* This file has to be included because the tested functions are static */
+// This file has to be included because the tested functions are static
 #include "charset.c"
 
 /*
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ test_isword_funcs_utf8(void)
     buf.b_p_isk = (char_u *)"@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235";
 
     curbuf = &buf;
-    mb_init(); /* calls init_chartab() */
+    mb_init(); // calls init_chartab()
 
     for (c = 0; c < 0x10000; ++c)
     {
diff --git a/src/list.c b/src/list.c
index 3038b22f9..6f475fcef 100644
--- a/src/list.c
+++ b/src/list.c
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
 
 static char *e_listblobarg = N_("E899: Argument of %s must be a List or Blob");
 
-/* List heads for garbage collection. */
-static list_T		*first_list = NULL;	/* list of all lists */
+// List heads for garbage collection.
+static list_T		*first_list = NULL;	// list of all lists
 
 /*
  * Add a watcher to a list.
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ list_alloc(void)
     l = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(list_T);
     if (l != NULL)
     {
-	/* Prepend the list to the list of lists for garbage collection. */
+	// Prepend the list to the list of lists for garbage collection.
 	if (first_list != NULL)
 	    first_list->lv_used_prev = l;
 	l->lv_used_prev = NULL;
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ list_free_contents(list_T *l)
 
     for (item = l->lv_first; item != NULL; item = l->lv_first)
     {
-	/* Remove the item before deleting it. */
+	// Remove the item before deleting it.
 	l->lv_first = item->li_next;
 	clear_tv(&item->li_tv);
 	vim_free(item);
@@ -187,9 +187,9 @@ list_free_nonref(int copyID)
 	if ((ll->lv_copyID & COPYID_MASK) != (copyID & COPYID_MASK)
 						      && ll->lv_watch == NULL)
 	{
-	    /* Free the List and ordinary items it contains, but don't recurse
-	     * into Lists and Dictionaries, they will be in the list of dicts
-	     * or list of lists. */
+	    // Free the List and ordinary items it contains, but don't recurse
+	    // into Lists and Dictionaries, they will be in the list of dicts
+	    // or list of lists.
 	    list_free_contents(ll);
 	    did_free = TRUE;
 	}
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ list_free_nonref(int copyID)
     static void
 list_free_list(list_T  *l)
 {
-    /* Remove the list from the list of lists for garbage collection. */
+    // Remove the list from the list of lists for garbage collection.
     if (l->lv_used_prev == NULL)
 	first_list = l->lv_used_next;
     else
@@ -221,9 +221,9 @@ list_free_items(int copyID)
 	if ((ll->lv_copyID & COPYID_MASK) != (copyID & COPYID_MASK)
 						      && ll->lv_watch == NULL)
 	{
-	    /* Free the List and ordinary items it contains, but don't recurse
-	     * into Lists and Dictionaries, they will be in the list of dicts
-	     * or list of lists. */
+	    // Free the List and ordinary items it contains, but don't recurse
+	    // into Lists and Dictionaries, they will be in the list of dicts
+	    // or list of lists.
 	    list_free_list(ll);
 	}
     }
@@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ list_len(list_T *l)
 list_equal(
     list_T	*l1,
     list_T	*l2,
-    int		ic,	/* ignore case for strings */
-    int		recursive)  /* TRUE when used recursively */
+    int		ic,	// ignore case for strings
+    int		recursive)  // TRUE when used recursively
 {
     listitem_T	*item1, *item2;
 
@@ -321,32 +321,32 @@ list_find(list_T *l, long n)
     if (l == NULL)
 	return NULL;
 
-    /* Negative index is relative to the end. */
+    // Negative index is relative to the end.
     if (n < 0)
 	n = l->lv_len + n;
 
-    /* Check for index out of range. */
+    // Check for index out of range.
     if (n < 0 || n >= l->lv_len)
 	return NULL;
 
-    /* When there is a cached index may start search from there. */
+    // When there is a cached index may start search from there.
     if (l->lv_idx_item != NULL)
     {
 	if (n < l->lv_idx / 2)
 	{
-	    /* closest to the start of the list */
+	    // closest to the start of the list
 	    item = l->lv_first;
 	    idx = 0;
 	}
 	else if (n > (l->lv_idx + l->lv_len) / 2)
 	{
-	    /* closest to the end of the list */
+	    // closest to the end of the list
 	    item = l->lv_last;
 	    idx = l->lv_len - 1;
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    /* closest to the cached index */
+	    // closest to the cached index
 	    item = l->lv_idx_item;
 	    idx = l->lv_idx;
 	}
@@ -355,13 +355,13 @@ list_find(list_T *l, long n)
     {
 	if (n < l->lv_len / 2)
 	{
-	    /* closest to the start of the list */
+	    // closest to the start of the list
 	    item = l->lv_first;
 	    idx = 0;
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    /* closest to the end of the list */
+	    // closest to the end of the list
 	    item = l->lv_last;
 	    idx = l->lv_len - 1;
 	}
@@ -369,18 +369,18 @@ list_find(list_T *l, long n)
 
     while (n > idx)
     {
-	/* search forward */
+	// search forward
 	item = item->li_next;
 	++idx;
     }
     while (n < idx)
     {
-	/* search backward */
+	// search backward
 	item = item->li_prev;
 	--idx;
     }
 
-    /* cache the used index */
+    // cache the used index
     l->lv_idx = idx;
     l->lv_idx_item = item;
 
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ list_find(list_T *l, long n)
 list_find_nr(
     list_T	*l,
     long	idx,
-    int		*errorp)	/* set to TRUE when something wrong */
+    int		*errorp)	// set to TRUE when something wrong
 {
     listitem_T	*li;
 
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ list_append(list_T *l, listitem_T *item)
 {
     if (l->lv_last == NULL)
     {
-	/* empty list */
+	// empty list
 	l->lv_first = item;
 	l->lv_last = item;
 	item->li_prev = NULL;
@@ -585,11 +585,11 @@ list_insert_tv(list_T *l, typval_T *tv, listitem_T *item)
 list_insert(list_T *l, listitem_T *ni, listitem_T *item)
 {
     if (item == NULL)
-	/* Append new item at end of list. */
+	// Append new item at end of list.
 	list_append(l, ni);
     else
     {
-	/* Insert new item before existing item. */
+	// Insert new item before existing item.
 	ni->li_prev = item->li_prev;
 	ni->li_next = item;
 	if (item->li_prev == NULL)
@@ -618,8 +618,8 @@ list_extend(list_T *l1, list_T *l2, listitem_T *bef)
     listitem_T	*item;
     int		todo = l2->lv_len;
 
-    /* We also quit the loop when we have inserted the original item count of
-     * the list, avoid a hang when we extend a list with itself. */
+    // We also quit the loop when we have inserted the original item count of
+    // the list, avoid a hang when we extend a list with itself.
     for (item = l2->lv_first; item != NULL && --todo >= 0; item = item->li_next)
 	if (list_insert_tv(l1, &item->li_tv, bef) == FAIL)
 	    return FAIL;
@@ -638,14 +638,14 @@ list_concat(list_T *l1, list_T *l2, typval_T *tv)
     if (l1 == NULL || l2 == NULL)
 	return FAIL;
 
-    /* make a copy of the first list. */
+    // make a copy of the first list.
     l = list_copy(l1, FALSE, 0);
     if (l == NULL)
 	return FAIL;
     tv->v_type = VAR_LIST;
     tv->vval.v_list = l;
 
-    /* append all items from the second list */
+    // append all items from the second list
     return list_extend(l, l2, NULL);
 }
 
@@ -670,8 +670,8 @@ list_copy(list_T *orig, int deep, int copyID)
     {
 	if (copyID != 0)
 	{
-	    /* Do this before adding the items, because one of the items may
-	     * refer back to this list. */
+	    // Do this before adding the items, because one of the items may
+	    // refer back to this list.
 	    orig->lv_copyID = copyID;
 	    orig->lv_copylist = copy;
 	}
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ vimlist_remove(list_T *l, listitem_T *item, listitem_T *item2)
 {
     listitem_T	*ip;
 
-    /* notify watchers */
+    // notify watchers
     for (ip = item; ip != NULL; ip = ip->li_next)
     {
 	--l->lv_len;
@@ -766,13 +766,13 @@ typedef struct join_S {
 
     static int
 list_join_inner(
-    garray_T	*gap,		/* to store the result in */
+    garray_T	*gap,		// to store the result in
     list_T	*l,
     char_u	*sep,
     int		echo_style,
     int		restore_copyID,
     int		copyID,
-    garray_T	*join_gap)	/* to keep each list item string */
+    garray_T	*join_gap)	// to keep each list item string
 {
     int		i;
     join_T	*p;
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ list_join_inner(
     listitem_T	*item;
     char_u	*s;
 
-    /* Stringify each item in the list. */
+    // Stringify each item in the list.
     for (item = l->lv_first; item != NULL && !got_int; item = item->li_next)
     {
 	s = echo_string_core(&item->li_tv, &tofree, numbuf, copyID,
@@ -809,12 +809,12 @@ list_join_inner(
 	}
 
 	line_breakcheck();
-	if (did_echo_string_emsg)  /* recursion error, bail out */
+	if (did_echo_string_emsg)  // recursion error, bail out
 	    break;
     }
 
-    /* Allocate result buffer with its total size, avoid re-allocation and
-     * multiple copy operations.  Add 2 for a tailing ']' and NUL. */
+    // Allocate result buffer with its total size, avoid re-allocation and
+    // multiple copy operations.  Add 2 for a tailing ']' and NUL.
     if (join_gap->ga_len >= 2)
 	sumlen += (int)STRLEN(sep) * (join_gap->ga_len - 1);
     if (ga_grow(gap, sumlen + 2) == FAIL)
@@ -856,12 +856,12 @@ list_join(
     int		i;
 
     if (l->lv_len < 1)
-	return OK; /* nothing to do */
+	return OK; // nothing to do
     ga_init2(&join_ga, (int)sizeof(join_T), l->lv_len);
     retval = list_join_inner(gap, l, sep, echo_style, restore_copyID,
 							    copyID, &join_ga);
 
-    /* Dispose each item in join_ga. */
+    // Dispose each item in join_ga.
     if (join_ga.ga_data != NULL)
     {
 	p = (join_T *)join_ga.ga_data;
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ get_list_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate)
     *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1);
     while (**arg != ']' && **arg != NUL)
     {
-	if (eval1(arg, &tv, evaluate) == FAIL)	/* recursive! */
+	if (eval1(arg, &tv, evaluate) == FAIL)	// recursive!
 	    goto failret;
 	if (evaluate)
 	{
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ list_remove(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, char_u *arg_errmsg)
     {
 	if (argvars[2].v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN)
 	{
-	    /* Remove one item, return its value. */
+	    // Remove one item, return its value.
 	    vimlist_remove(l, item, item);
 	    *rettv = item->li_tv;
 	    vim_free(item);
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ list_remove(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, char_u *arg_errmsg)
 		    if (li == item2)
 			break;
 		}
-		if (li == NULL)  /* didn't find "item2" after "item" */
+		if (li == NULL)  // didn't find "item2" after "item"
 		    emsg(_(e_invrange));
 		else
 		{
@@ -1167,14 +1167,14 @@ list_remove(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, char_u *arg_errmsg)
 static int item_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
 static int item_compare2(const void *s1, const void *s2);
 
-/* struct used in the array that's given to qsort() */
+// struct used in the array that's given to qsort()
 typedef struct
 {
     listitem_T	*item;
     int		idx;
 } sortItem_T;
 
-/* struct storing information about current sort */
+// struct storing information about current sort
 typedef struct
 {
     int		item_compare_ic;
@@ -1229,9 +1229,9 @@ item_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
     }
 #endif
 
-    /* tv2string() puts quotes around a string and allocates memory.  Don't do
-     * that for string variables. Use a single quote when comparing with a
-     * non-string to do what the docs promise. */
+    // tv2string() puts quotes around a string and allocates memory.  Don't do
+    // that for string variables. Use a single quote when comparing with a
+    // non-string to do what the docs promise.
     if (tv1->v_type == VAR_STRING)
     {
 	if (tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING || sortinfo->item_compare_numeric)
@@ -1269,8 +1269,8 @@ item_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
 	res = n1 == n2 ? 0 : n1 > n2 ? 1 : -1;
     }
 
-    /* When the result would be zero, compare the item indexes.  Makes the
-     * sort stable. */
+    // When the result would be zero, compare the item indexes.  Makes the
+    // sort stable.
     if (res == 0 && !sortinfo->item_compare_keep_zero)
 	res = si1->idx > si2->idx ? 1 : -1;
 
@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ item_compare2(const void *s1, const void *s2)
     partial_T	*partial = sortinfo->item_compare_partial;
     funcexe_T	funcexe;
 
-    /* shortcut after failure in previous call; compare all items equal */
+    // shortcut after failure in previous call; compare all items equal
     if (sortinfo->item_compare_func_err)
 	return 0;
 
@@ -1302,12 +1302,12 @@ item_compare2(const void *s1, const void *s2)
     else
 	func_name = partial_name(partial);
 
-    /* Copy the values.  This is needed to be able to set v_lock to VAR_FIXED
-     * in the copy without changing the original list items. */
+    // Copy the values.  This is needed to be able to set v_lock to VAR_FIXED
+    // in the copy without changing the original list items.
     copy_tv(&si1->item->li_tv, &argv[0]);
     copy_tv(&si2->item->li_tv, &argv[1]);
 
-    rettv.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN;		/* clear_tv() uses this */
+    rettv.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN;		// clear_tv() uses this
     vim_memset(&funcexe, 0, sizeof(funcexe));
     funcexe.evaluate = TRUE;
     funcexe.partial = partial;
@@ -1321,11 +1321,11 @@ item_compare2(const void *s1, const void *s2)
     else
 	res = (int)tv_get_number_chk(&rettv, &sortinfo->item_compare_func_err);
     if (sortinfo->item_compare_func_err)
-	res = ITEM_COMPARE_FAIL;  /* return value has wrong type */
+	res = ITEM_COMPARE_FAIL;  // return value has wrong type
     clear_tv(&rettv);
 
-    /* When the result would be zero, compare the pointers themselves.  Makes
-     * the sort stable. */
+    // When the result would be zero, compare the pointers themselves.  Makes
+    // the sort stable.
     if (res == 0 && !sortinfo->item_compare_keep_zero)
 	res = si1->idx > si2->idx ? 1 : -1;
 
@@ -1346,8 +1346,8 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
     long	len;
     long	i;
 
-    /* Pointer to current info struct used in compare function. Save and
-     * restore the current one for nested calls. */
+    // Pointer to current info struct used in compare function. Save and
+    // restore the current one for nested calls.
     old_sortinfo = sortinfo;
     sortinfo = &info;
 
@@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 
 	len = list_len(l);
 	if (len <= 1)
-	    goto theend;	/* short list sorts pretty quickly */
+	    goto theend;	// short list sorts pretty quickly
 
 	info.item_compare_ic = FALSE;
 	info.item_compare_numeric = FALSE;
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 	info.item_compare_selfdict = NULL;
 	if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN)
 	{
-	    /* optional second argument: {func} */
+	    // optional second argument: {func}
 	    if (argvars[1].v_type == VAR_FUNC)
 		info.item_compare_func = argvars[1].vval.v_string;
 	    else if (argvars[1].v_type == VAR_PARTIAL)
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 
 		i = (long)tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error);
 		if (error)
-		    goto theend;	/* type error; errmsg already given */
+		    goto theend;	// type error; errmsg already given
 		if (i == 1)
 		    info.item_compare_ic = TRUE;
 		else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_NUMBER)
@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 		{
 		    if (*info.item_compare_func == NUL)
 		    {
-			/* empty string means default sort */
+			// empty string means default sort
 			info.item_compare_func = NULL;
 		    }
 		    else if (STRCMP(info.item_compare_func, "n") == 0)
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 
 	    if (argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN)
 	    {
-		/* optional third argument: {dict} */
+		// optional third argument: {dict}
 		if (argvars[2].v_type != VAR_DICT)
 		{
 		    emsg(_(e_dictreq));
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 	    }
 	}
 
-	/* Make an array with each entry pointing to an item in the List. */
+	// Make an array with each entry pointing to an item in the List.
 	ptrs = ALLOC_MULT(sortItem_T, len);
 	if (ptrs == NULL)
 	    goto theend;
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 	i = 0;
 	if (sort)
 	{
-	    /* sort(): ptrs will be the list to sort */
+	    // sort(): ptrs will be the list to sort
 	    for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
 	    {
 		ptrs[i].item = li;
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 
 	    info.item_compare_func_err = FALSE;
 	    info.item_compare_keep_zero = FALSE;
-	    /* test the compare function */
+	    // test the compare function
 	    if ((info.item_compare_func != NULL
 					 || info.item_compare_partial != NULL)
 		    && item_compare2((void *)&ptrs[0], (void *)&ptrs[1])
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 		emsg(_("E702: Sort compare function failed"));
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* Sort the array with item pointers. */
+		// Sort the array with item pointers.
 		qsort((void *)ptrs, (size_t)len, sizeof(sortItem_T),
 		    info.item_compare_func == NULL
 					  && info.item_compare_partial == NULL
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 
 		if (!info.item_compare_func_err)
 		{
-		    /* Clear the List and append the items in sorted order. */
+		    // Clear the List and append the items in sorted order.
 		    l->lv_first = l->lv_last = l->lv_idx_item = NULL;
 		    l->lv_len = 0;
 		    for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ do_sort_uniq(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int sort)
 	{
 	    int	(*item_compare_func_ptr)(const void *, const void *);
 
-	    /* f_uniq(): ptrs will be a stack of items to remove */
+	    // f_uniq(): ptrs will be a stack of items to remove
 	    info.item_compare_func_err = FALSE;
 	    info.item_compare_keep_zero = TRUE;
 	    item_compare_func_ptr = info.item_compare_func != NULL
@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ f_add(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv)
     list_T	*l;
     blob_T	*b;
 
-    rettv->vval.v_number = 1; /* Default: Failed */
+    rettv->vval.v_number = 1; // Default: Failed
     if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST)
     {
 	if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) != NULL
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ f_extend(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv)
 	    {
 		before = (long)tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error);
 		if (error)
-		    return;		/* type error; errmsg already given */
+		    return;		// type error; errmsg already given
 
 		if (before == l1->lv_len)
 		    item = NULL;
@@ -1967,14 +1967,14 @@ f_extend(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv)
 	if (d1 != NULL && !var_check_lock(d1->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)
 		&& d2 != NULL)
 	{
-	    /* Check the third argument. */
+	    // Check the third argument.
 	    if (argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN)
 	    {
 		static char *(av[]) = {"keep", "force", "error"};
 
 		action = tv_get_string_chk(&argvars[2]);
 		if (action == NULL)
-		    return;		/* type error; errmsg already given */
+		    return;		// type error; errmsg already given
 		for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
 		    if (STRCMP(action, av[i]) == 0)
 			break;
@@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ f_insert(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv)
 	if (argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN)
 	    before = (long)tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error);
 	if (error)
-	    return;		/* type error; errmsg already given */
+	    return;		// type error; errmsg already given
 
 	if (before == l->lv_len)
 	    item = NULL;
diff --git a/src/main.c b/src/main.c
index 387f8370f..ddb8e388d 100644
--- a/src/main.c
+++ b/src/main.c
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
 #ifdef __CYGWIN__
 # ifndef MSWIN
 #  include <cygwin/version.h>
-#  include <sys/cygwin.h>	/* for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path() and/or
-				 * cygwin_conv_path() */
+#  include <sys/cygwin.h>	// for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path() and/or
+				// cygwin_conv_path()
 # endif
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
@@ -23,12 +23,12 @@
 # include "iscygpty.h"
 #endif
 
-/* Values for edit_type. */
-#define EDIT_NONE   0	    /* no edit type yet */
-#define EDIT_FILE   1	    /* file name argument[s] given, use argument list */
-#define EDIT_STDIN  2	    /* read file from stdin */
-#define EDIT_TAG    3	    /* tag name argument given, use tagname */
-#define EDIT_QF	    4	    /* start in quickfix mode */
+// Values for edit_type.
+#define EDIT_NONE   0	    // no edit type yet
+#define EDIT_FILE   1	    // file name argument[s] given, use argument list
+#define EDIT_STDIN  2	    // read file from stdin
+#define EDIT_TAG    3	    // tag name argument given, use tagname
+#define EDIT_QF	    4	    // start in quickfix mode
 
 #if (defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)) && !defined(NO_VIM_MAIN)
 static int file_owned(char *fname);
@@ -82,14 +82,14 @@ static char *(main_errors[]) =
 #define ME_INVALID_ARG		5
 };
 
-#ifndef PROTO		/* don't want a prototype for main() */
+#ifndef PROTO		// don't want a prototype for main()
 
-/* Various parameters passed between main() and other functions. */
+// Various parameters passed between main() and other functions.
 static mparm_T	params;
 
-#ifndef NO_VIM_MAIN	/* skip this for unittests */
+#ifndef NO_VIM_MAIN	// skip this for unittests
 
-static char_u *start_dir = NULL;	/* current working dir on startup */
+static char_u *start_dir = NULL;	// current working dir on startup
 
 static int has_dash_c_arg = FALSE;
 
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ main
     argc = get_cmd_argsW(&argv);
 #endif
 
-    /* Many variables are in "params" so that we can pass them to invoked
-     * functions without a lot of arguments.  "argc" and "argv" are also
-     * copied, so that they can be changed. */
+    // Many variables are in "params" so that we can pass them to invoked
+    // functions without a lot of arguments.  "argc" and "argv" are also
+    // copied, so that they can be changed.
     vim_memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
     params.argc = argc;
     params.argv = argv;
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ main
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
-    /* Need to find "--startuptime" before actually parsing arguments. */
+    // Need to find "--startuptime" before actually parsing arguments.
     for (i = 1; i < argc - 1; ++i)
 	if (STRICMP(argv[i], "--startuptime") == 0)
 	{
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ main
     starttime = time(NULL);
 
 #ifdef CLEAN_RUNTIMEPATH
-    /* Need to find "--clean" before actually parsing arguments. */
+    // Need to find "--clean" before actually parsing arguments.
     for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i)
 	if (STRICMP(argv[i], "--clean") == 0)
 	{
@@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ main
 	{
 	    gui.starting = FALSE;
 
-	    /* When running "evim" or "gvim -y" we need the menus, exit if we
-	     * don't have them. */
+	    // When running "evim" or "gvim -y" we need the menus, exit if we
+	    // don't have them.
 	    if (params.evim_mode)
 		mch_exit(1);
 	}
@@ -239,9 +239,9 @@ main
 	    start_dir = alloc(MAXPATHL);
 	    if (start_dir != NULL)
 		mch_dirname(start_dir, MAXPATHL);
-	    /* Temporarily add '(' and ')' to 'isfname'.  These are valid
-	     * filename characters but are excluded from 'isfname' to make
-	     * "gf" work on a file name in parenthesis (e.g.: see vim.h). */
+	    // Temporarily add '(' and ')' to 'isfname'.  These are valid
+	    // filename characters but are excluded from 'isfname' to make
+	    // "gf" work on a file name in parenthesis (e.g.: see vim.h).
 	    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":set isf+=(,)");
 	    alist_expand(NULL, 0);
 	    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":set isf&");
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ main
     {
 	extern void set_alist_count(void);
 
-	/* Remember the number of entries in the argument list.  If it changes
-	 * we don't react on setting 'encoding'. */
+	// Remember the number of entries in the argument list.  If it changes
+	// we don't react on setting 'encoding'.
 	set_alist_count();
     }
 #endif
@@ -280,10 +280,10 @@ main
 
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
     if (params.diff_mode && params.window_count == -1)
-	params.window_count = 0;	/* open up to 3 windows */
+	params.window_count = 0;	// open up to 3 windows
 #endif
 
-    /* Don't redraw until much later. */
+    // Don't redraw until much later.
     ++RedrawingDisabled;
 
     /*
@@ -308,16 +308,16 @@ main
 #endif
 
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) && defined(MACOS_X_DARWIN)
-    /* When the GUI is started from Finder, need to display messages in a
-     * message box.  isatty(2) returns TRUE anyway, thus we need to check the
-     * name to know we're not started from a terminal. */
+    // When the GUI is started from Finder, need to display messages in a
+    // message box.  isatty(2) returns TRUE anyway, thus we need to check the
+    // name to know we're not started from a terminal.
     if (gui.starting && (!isatty(2) || strcmp("/dev/console", ttyname(2)) == 0))
     {
 	params.want_full_screen = FALSE;
 
-	/* Avoid always using "/" as the current directory.  Note that when
-	 * started from Finder the arglist will be filled later in
-	 * HandleODocAE() and "fname" will be NULL. */
+	// Avoid always using "/" as the current directory.  Note that when
+	// started from Finder the arglist will be filled later in
+	// HandleODocAE() and "fname" will be NULL.
 	if (getcwd((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL) != NULL
 						&& STRCMP(NameBuff, "/") == 0)
 	{
@@ -368,8 +368,8 @@ main
     check_tty(&params);
 
 #ifdef _IOLBF
-    /* Ensure output works usefully without a tty: buffer lines instead of
-     * fully buffered. */
+    // Ensure output works usefully without a tty: buffer lines instead of
+    // fully buffered.
     if (silent_mode)
 	setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
 #endif
@@ -381,54 +381,54 @@ main
 
     if (params.want_full_screen && !silent_mode)
     {
-	termcapinit(params.term);	/* set terminal name and get terminal
-				   capabilities (will set full_screen) */
-	screen_start();		/* don't know where cursor is now */
+	termcapinit(params.term);	// set terminal name and get terminal
+				   // capabilities (will set full_screen)
+	screen_start();		// don't know where cursor is now
 	TIME_MSG("Termcap init");
     }
 
     /*
      * Set the default values for the options that use Rows and Columns.
      */
-    ui_get_shellsize();		/* inits Rows and Columns */
+    ui_get_shellsize();		// inits Rows and Columns
     win_init_size();
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
-    /* Set the 'diff' option now, so that it can be checked for in a .vimrc
-     * file.  There is no buffer yet though. */
+    // Set the 'diff' option now, so that it can be checked for in a .vimrc
+    // file.  There is no buffer yet though.
     if (params.diff_mode)
 	diff_win_options(firstwin, FALSE);
 #endif
 
     cmdline_row = Rows - p_ch;
     msg_row = cmdline_row;
-    screenalloc(FALSE);		/* allocate screen buffers */
+    screenalloc(FALSE);		// allocate screen buffers
     set_init_2();
     TIME_MSG("inits 2");
 
     msg_scroll = TRUE;
     no_wait_return = TRUE;
 
-    init_mappings();		/* set up initial mappings */
+    init_mappings();		// set up initial mappings
 
-    init_highlight(TRUE, FALSE); /* set the default highlight groups */
+    init_highlight(TRUE, FALSE); // set the default highlight groups
     TIME_MSG("init highlight");
 
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    /* Set the break level after the terminal is initialized. */
+    // Set the break level after the terminal is initialized.
     debug_break_level = params.use_debug_break_level;
 #endif
 
-    /* Reset 'loadplugins' for "-u NONE" before "--cmd" arguments.
-     * Allows for setting 'loadplugins' there. */
+    // Reset 'loadplugins' for "-u NONE" before "--cmd" arguments.
+    // Allows for setting 'loadplugins' there.
     if (params.use_vimrc != NULL
 	    && (STRCMP(params.use_vimrc, "NONE") == 0
 		|| STRCMP(params.use_vimrc, "DEFAULTS") == 0))
 	p_lpl = FALSE;
 
-    /* Execute --cmd arguments. */
+    // Execute --cmd arguments.
     exe_pre_commands(&params);
 
-    /* Source startup scripts. */
+    // Source startup scripts.
     source_startup_scripts(&params);
 
 #ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ main
     return vim_main2();
 #endif
 }
-#endif /* NO_VIM_MAIN */
-#endif /* PROTO */
+#endif // NO_VIM_MAIN
+#endif // PROTO
 
 /*
  * vim_main2() is needed for FEAT_MZSCHEME, but we define it always to keep
@@ -465,11 +465,11 @@ vim_main2(void)
     {
 	char_u *rtp_copy = NULL;
 
-	/* First add all package directories to 'runtimepath', so that their
-	 * autoload directories can be found.  Only if not done already with a
-	 * :packloadall command.
-	 * Make a copy of 'runtimepath', so that source_runtime does not use
-	 * the pack directories. */
+	// First add all package directories to 'runtimepath', so that their
+	// autoload directories can be found.  Only if not done already with a
+	// :packloadall command.
+	// Make a copy of 'runtimepath', so that source_runtime does not use
+	// the pack directories.
 	if (!did_source_packages)
 	{
 	    rtp_copy = vim_strsave(p_rtp);
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ vim_main2(void)
 	}
 
 	source_in_path(rtp_copy == NULL ? p_rtp : rtp_copy,
-# ifdef VMS	/* Somehow VMS doesn't handle the "**". */
+# ifdef VMS	// Somehow VMS doesn't handle the "**".
 		(char_u *)"plugin/*.vim",
 # else
 		(char_u *)"plugin/**/*.vim",
@@ -486,13 +486,13 @@ vim_main2(void)
 	TIME_MSG("loading plugins");
 	vim_free(rtp_copy);
 
-	/* Only source "start" packages if not done already with a :packloadall
-	 * command. */
+	// Only source "start" packages if not done already with a :packloadall
+	// command.
 	if (!did_source_packages)
 	    load_start_packages();
 	TIME_MSG("loading packages");
 
-# ifdef VMS	/* Somehow VMS doesn't handle the "**". */
+# ifdef VMS	// Somehow VMS doesn't handle the "**".
 	source_runtime((char_u *)"plugin/*.vim", DIP_ALL | DIP_AFTER);
 # else
 	source_runtime((char_u *)"plugin/**/*.vim", DIP_ALL | DIP_AFTER);
@@ -503,13 +503,13 @@ vim_main2(void)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
-    /* Decide about window layout for diff mode after reading vimrc. */
+    // Decide about window layout for diff mode after reading vimrc.
     if (params.diff_mode && params.window_layout == 0)
     {
 	if (diffopt_horizontal())
-	    params.window_layout = WIN_HOR;	/* use horizontal split */
+	    params.window_layout = WIN_HOR;	// use horizontal split
 	else
-	    params.window_layout = WIN_VER;	/* use vertical split */
+	    params.window_layout = WIN_VER;	// use vertical split
     }
 #endif
 
@@ -542,17 +542,17 @@ vim_main2(void)
     if (gui.starting)
     {
 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
-	/* When something caused a message from a vimrc script, need to output
-	 * an extra newline before the shell prompt. */
+	// When something caused a message from a vimrc script, need to output
+	// an extra newline before the shell prompt.
 	if (did_emsg || msg_didout)
 	    putchar('\n');
 # endif
 
-	gui_start(NULL);		/* will set full_screen to TRUE */
+	gui_start(NULL);		// will set full_screen to TRUE
 	TIME_MSG("starting GUI");
 
-	/* When running "evim" or "gvim -y" we need the menus, exit if we
-	 * don't have them. */
+	// When running "evim" or "gvim -y" we need the menus, exit if we
+	// don't have them.
 	if (!gui.in_use && params.evim_mode)
 	    mch_exit(1);
     }
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ vim_main2(void)
     }
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    /* It's better to make v:oldfiles an empty list than NULL. */
+    // It's better to make v:oldfiles an empty list than NULL.
     if (get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES) == NULL)
 	set_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES, list_alloc());
 #endif
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ vim_main2(void)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FEAT_XCLIPBOARD
-    /* Start using the X clipboard, unless the GUI was started. */
+    // Start using the X clipboard, unless the GUI was started.
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
     if (!gui.in_use)
 # endif
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ vim_main2(void)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
-    /* Prepare for being a Vim server. */
+    // Prepare for being a Vim server.
     prepare_server(&params);
 #endif
 
@@ -658,8 +658,8 @@ vim_main2(void)
 	read_stdin();
 
 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
-    /* When switching screens and something caused a message from a vimrc
-     * script, need to output an extra newline on exit. */
+    // When switching screens and something caused a message from a vimrc
+    // script, need to output an extra newline on exit.
     if ((did_emsg || msg_didout) && *T_TI != NUL)
 	newline_on_exit = TRUE;
 #endif
@@ -681,13 +681,13 @@ vim_main2(void)
 	TIME_MSG("waiting for return");
     }
 
-    starttermcap();	    /* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */
+    starttermcap();	    // start termcap if not done by wait_return()
     TIME_MSG("start termcap");
 
     setmouse();				// may start using the mouse
     if (scroll_region)
-	scroll_region_reset();		/* In case Rows changed */
-    scroll_start();	/* may scroll the screen to the right position */
+	scroll_region_reset();		// In case Rows changed
+    scroll_start();	// may scroll the screen to the right position
 
 #if defined(FEAT_TITLE) && (defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) || defined(MACOS_X))
     term_push_title(SAVE_RESTORE_BOTH);
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ vim_main2(void)
 	must_redraw = CLEAR;
     else
     {
-	screenclear();			/* clear screen */
+	screenclear();			// clear screen
 	TIME_MSG("clearing screen");
     }
 
@@ -727,11 +727,11 @@ vim_main2(void)
     TIME_MSG("opening buffers");
 
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    /* clear v:swapcommand */
+    // clear v:swapcommand
     set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1);
 #endif
 
-    /* Ex starts at last line of the file */
+    // Ex starts at last line of the file
     if (exmode_active)
 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
 
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ vim_main2(void)
     {
 	win_T	*wp;
 
-	/* set options in each window for "vimdiff". */
+	// set options in each window for "vimdiff".
 	FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
 	    diff_win_options(wp, TRUE);
     }
@@ -785,20 +785,20 @@ vim_main2(void)
 	do_cmdline_cmd(IObuff);
 	TIME_MSG("jumping to tag");
 
-	/* If the user doesn't want to edit the file then we quit here. */
+	// If the user doesn't want to edit the file then we quit here.
 	if (swap_exists_did_quit)
 	    getout(1);
     }
 
-    /* Execute any "+", "-c" and "-S" arguments. */
+    // Execute any "+", "-c" and "-S" arguments.
     if (params.n_commands > 0)
 	exe_commands(&params);
 
-    /* Must come before the may_req_ calls. */
+    // Must come before the may_req_ calls.
     starting = 0;
 
 #if defined(FEAT_TERMRESPONSE)
-    /* Must be done before redrawing, puts a few characters on the screen. */
+    // Must be done before redrawing, puts a few characters on the screen.
     may_req_ambiguous_char_width();
 #endif
 
@@ -806,18 +806,18 @@ vim_main2(void)
     redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
     no_wait_return = FALSE;
 
-    /* 'autochdir' has been postponed */
+    // 'autochdir' has been postponed
     DO_AUTOCHDIR;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
-    /* Requesting the termresponse is postponed until here, so that a "-c q"
-     * argument doesn't make it appear in the shell Vim was started from. */
+    // Requesting the termresponse is postponed until here, so that a "-c q"
+    // argument doesn't make it appear in the shell Vim was started from.
     may_req_termresponse();
 
     may_req_bg_color();
 #endif
 
-    /* start in insert mode */
+    // start in insert mode
     if (p_im)
 	need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
 
@@ -828,10 +828,10 @@ vim_main2(void)
     TIME_MSG("VimEnter autocommands");
 
 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
-    /* Adjust default register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. Can only be
-     * done after the clipboard is available and all initial commands that may
-     * modify the 'clipboard' setting have run; i.e. just before entering the
-     * main loop. */
+    // Adjust default register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. Can only be
+    // done after the clipboard is available and all initial commands that may
+    // modify the 'clipboard' setting have run; i.e. just before entering the
+    // main loop.
     {
 	int default_regname = 0;
 
@@ -841,8 +841,8 @@ vim_main2(void)
 #endif
 
 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF)
-    /* When a startup script or session file setup for diff'ing and
-     * scrollbind, sync the scrollbind now. */
+    // When a startup script or session file setup for diff'ing and
+    // scrollbind, sync the scrollbind now.
     if (curwin->w_p_diff && curwin->w_p_scb)
     {
 	update_topline();
@@ -855,12 +855,12 @@ vim_main2(void)
 # ifdef VIMDLL
     if (!gui.in_use)
 # endif
-	mch_set_winsize_now();	    /* Allow winsize changes from now on */
+	mch_set_winsize_now();	    // Allow winsize changes from now on
 #endif
 
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI)
-    /* When tab pages were created, may need to update the tab pages line and
-     * scrollbars.  This is skipped while creating them. */
+    // When tab pages were created, may need to update the tab pages line and
+    // scrollbars.  This is skipped while creating them.
     if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
     {
 	out_flush();
@@ -870,8 +870,8 @@ vim_main2(void)
     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
 #endif
 
-    /* If ":startinsert" command used, stuff a dummy command to be able to
-     * call normal_cmd(), which will then start Insert mode. */
+    // If ":startinsert" command used, stuff a dummy command to be able to
+    // call normal_cmd(), which will then start Insert mode.
     if (restart_edit != 0)
 	stuffcharReadbuff(K_NOP);
 
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ vim_main2(void)
 	}
 #  endif
 # endif
-	/* Tell the client that it can start sending commands. */
+	// Tell the client that it can start sending commands.
 	netbeans_open(netbeansArg + 3, TRUE);
     }
 #endif
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ vim_main2(void)
      */
     main_loop(FALSE, FALSE);
 
-#endif /* NO_VIM_MAIN */
+#endif // NO_VIM_MAIN
 
     return 0;
 }
@@ -913,16 +913,16 @@ common_init(mparm_T *paramp)
 {
     cmdline_init();
 
-    (void)mb_init();	/* init mb_bytelen_tab[] to ones */
+    (void)mb_init();	// init mb_bytelen_tab[] to ones
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    eval_init();	/* init global variables */
+    eval_init();	// init global variables
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __QNXNTO__
-    qnx_init();		/* PhAttach() for clipboard, (and gui) */
+    qnx_init();		// PhAttach() for clipboard, (and gui)
 #endif
 
-    /* Init the table of Normal mode commands. */
+    // Init the table of Normal mode commands.
     init_normal_cmds();
 
     /*
@@ -935,8 +935,8 @@ common_init(mparm_T *paramp)
     TIME_MSG("Allocated generic buffers");
 
 #ifdef NBDEBUG
-    /* Wait a moment for debugging NetBeans.  Must be after allocating
-     * NameBuff. */
+    // Wait a moment for debugging NetBeans.  Must be after allocating
+    // NameBuff.
     nbdebug_log_init("SPRO_GVIM_DEBUG", "SPRO_GVIM_DLEVEL");
     nbdebug_wait(WT_ENV | WT_WAIT | WT_STOP, "SPRO_GVIM_WAIT", 20);
     TIME_MSG("NetBeans debug wait");
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ common_init(mparm_T *paramp)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-    gui.dofork = TRUE;		    /* default is to use fork() */
+    gui.dofork = TRUE;		    // default is to use fork()
 #endif
 
     /*
@@ -966,13 +966,13 @@ common_init(mparm_T *paramp)
     early_arg_scan(paramp);
 
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI)
-    /* Prepare for possibly starting GUI sometime */
+    // Prepare for possibly starting GUI sometime
     gui_prepare(&paramp->argc, paramp->argv);
     TIME_MSG("GUI prepared");
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
-    clip_init(FALSE);		/* Initialise clipboard stuff */
+    clip_init(FALSE);		// Initialise clipboard stuff
     TIME_MSG("clipboard setup");
 #endif
 
@@ -992,9 +992,9 @@ common_init(mparm_T *paramp)
     if (win_alloc_first() == FAIL)
 	mch_exit(0);
 
-    init_yank();		/* init yank buffers */
+    init_yank();		// init yank buffers
 
-    alist_init(&global_alist);	/* Init the argument list to empty. */
+    alist_init(&global_alist);	// Init the argument list to empty.
     global_alist.id = 0;
 
     /*
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ common_init(mparm_T *paramp)
      * msg_outtrans_len_attr().
      * First find out the home directory, needed to expand "~" in options.
      */
-    init_homedir();		/* find real value of $HOME */
+    init_homedir();		// find real value of $HOME
     set_init_1(paramp->clean);
     TIME_MSG("inits 1");
 
@@ -1156,8 +1156,8 @@ may_trigger_safestateagain(void)
  */
     void
 main_loop(
-    int		cmdwin,	    /* TRUE when working in the command-line window */
-    int		noexmode)   /* TRUE when return on entering Ex mode */
+    int		cmdwin,	    // TRUE when working in the command-line window
+    int		noexmode)   // TRUE when return on entering Ex mode
 {
     oparg_T	oa;		// operator arguments
     oparg_T	*prev_oap;	// operator arguments
@@ -1173,10 +1173,10 @@ main_loop(
     current_oap = &oa;
 
 #if defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_XCLIPBOARD)
-    /* Setup to catch a terminating error from the X server.  Just ignore
-     * it, restore the state and continue.  This might not always work
-     * properly, but at least we don't exit unexpectedly when the X server
-     * exits while Vim is running in a console. */
+    // Setup to catch a terminating error from the X server.  Just ignore
+    // it, restore the state and continue.  This might not always work
+    // properly, but at least we don't exit unexpectedly when the X server
+    // exits while Vim is running in a console.
     if (!cmdwin && !noexmode && SETJMP(x_jump_env))
     {
 	State = NORMAL;
@@ -1213,36 +1213,36 @@ main_loop(
 	    did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
 	    if (need_check_timestamps)
 		check_timestamps(FALSE);
-	    if (need_wait_return)	/* if wait_return still needed ... */
-		wait_return(FALSE);	/* ... call it now */
+	    if (need_wait_return)	// if wait_return still needed ...
+		wait_return(FALSE);	// ... call it now
 	    if (need_start_insertmode && goto_im() && !VIsual_active)
 	    {
 		need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
-		stuffReadbuff((char_u *)"i");	/* start insert mode next */
-		/* skip the fileinfo message now, because it would be shown
-		 * after insert mode finishes! */
+		stuffReadbuff((char_u *)"i");	// start insert mode next
+		// skip the fileinfo message now, because it would be shown
+		// after insert mode finishes!
 		need_fileinfo = FALSE;
 	    }
 	}
 
-	/* Reset "got_int" now that we got back to the main loop.  Except when
-	 * inside a ":g/pat/cmd" command, then the "got_int" needs to abort
-	 * the ":g" command.
-	 * For ":g/pat/vi" we reset "got_int" when used once.  When used
-	 * a second time we go back to Ex mode and abort the ":g" command. */
+	// Reset "got_int" now that we got back to the main loop.  Except when
+	// inside a ":g/pat/cmd" command, then the "got_int" needs to abort
+	// the ":g" command.
+	// For ":g/pat/vi" we reset "got_int" when used once.  When used
+	// a second time we go back to Ex mode and abort the ":g" command.
 	if (got_int)
 	{
 	    if (noexmode && global_busy && !exmode_active && previous_got_int)
 	    {
-		/* Typed two CTRL-C in a row: go back to ex mode as if "Q" was
-		 * used and keep "got_int" set, so that it aborts ":g". */
+		// Typed two CTRL-C in a row: go back to ex mode as if "Q" was
+		// used and keep "got_int" set, so that it aborts ":g".
 		exmode_active = EXMODE_NORMAL;
 		State = NORMAL;
 	    }
 	    else if (!global_busy || !exmode_active)
 	    {
 		if (!quit_more)
-		    (void)vgetc();		/* flush all buffers */
+		    (void)vgetc();		// flush all buffers
 		got_int = FALSE;
 	    }
 	    previous_got_int = TRUE;
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ main_loop(
 		conceal_update_lines = FALSE;
 #endif
 
-	    /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. */
+	    // Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved.
 	    if (!finish_op && (
 			has_cursormoved()
 #ifdef FEAT_PROP_POPUP
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ main_loop(
 	    }
 #endif
 
-	    /* Trigger TextChanged if b:changedtick differs. */
+	    // Trigger TextChanged if b:changedtick differs.
 	    if (!finish_op && has_textchanged()
 		    && curbuf->b_last_changedtick != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf))
 	    {
@@ -1349,8 +1349,8 @@ main_loop(
 		curtab->tp_diff_update = FALSE;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Scroll-binding for diff mode may have been postponed until
-	     * here.  Avoids doing it for every change. */
+	    // Scroll-binding for diff mode may have been postponed until
+	    // here.  Avoids doing it for every change.
 	    if (diff_need_scrollbind)
 	    {
 		check_scrollbind((linenr_T)0, 0L);
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ main_loop(
 	    }
 #endif
 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING)
-	    /* Include a closed fold completely in the Visual area. */
+	    // Include a closed fold completely in the Visual area.
 	    foldAdjustVisual();
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ main_loop(
 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
 	    curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time();
 #endif
-	    /* display message after redraw */
+	    // display message after redraw
 	    if (keep_msg != NULL)
 	    {
 		char_u *p = vim_strsave(keep_msg);
@@ -1427,16 +1427,16 @@ main_loop(
 		    vim_free(p);
 		}
 	    }
-	    if (need_fileinfo)		/* show file info after redraw */
+	    if (need_fileinfo)		// show file info after redraw
 	    {
 		fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
 		need_fileinfo = FALSE;
 	    }
 
-	    emsg_on_display = FALSE;	/* can delete error message now */
+	    emsg_on_display = FALSE;	// can delete error message now
 	    did_emsg = FALSE;
-	    msg_didany = FALSE;		/* reset lines_left in msg_start() */
-	    may_clear_sb_text();	/* clear scroll-back text on next msg */
+	    msg_didany = FALSE;		// reset lines_left in msg_start()
+	    may_clear_sb_text();	// clear scroll-back text on next msg
 	    showruler(FALSE);
 
 	    setcursor();
@@ -1445,8 +1445,8 @@ main_loop(
 	    do_redraw = FALSE;
 
 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
-	    /* Now that we have drawn the first screen all the startup stuff
-	     * has been done, close any file for startup messages. */
+	    // Now that we have drawn the first screen all the startup stuff
+	    // has been done, close any file for startup messages.
 	    if (time_fd != NULL)
 	    {
 		TIME_MSG("first screen update");
@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ main_loop(
 	 */
 	if (exmode_active)
 	{
-	    if (noexmode)   /* End of ":global/path/visual" commands */
+	    if (noexmode)   // End of ":global/path/visual" commands
 		goto theend;
 	    do_exmode(exmode_active == EXMODE_VIM);
 	}
@@ -1495,9 +1495,9 @@ main_loop(
 		    && !VIsual_active
 		    && !skip_term_loop)
 	    {
-		/* If terminal_loop() returns OK we got a key that is handled
-		 * in Normal model.  With FAIL we first need to position the
-		 * cursor and the screen needs to be redrawn. */
+		// If terminal_loop() returns OK we got a key that is handled
+		// in Normal model.  With FAIL we first need to position the
+		// cursor and the screen needs to be redrawn.
 		if (terminal_loop(TRUE) == OK)
 		    normal_cmd(&oa, TRUE);
 	    }
@@ -1525,16 +1525,16 @@ theend:
 getout_preserve_modified(int exitval)
 {
 # if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
-    /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
-     * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
-     * problems. */
+    // Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
+    // makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
+    // problems.
     signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
 # endif
 
-    ml_close_notmod();		    /* close all not-modified buffers */
-    ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE);	    /* preserve all swap files */
-    ml_close_all(FALSE);	    /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
-    getout(exitval);		    /* exit Vim properly */
+    ml_close_notmod();		    // close all not-modified buffers
+    ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE);	    // preserve all swap files
+    ml_close_all(FALSE);	    // close all memfiles, without deleting
+    getout(exitval);		    // exit Vim properly
 }
 #endif
 
@@ -1550,20 +1550,20 @@ getout(int exitval)
     ch_log(NULL, "Exiting...");
 #endif
 
-    /* When running in Ex mode an error causes us to exit with a non-zero exit
-     * code.  POSIX requires this, although it's not 100% clear from the
-     * standard. */
+    // When running in Ex mode an error causes us to exit with a non-zero exit
+    // code.  POSIX requires this, although it's not 100% clear from the
+    // standard.
     if (exmode_active)
 	exitval += ex_exitval;
 
-    /* Position the cursor on the last screen line, below all the text */
+    // Position the cursor on the last screen line, below all the text
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
     if (!gui.in_use)
 #endif
 	windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
 
 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
-    /* Optionally print hashtable efficiency. */
+    // Optionally print hashtable efficiency.
     hash_debug_results();
 #endif
 
@@ -1578,14 +1578,14 @@ getout(int exitval)
 	buf_T		*buf;
 	win_T		*wp;
 
-	/* Trigger BufWinLeave for all windows, but only once per buffer. */
+	// Trigger BufWinLeave for all windows, but only once per buffer.
 	for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = next_tp)
 	{
 	    next_tp = tp->tp_next;
 	    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp)
 	    {
 		if (wp->w_buffer == NULL)
-		    /* Autocmd must have close the buffer already, skip. */
+		    // Autocmd must have close the buffer already, skip.
 		    continue;
 		buf = wp->w_buffer;
 		if (CHANGEDTICK(buf) != -1)
@@ -1596,16 +1596,16 @@ getout(int exitval)
 		    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFWINLEAVE, buf->b_fname,
 						    buf->b_fname, FALSE, buf);
 		    if (bufref_valid(&bufref))
-			CHANGEDTICK(buf) = -1;  /* note we did it already */
+			CHANGEDTICK(buf) = -1;  // note we did it already
 
-		    /* start all over, autocommands may mess up the lists */
+		    // start all over, autocommands may mess up the lists
 		    next_tp = first_tabpage;
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 
-	/* Trigger BufUnload for buffers that are loaded */
+	// Trigger BufUnload for buffers that are loaded
 	FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
 	    if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
 	    {
@@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ getout(int exitval)
 		apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFUNLOAD, buf->b_fname, buf->b_fname,
 								  FALSE, buf);
 		if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
-		    /* autocmd deleted the buffer */
+		    // autocmd deleted the buffer
 		    break;
 	    }
 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMLEAVEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ getout(int exitval)
 
 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
     if (*p_viminfo != NUL)
-	/* Write out the registers, history, marks etc, to the viminfo file */
+	// Write out the registers, history, marks etc, to the viminfo file
 	write_viminfo(NULL, FALSE);
 #endif
 
@@ -1652,12 +1652,12 @@ getout(int exitval)
 #endif
 	    )
     {
-	/* give the user a chance to read the (error) message */
+	// give the user a chance to read the (error) message
 	no_wait_return = FALSE;
 	wait_return(FALSE);
     }
 
-    /* Position the cursor again, the autocommands may have moved it */
+    // Position the cursor again, the autocommands may have moved it
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
     if (!gui.in_use)
 #endif
@@ -1717,18 +1717,18 @@ init_locale(void)
     setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
 
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
-    /* Tell Gtk not to change our locale settings. */
+    // Tell Gtk not to change our locale settings.
     gtk_disable_setlocale();
 # endif
 # if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) && defined(LC_NUMERIC)
-    /* Make sure strtod() uses a decimal point, not a comma. */
+    // Make sure strtod() uses a decimal point, not a comma.
     setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
 # endif
 
 # ifdef MSWIN
-    /* Apparently MS-Windows printf() may cause a crash when we give it 8-bit
-     * text while it's expecting text in the current locale.  This call avoids
-     * that. */
+    // Apparently MS-Windows printf() may cause a crash when we give it 8-bit
+    // text while it's expecting text in the current locale.  This call avoids
+    // that.
     setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "C");
 # endif
 
@@ -1738,11 +1738,11 @@ init_locale(void)
 	char_u	*p;
 
 #  ifdef DYNAMIC_GETTEXT
-	/* Initialize the gettext library */
+	// Initialize the gettext library
 	dyn_libintl_init();
 #  endif
-	/* expand_env() doesn't work yet, because g_chartab[] is not
-	 * initialized yet, call vim_getenv() directly */
+	// expand_env() doesn't work yet, because g_chartab[] is not
+	// initialized yet, call vim_getenv() directly
 	p = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree);
 	if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
 	{
@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ early_arg_scan(mparm_T *parmp UNUSED)
 	    parmp->serverArg = TRUE;
 #  ifdef FEAT_GUI
 	    if (strstr(argv[i], "-wait") != 0)
-		/* don't fork() when starting the GUI to edit files ourself */
+		// don't fork() when starting the GUI to edit files ourself
 		gui.dofork = FALSE;
 #  endif
 	}
@@ -1857,9 +1857,9 @@ early_arg_scan(mparm_T *parmp UNUSED)
  */
     static int
 get_number_arg(
-    char_u	*p,	    /* pointer to argument */
-    int		*idx,	    /* index in argument, is incremented */
-    int		def)	    /* default value */
+    char_u	*p,	    // pointer to argument
+    int		*idx,	    // index in argument, is incremented
+    int		def)	    // default value
 {
     if (vim_isdigit(p[*idx]))
     {
@@ -1888,16 +1888,15 @@ parse_command_name(mparm_T *parmp)
     initstr = gettail((char_u *)parmp->argv[0]);
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MAC
-    /* An issue has been seen when launching Vim in such a way that
-     * $PWD/$ARGV[0] or $ARGV[0] is not the absolute path to the
-     * executable or a symbolic link of it. Until this issue is resolved
-     * we prohibit the GUI from being used.
-     */
+    // An issue has been seen when launching Vim in such a way that
+    // $PWD/$ARGV[0] or $ARGV[0] is not the absolute path to the
+    // executable or a symbolic link of it. Until this issue is resolved
+    // we prohibit the GUI from being used.
     if (STRCMP(initstr, parmp->argv[0]) == 0)
 	disallow_gui = TRUE;
 
-    /* TODO: On MacOS X default to gui if argv[0] ends in:
-     *       /Vim.app/Contents/MacOS/Vim */
+    // TODO: On MacOS X default to gui if argv[0] ends in:
+    //       /Vim.app/Contents/MacOS/Vim
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
@@ -1911,7 +1910,7 @@ parse_command_name(mparm_T *parmp)
 	++initstr;
     }
 
-    /* Use evim mode for "evim" and "egvim", not for "editor". */
+    // Use evim mode for "evim" and "egvim", not for "editor".
     if (TOLOWER_ASC(initstr[0]) == 'e'
 	    && (TOLOWER_ASC(initstr[1]) == 'v'
 		|| TOLOWER_ASC(initstr[1]) == 'g'))
@@ -1923,7 +1922,7 @@ parse_command_name(mparm_T *parmp)
 	++initstr;
     }
 
-    /* "gvim" starts the GUI.  Also accept "Gvim" for MS-Windows. */
+    // "gvim" starts the GUI.  Also accept "Gvim" for MS-Windows.
     if (TOLOWER_ASC(initstr[0]) == 'g')
     {
 	main_start_gui();
@@ -1944,7 +1943,7 @@ parse_command_name(mparm_T *parmp)
     {
 	readonlymode = TRUE;
 	curbuf->b_p_ro = TRUE;
-	p_uc = 10000;			/* don't update very often */
+	p_uc = 10000;			// don't update very often
 	initstr += 4;
     }
     else if (STRNICMP(initstr, "vim", 3) == 0)
@@ -1982,16 +1981,16 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 {
     int		argc = parmp->argc;
     char	**argv = parmp->argv;
-    int		argv_idx;		/* index in argv[n][] */
-    int		had_minmin = FALSE;	/* found "--" argument */
-    int		want_argument;		/* option argument with argument */
+    int		argv_idx;		// index in argv[n][]
+    int		had_minmin = FALSE;	// found "--" argument
+    int		want_argument;		// option argument with argument
     int		c;
     char_u	*p = NULL;
     long	n;
 
     --argc;
     ++argv;
-    argv_idx = 1;	    /* active option letter is argv[0][argv_idx] */
+    argv_idx = 1;	    // active option letter is argv[0][argv_idx]
     while (argc > 0)
     {
 	/*
@@ -2001,7 +2000,7 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 	{
 	    if (parmp->n_commands >= MAX_ARG_CMDS)
 		mainerr(ME_EXTRA_CMD, NULL);
-	    argv_idx = -1;	    /* skip to next argument */
+	    argv_idx = -1;	    // skip to next argument
 	    if (argv[0][1] == NUL)
 		parmp->commands[parmp->n_commands++] = (char_u *)"$";
 	    else
@@ -2030,8 +2029,8 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 #endif
 	    switch (c)
 	    {
-	    case NUL:		/* "vim -"  read from stdin */
-				/* "ex -" silent mode */
+	    case NUL:		// "vim -"  read from stdin
+				// "ex -" silent mode
 		if (exmode_active)
 		    silent_mode = TRUE;
 		else
@@ -2039,27 +2038,27 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		    if (parmp->edit_type != EDIT_NONE)
 			mainerr(ME_TOO_MANY_ARGS, (char_u *)argv[0]);
 		    parmp->edit_type = EDIT_STDIN;
-		    read_cmd_fd = 2;	/* read from stderr instead of stdin */
+		    read_cmd_fd = 2;	// read from stderr instead of stdin
 		}
-		argv_idx = -1;		/* skip to next argument */
+		argv_idx = -1;		// skip to next argument
 		break;
 
-	    case '-':		/* "--" don't take any more option arguments */
-				/* "--help" give help message */
-				/* "--version" give version message */
-				/* "--clean" clean context */
-				/* "--literal" take files literally */
-				/* "--nofork" don't fork */
-				/* "--not-a-term" don't warn for not a term */
-				/* "--ttyfail" exit if not a term */
-				/* "--noplugin[s]" skip plugins */
-				/* "--cmd <cmd>" execute cmd before vimrc */
+	    case '-':		// "--" don't take any more option arguments
+				// "--help" give help message
+				// "--version" give version message
+				// "--clean" clean context
+				// "--literal" take files literally
+				// "--nofork" don't fork
+				// "--not-a-term" don't warn for not a term
+				// "--ttyfail" exit if not a term
+				// "--noplugin[s]" skip plugins
+				// "--cmd <cmd>" execute cmd before vimrc
 		if (STRICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "help") == 0)
 		    usage();
 		else if (STRICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "version") == 0)
 		{
-		    Columns = 80;	/* need to init Columns */
-		    info_message = TRUE; /* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */
+		    Columns = 80;	// need to init Columns
+		    info_message = TRUE; // use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg()
 		    list_version();
 		    msg_putchar('\n');
 		    msg_didout = FALSE;
@@ -2083,7 +2082,7 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		else if (STRNICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "nofork", 6) == 0)
 		{
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-		    gui.dofork = FALSE;	/* don't fork() when starting GUI */
+		    gui.dofork = FALSE;	// don't fork() when starting GUI
 #endif
 		}
 		else if (STRNICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "noplugin", 8) == 0)
@@ -2104,11 +2103,11 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		}
 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
 		else if (STRNICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "serverlist", 10) == 0)
-		    ; /* already processed -- no arg */
+		    ; // already processed -- no arg
 		else if (STRNICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "servername", 10) == 0
 		       || STRNICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "serversend", 10) == 0)
 		{
-		    /* already processed -- snatch the following arg */
+		    // already processed -- snatch the following arg
 		    if (argc > 1)
 		    {
 			--argc;
@@ -2123,7 +2122,7 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		else if (STRNICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "windowid", 8) == 0)
 # endif
 		{
-		    /* already processed -- snatch the following arg */
+		    // already processed -- snatch the following arg
 		    if (argc > 1)
 		    {
 			--argc;
@@ -2134,7 +2133,7 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
 		else if (STRNICMP(argv[0] + argv_idx, "echo-wid", 8) == 0)
 		{
-		    /* already processed, skip */
+		    // already processed, skip
 		}
 #endif
 		else
@@ -2144,10 +2143,10 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		    had_minmin = TRUE;
 		}
 		if (!want_argument)
-		    argv_idx = -1;	/* skip to next argument */
+		    argv_idx = -1;	// skip to next argument
 		break;
 
-	    case 'A':		/* "-A" start in Arabic mode */
+	    case 'A':		// "-A" start in Arabic mode
 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
 		set_option_value((char_u *)"arabic", 1L, NULL, 0);
 #else
@@ -2156,53 +2155,53 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 #endif
 		break;
 
-	    case 'b':		/* "-b" binary mode */
-		/* Needs to be effective before expanding file names, because
-		 * for Win32 this makes us edit a shortcut file itself,
-		 * instead of the file it links to. */
+	    case 'b':		// "-b" binary mode
+		// Needs to be effective before expanding file names, because
+		// for Win32 this makes us edit a shortcut file itself,
+		// instead of the file it links to.
 		set_options_bin(curbuf->b_p_bin, 1, 0);
-		curbuf->b_p_bin = 1;	    /* binary file I/O */
+		curbuf->b_p_bin = 1;	    // binary file I/O
 		break;
 
-	    case 'C':		/* "-C"  Compatible */
+	    case 'C':		// "-C"  Compatible
 		change_compatible(TRUE);
 		has_dash_c_arg = TRUE;
 		break;
 
-	    case 'e':		/* "-e" Ex mode */
+	    case 'e':		// "-e" Ex mode
 		exmode_active = EXMODE_NORMAL;
 		break;
 
-	    case 'E':		/* "-E" Improved Ex mode */
+	    case 'E':		// "-E" Improved Ex mode
 		exmode_active = EXMODE_VIM;
 		break;
 
-	    case 'f':		/* "-f"  GUI: run in foreground.  Amiga: open
-				window directly, not with newcli */
+	    case 'f':		// "-f"  GUI: run in foreground.  Amiga: open
+				// window directly, not with newcli
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-		gui.dofork = FALSE;	/* don't fork() when starting GUI */
+		gui.dofork = FALSE;	// don't fork() when starting GUI
 #endif
 		break;
 
-	    case 'g':		/* "-g" start GUI */
+	    case 'g':		// "-g" start GUI
 		main_start_gui();
 		break;
 
-	    case 'F':		/* "-F" was for Farsi mode */
+	    case 'F':		// "-F" was for Farsi mode
 		mch_errmsg(_(e_nofarsi));
 		mch_exit(2);
 		break;
 
-	    case '?':		/* "-?" give help message (for MS-Windows) */
-	    case 'h':		/* "-h" give help message */
+	    case '?':		// "-?" give help message (for MS-Windows)
+	    case 'h':		// "-h" give help message
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
-		/* Tell usage() to exit for "gvim". */
+		// Tell usage() to exit for "gvim".
 		gui.starting = FALSE;
 #endif
 		usage();
 		break;
 
-	    case 'H':		/* "-H" start in Hebrew mode: rl + hkmap set */
+	    case 'H':		// "-H" start in Hebrew mode: rl + hkmap set
 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
 		p_hkmap = TRUE;
 		set_option_value((char_u *)"rl", 1L, NULL, 0);
@@ -2212,132 +2211,132 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 #endif
 		break;
 
-	    case 'l':		/* "-l" lisp mode, 'lisp' and 'showmatch' on */
+	    case 'l':		// "-l" lisp mode, 'lisp' and 'showmatch' on
 #ifdef FEAT_LISP
 		set_option_value((char_u *)"lisp", 1L, NULL, 0);
 		p_sm = TRUE;
 #endif
 		break;
 
-	    case 'M':		/* "-M"  no changes or writing of files */
+	    case 'M':		// "-M"  no changes or writing of files
 		reset_modifiable();
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		// FALLTHROUGH
 
-	    case 'm':		/* "-m"  no writing of files */
+	    case 'm':		// "-m"  no writing of files
 		p_write = FALSE;
 		break;
 
-	    case 'y':		/* "-y"  easy mode */
+	    case 'y':		// "-y"  easy mode
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-		gui.starting = TRUE;	/* start GUI a bit later */
+		gui.starting = TRUE;	// start GUI a bit later
 #endif
 		parmp->evim_mode = TRUE;
 		break;
 
-	    case 'N':		/* "-N"  Nocompatible */
+	    case 'N':		// "-N"  Nocompatible
 		change_compatible(FALSE);
 		break;
 
-	    case 'n':		/* "-n" no swap file */
+	    case 'n':		// "-n" no swap file
 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
-		/* checking for "-nb", netbeans parameters */
+		// checking for "-nb", netbeans parameters
 		if (argv[0][argv_idx] == 'b')
 		{
 		    netbeansArg = argv[0];
-		    argv_idx = -1;	    /* skip to next argument */
+		    argv_idx = -1;	    // skip to next argument
 		}
 		else
 #endif
 		parmp->no_swap_file = TRUE;
 		break;
 
-	    case 'p':		/* "-p[N]" open N tab pages */
+	    case 'p':		// "-p[N]" open N tab pages
 #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_OSX
-		/* For some reason on MacOS X, an argument like:
-		   -psn_0_10223617 is passed in when invoke from Finder
-		   or with the 'open' command */
+		// For some reason on MacOS X, an argument like:
+		// -psn_0_10223617 is passed in when invoke from Finder
+		// or with the 'open' command
 		if (argv[0][argv_idx] == 's')
 		{
-		    argv_idx = -1; /* bypass full -psn */
+		    argv_idx = -1; // bypass full -psn
 		    main_start_gui();
 		    break;
 		}
 #endif
-		/* default is 0: open window for each file */
+		// default is 0: open window for each file
 		parmp->window_count = get_number_arg((char_u *)argv[0],
 								&argv_idx, 0);
 		parmp->window_layout = WIN_TABS;
 		break;
 
-	    case 'o':		/* "-o[N]" open N horizontal split windows */
-		/* default is 0: open window for each file */
+	    case 'o':		// "-o[N]" open N horizontal split windows
+		// default is 0: open window for each file
 		parmp->window_count = get_number_arg((char_u *)argv[0],
 								&argv_idx, 0);
 		parmp->window_layout = WIN_HOR;
 		break;
 
-		case 'O':	/* "-O[N]" open N vertical split windows */
-		/* default is 0: open window for each file */
+		case 'O':	// "-O[N]" open N vertical split windows
+		// default is 0: open window for each file
 		parmp->window_count = get_number_arg((char_u *)argv[0],
 								&argv_idx, 0);
 		parmp->window_layout = WIN_VER;
 		break;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
-	    case 'q':		/* "-q" QuickFix mode */
+	    case 'q':		// "-q" QuickFix mode
 		if (parmp->edit_type != EDIT_NONE)
 		    mainerr(ME_TOO_MANY_ARGS, (char_u *)argv[0]);
 		parmp->edit_type = EDIT_QF;
-		if (argv[0][argv_idx])		/* "-q{errorfile}" */
+		if (argv[0][argv_idx])		// "-q{errorfile}"
 		{
 		    parmp->use_ef = (char_u *)argv[0] + argv_idx;
 		    argv_idx = -1;
 		}
-		else if (argc > 1)		/* "-q {errorfile}" */
+		else if (argc > 1)		// "-q {errorfile}"
 		    want_argument = TRUE;
 		break;
 #endif
 
-	    case 'R':		/* "-R" readonly mode */
+	    case 'R':		// "-R" readonly mode
 		readonlymode = TRUE;
 		curbuf->b_p_ro = TRUE;
-		p_uc = 10000;			/* don't update very often */
+		p_uc = 10000;			// don't update very often
 		break;
 
-	    case 'r':		/* "-r" recovery mode */
-	    case 'L':		/* "-L" recovery mode */
+	    case 'r':		// "-r" recovery mode
+	    case 'L':		// "-L" recovery mode
 		recoverymode = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 's':
-		if (exmode_active)	/* "-s" silent (batch) mode */
+		if (exmode_active)	// "-s" silent (batch) mode
 		    silent_mode = TRUE;
-		else		/* "-s {scriptin}" read from script file */
+		else		// "-s {scriptin}" read from script file
 		    want_argument = TRUE;
 		break;
 
-	    case 't':		/* "-t {tag}" or "-t{tag}" jump to tag */
+	    case 't':		// "-t {tag}" or "-t{tag}" jump to tag
 		if (parmp->edit_type != EDIT_NONE)
 		    mainerr(ME_TOO_MANY_ARGS, (char_u *)argv[0]);
 		parmp->edit_type = EDIT_TAG;
-		if (argv[0][argv_idx])		/* "-t{tag}" */
+		if (argv[0][argv_idx])		// "-t{tag}"
 		{
 		    parmp->tagname = (char_u *)argv[0] + argv_idx;
 		    argv_idx = -1;
 		}
-		else				/* "-t {tag}" */
+		else				// "-t {tag}"
 		    want_argument = TRUE;
 		break;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-	    case 'D':		/* "-D"		Debugging */
+	    case 'D':		// "-D"		Debugging
 		parmp->use_debug_break_level = 9999;
 		break;
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
-	    case 'd':		/* "-d"		'diff' */
+	    case 'd':		// "-d"		'diff'
 # ifdef AMIGA
-		/* check for "-dev {device}" */
+		// check for "-dev {device}"
 		if (argv[0][argv_idx] == 'e' && argv[0][argv_idx + 1] == 'v')
 		    want_argument = TRUE;
 		else
@@ -2345,8 +2344,8 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		    parmp->diff_mode = TRUE;
 		break;
 #endif
-	    case 'V':		/* "-V{N}"	Verbose level */
-		/* default is 10: a little bit verbose */
+	    case 'V':		// "-V{N}"	Verbose level
+		// default is 10: a little bit verbose
 		p_verbose = get_number_arg((char_u *)argv[0], &argv_idx, 10);
 		if (argv[0][argv_idx] != NUL)
 		{
@@ -2356,15 +2355,15 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		}
 		break;
 
-	    case 'v':		/* "-v"  Vi-mode (as if called "vi") */
+	    case 'v':		// "-v"  Vi-mode (as if called "vi")
 		exmode_active = 0;
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && !defined(VIMDLL)
-		gui.starting = FALSE;	/* don't start GUI */
+		gui.starting = FALSE;	// don't start GUI
 #endif
 		break;
 
-	    case 'w':		/* "-w{number}"	set window height */
-				/* "-w {scriptout}"	write to script */
+	    case 'w':		// "-w{number}"	set window height
+				// "-w {scriptout}"	write to script
 		if (vim_isdigit(((char_u *)argv[0])[argv_idx]))
 		{
 		    n = get_number_arg((char_u *)argv[0], &argv_idx, 10);
@@ -2375,23 +2374,23 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		break;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
-	    case 'x':		/* "-x"  encrypted reading/writing of files */
+	    case 'x':		// "-x"  encrypted reading/writing of files
 		parmp->ask_for_key = TRUE;
 		break;
 #endif
 
-	    case 'X':		/* "-X"  don't connect to X server */
+	    case 'X':		// "-X"  don't connect to X server
 #if (defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)) && defined(FEAT_X11)
 		x_no_connect = TRUE;
 #endif
 		break;
 
-	    case 'Z':		/* "-Z"  restricted mode */
+	    case 'Z':		// "-Z"  restricted mode
 		restricted = TRUE;
 		break;
 
-	    case 'c':		/* "-c{command}" or "-c {command}" execute
-				   command */
+	    case 'c':		// "-c{command}" or "-c {command}" execute
+				// command
 		if (argv[0][argv_idx] != NUL)
 		{
 		    if (parmp->n_commands >= MAX_ARG_CMDS)
@@ -2401,18 +2400,18 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		    argv_idx = -1;
 		    break;
 		}
-		/* FALLTHROUGH */
-	    case 'S':		/* "-S {file}" execute Vim script */
-	    case 'i':		/* "-i {viminfo}" use for viminfo */
+		// FALLTHROUGH
+	    case 'S':		// "-S {file}" execute Vim script
+	    case 'i':		// "-i {viminfo}" use for viminfo
 #ifndef FEAT_DIFF
-	    case 'd':		/* "-d {device}" device (for Amiga) */
+	    case 'd':		// "-d {device}" device (for Amiga)
 #endif
-	    case 'T':		/* "-T {terminal}" terminal name */
-	    case 'u':		/* "-u {vimrc}" vim inits file */
-	    case 'U':		/* "-U {gvimrc}" gvim inits file */
-	    case 'W':		/* "-W {scriptout}" overwrite */
+	    case 'T':		// "-T {terminal}" terminal name
+	    case 'u':		// "-u {vimrc}" vim inits file
+	    case 'U':		// "-U {gvimrc}" gvim inits file
+	    case 'W':		// "-W {scriptout}" overwrite
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
-	    case 'P':		/* "-P {parent title}" MDI parent */
+	    case 'P':		// "-P {parent title}" MDI parent
 #endif
 		want_argument = TRUE;
 		break;
@@ -2433,15 +2432,15 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		    mainerr(ME_GARBAGE, (char_u *)argv[0]);
 
 		--argc;
-		if (argc < 1 && c != 'S')  /* -S has an optional argument */
+		if (argc < 1 && c != 'S')  // -S has an optional argument
 		    mainerr_arg_missing((char_u *)argv[0]);
 		++argv;
 		argv_idx = -1;
 
 		switch (c)
 		{
-		case 'c':	/* "-c {command}" execute command */
-		case 'S':	/* "-S {file}" execute Vim script */
+		case 'c':	// "-c {command}" execute command
+		case 'S':	// "-S {file}" execute Vim script
 		    if (parmp->n_commands >= MAX_ARG_CMDS)
 			mainerr(ME_EXTRA_CMD, NULL);
 		    if (c == 'S')
@@ -2449,13 +2448,13 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 			char	*a;
 
 			if (argc < 1)
-			    /* "-S" without argument: use default session file
-			     * name. */
+			    // "-S" without argument: use default session file
+			    // name.
 			    a = SESSION_FILE;
 			else if (argv[0][0] == '-')
 			{
-			    /* "-S" followed by another option: use default
-			     * session file name. */
+			    // "-S" followed by another option: use default
+			    // session file name.
 			    a = SESSION_FILE;
 			    ++argc;
 			    --argv;
@@ -2477,29 +2476,29 @@ command_line_scan(mparm_T *parmp)
 		case '-':
 		    if (argv[-1][2] == 'c')
 		    {
-			/* "--cmd {command}" execute command */
+			// "--cmd {command}" execute command
 			if (parmp->n_pre_commands >= MAX_ARG_CMDS)
 			    mainerr(ME_EXTRA_CMD, NULL);
 			parmp->pre_commands[parmp->n_pre_commands++] =
 							    (char_u *)argv[0];
 		    }
-		    /* "--startuptime <file>" already handled */
+		    // "--startuptime <file>" already handled
 		    break;
 
-	    /*	case 'd':   -d {device} is handled in mch_check_win() for the
-	     *		    Amiga */
+	    //	case 'd':   -d {device} is handled in mch_check_win() for the
+	    //		    Amiga
 
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
-		case 'q':	/* "-q {errorfile}" QuickFix mode */
+		case 'q':	// "-q {errorfile}" QuickFix mode
 		    parmp->use_ef = (char_u *)argv[0];
 		    break;
 #endif
 
-		case 'i':	/* "-i {viminfo}" use for viminfo */
+		case 'i':	// "-i {viminfo}" use for viminfo
 		    set_option_value((char_u *)"vif", 0L, (char_u *)argv[0], 0);
 		    break;
 
-		case 's':	/* "-s {scriptin}" read from script file */
+		case 's':	// "-s {scriptin}" read from script file
 		    if (scriptin[0] != NULL)
 		    {
 scripterror:
@@ -2518,14 +2517,14 @@ scripterror:
 			mch_exit(2);
 		    }
 		    if (save_typebuf() == FAIL)
-			mch_exit(2);	/* out of memory */
+			mch_exit(2);	// out of memory
 		    break;
 
-		case 't':	/* "-t {tag}" */
+		case 't':	// "-t {tag}"
 		    parmp->tagname = (char_u *)argv[0];
 		    break;
 
-		case 'T':	/* "-T {terminal}" terminal name */
+		case 'T':	// "-T {terminal}" terminal name
 		    /*
 		     * The -T term argument is always available and when
 		     * HAVE_TERMLIB is supported it overrides the environment
@@ -2533,24 +2532,24 @@ scripterror:
 		     */
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		    if (term_is_gui((char_u *)argv[0]))
-			gui.starting = TRUE;	/* start GUI a bit later */
+			gui.starting = TRUE;	// start GUI a bit later
 		    else
 #endif
 			parmp->term = (char_u *)argv[0];
 		    break;
 
-		case 'u':	/* "-u {vimrc}" vim inits file */
+		case 'u':	// "-u {vimrc}" vim inits file
 		    parmp->use_vimrc = (char_u *)argv[0];
 		    break;
 
-		case 'U':	/* "-U {gvimrc}" gvim inits file */
+		case 'U':	// "-U {gvimrc}" gvim inits file
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 		    use_gvimrc = (char_u *)argv[0];
 #endif
 		    break;
 
-		case 'w':	/* "-w {nr}" 'window' value */
-				/* "-w {scriptout}" append to script file */
+		case 'w':	// "-w {nr}" 'window' value
+				// "-w {scriptout}" append to script file
 		    if (vim_isdigit(*((char_u *)argv[0])))
 		    {
 			argv_idx = 0;
@@ -2559,8 +2558,8 @@ scripterror:
 			argv_idx = -1;
 			break;
 		    }
-		    /* FALLTHROUGH */
-		case 'W':	/* "-W {scriptout}" overwrite script file */
+		    // FALLTHROUGH
+		case 'W':	// "-W {scriptout}" overwrite script file
 		    if (scriptout != NULL)
 			goto scripterror;
 		    if ((scriptout = mch_fopen(argv[0],
@@ -2574,7 +2573,7 @@ scripterror:
 		    break;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
-		case 'P':		/* "-P {parent title}" MDI parent */
+		case 'P':		// "-P {parent title}" MDI parent
 		    gui_mch_set_parent(argv[0]);
 		    break;
 #endif
@@ -2587,21 +2586,21 @@ scripterror:
 	 */
 	else
 	{
-	    argv_idx = -1;	    /* skip to next argument */
+	    argv_idx = -1;	    // skip to next argument
 
-	    /* Check for only one type of editing. */
+	    // Check for only one type of editing.
 	    if (parmp->edit_type != EDIT_NONE && parmp->edit_type != EDIT_FILE)
 		mainerr(ME_TOO_MANY_ARGS, (char_u *)argv[0]);
 	    parmp->edit_type = EDIT_FILE;
 
 #ifdef MSWIN
-	    /* Remember if the argument was a full path before changing
-	     * slashes to backslashes. */
+	    // Remember if the argument was a full path before changing
+	    // slashes to backslashes.
 	    if (argv[0][0] != NUL && argv[0][1] == ':' && argv[0][2] == '\\')
 		parmp->full_path = TRUE;
 #endif
 
-	    /* Add the file to the global argument list. */
+	    // Add the file to the global argument list.
 	    if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
 		    || (p = vim_strsave((char_u *)argv[0])) == NULL)
 		mch_exit(2);
@@ -2643,22 +2642,22 @@ scripterror:
 #endif
 
 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE
-	    /* Make the case of the file name match the actual file. */
+	    // Make the case of the file name match the actual file.
 	    fname_case(p, 0);
 #endif
 
 	    alist_add(&global_alist, p,
 #ifdef EXPAND_FILENAMES
-		    parmp->literal ? 2 : 0	/* add buffer nr after exp. */
+		    parmp->literal ? 2 : 0	// add buffer nr after exp.
 #else
-		    2		/* add buffer number now and use curbuf */
+		    2		// add buffer number now and use curbuf
 #endif
 		    );
 
 #ifdef MSWIN
 	    {
-		/* Remember this argument has been added to the argument list.
-		 * Needed when 'encoding' is changed. */
+		// Remember this argument has been added to the argument list.
+		// Needed when 'encoding' is changed.
 		used_file_arg(argv[0], parmp->literal, parmp->full_path,
 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
 							    parmp->diff_mode
@@ -2684,8 +2683,8 @@ scripterror:
     }
 
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-    /* If there is a "+123" or "-c" command, set v:swapcommand to the first
-     * one. */
+    // If there is a "+123" or "-c" command, set v:swapcommand to the first
+    // one.
     if (parmp->n_commands > 0)
     {
 	p = alloc(STRLEN(parmp->commands[0]) + 3);
@@ -2706,7 +2705,7 @@ scripterror:
     static void
 check_tty(mparm_T *parmp)
 {
-    int		input_isatty;		/* is active input a terminal? */
+    int		input_isatty;		// is active input a terminal?
 
     input_isatty = mch_input_isatty();
     if (exmode_active)
@@ -2716,7 +2715,7 @@ check_tty(mparm_T *parmp)
     }
     else if (parmp->want_full_screen && (!stdout_isatty || !input_isatty)
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-	    /* don't want the delay when started from the desktop */
+	    // don't want the delay when started from the desktop
 	    && !gui.starting
 #endif
 	    && !parmp->not_a_term)
@@ -2746,14 +2745,14 @@ check_tty(mparm_T *parmp)
 	&& defined(FEAT_GETTEXT)
 	    char    *s, *tofree = NULL;
 
-	    /* Set the encoding of the error message based on $LC_ALL or
-	     * other environment variables instead of 'encoding'.
-	     * Note that the message is shown on a Cygwin terminal (e.g.
-	     * mintty) which encoding is based on $LC_ALL or etc., not the
-	     * current codepage used by normal Win32 console programs. */
+	    // Set the encoding of the error message based on $LC_ALL or
+	    // other environment variables instead of 'encoding'.
+	    // Note that the message is shown on a Cygwin terminal (e.g.
+	    // mintty) which encoding is based on $LC_ALL or etc., not the
+	    // current codepage used by normal Win32 console programs.
 	    tofree = s = (char *)enc_locale_env(NULL);
 	    if (s == NULL)
-		s = "utf-8";	/* Use "utf-8" by default. */
+		s = "utf-8";	// Use "utf-8" by default.
 	    (void)bind_textdomain_codeset(VIMPACKAGE, s);
 	    vim_free(tofree);
 # endif
@@ -2818,14 +2817,14 @@ create_windows(mparm_T *parmp UNUSED)
     /*
      * Create the number of windows that was requested.
      */
-    if (parmp->window_count == -1)	/* was not set */
+    if (parmp->window_count == -1)	// was not set
 	parmp->window_count = 1;
     if (parmp->window_count == 0)
 	parmp->window_count = GARGCOUNT;
     if (parmp->window_count > 1)
     {
-	/* Don't change the windows if there was a command in .vimrc that
-	 * already split some windows */
+	// Don't change the windows if there was a command in .vimrc that
+	// already split some windows
 	if (parmp->window_layout == 0)
 	    parmp->window_layout = WIN_HOR;
 	if (parmp->window_layout == WIN_TABS)
@@ -2845,13 +2844,13 @@ create_windows(mparm_T *parmp UNUSED)
     else
 	parmp->window_count = 1;
 
-    if (recoverymode)			/* do recover */
+    if (recoverymode)			// do recover
     {
-	msg_scroll = TRUE;		/* scroll message up */
+	msg_scroll = TRUE;		// scroll message up
 	ml_recover(TRUE);
-	if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) /* failed */
+	if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) // failed
 	    getout(1);
-	do_modelines(0);		/* do modelines */
+	do_modelines(0);		// do modelines
     }
     else
     {
@@ -2892,7 +2891,7 @@ create_windows(mparm_T *parmp UNUSED)
 	    if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)
 	    {
 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
-		/* Set 'foldlevel' to 'foldlevelstart' if it's not negative. */
+		// Set 'foldlevel' to 'foldlevelstart' if it's not negative.
 		if (p_fdls >= 0)
 		    curwin->w_p_fdl = p_fdls;
 #endif
@@ -2901,32 +2900,32 @@ create_windows(mparm_T *parmp UNUSED)
 
 		set_buflisted(TRUE);
 
-		/* create memfile, read file */
+		// create memfile, read file
 		(void)open_buffer(FALSE, NULL, 0);
 
 		if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT)
 		{
 		    if (got_int || only_one_window())
 		    {
-			/* abort selected or quit and only one window */
-			did_emsg = FALSE;   /* avoid hit-enter prompt */
+			// abort selected or quit and only one window
+			did_emsg = FALSE;   // avoid hit-enter prompt
 			getout(1);
 		    }
-		    /* We can't close the window, it would disturb what
-		     * happens next.  Clear the file name and set the arg
-		     * index to -1 to delete it later. */
+		    // We can't close the window, it would disturb what
+		    // happens next.  Clear the file name and set the arg
+		    // index to -1 to delete it later.
 		    setfname(curbuf, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
 		    curwin->w_arg_idx = -1;
 		    swap_exists_action = SEA_NONE;
 		}
 		else
 		    handle_swap_exists(NULL);
-		dorewind = TRUE;		/* start again */
+		dorewind = TRUE;		// start again
 	    }
 	    ui_breakcheck();
 	    if (got_int)
 	    {
-		(void)vgetc();	/* only break the file loading, not the rest */
+		(void)vgetc();	// only break the file loading, not the rest
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -2947,9 +2946,9 @@ create_windows(mparm_T *parmp UNUSED)
     static void
 edit_buffers(
     mparm_T	*parmp,
-    char_u	*cwd)			/* current working dir */
+    char_u	*cwd)			// current working dir
 {
-    int		arg_idx;		/* index in argument list */
+    int		arg_idx;		// index in argument list
     int		i;
     int		advance = TRUE;
     win_T	*win;
@@ -2961,7 +2960,7 @@ edit_buffers(
     ++autocmd_no_enter;
     ++autocmd_no_leave;
 
-    /* When w_arg_idx is -1 remove the window (see create_windows()). */
+    // When w_arg_idx is -1 remove the window (see create_windows()).
     if (curwin->w_arg_idx == -1)
     {
 	win_close(curwin, TRUE);
@@ -2973,7 +2972,7 @@ edit_buffers(
     {
 	if (cwd != NULL)
 	    mch_chdir((char *)cwd);
-	/* When w_arg_idx is -1 remove the window (see create_windows()). */
+	// When w_arg_idx is -1 remove the window (see create_windows()).
 	if (curwin->w_arg_idx == -1)
 	{
 	    ++arg_idx;
@@ -2986,7 +2985,7 @@ edit_buffers(
 	{
 	    if (parmp->window_layout == WIN_TABS)
 	    {
-		if (curtab->tp_next == NULL)	/* just checking */
+		if (curtab->tp_next == NULL)	// just checking
 		    break;
 		goto_tabpage(0);
 		// Temporarily reset 'shm' option to not print fileinfo when
@@ -3003,31 +3002,31 @@ edit_buffers(
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
-		if (curwin->w_next == NULL)	/* just checking */
+		if (curwin->w_next == NULL)	// just checking
 		    break;
 		win_enter(curwin->w_next, FALSE);
 	    }
 	}
 	advance = TRUE;
 
-	/* Only open the file if there is no file in this window yet (that can
-	 * happen when .vimrc contains ":sall"). */
+	// Only open the file if there is no file in this window yet (that can
+	// happen when .vimrc contains ":sall").
 	if (curbuf == firstwin->w_buffer || curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
 	{
 	    curwin->w_arg_idx = arg_idx;
-	    /* Edit file from arg list, if there is one.  When "Quit" selected
-	     * at the ATTENTION prompt close the window. */
+	    // Edit file from arg list, if there is one.  When "Quit" selected
+	    // at the ATTENTION prompt close the window.
 	    swap_exists_did_quit = FALSE;
 	    (void)do_ecmd(0, arg_idx < GARGCOUNT
 			  ? alist_name(&GARGLIST[arg_idx]) : NULL,
 			  NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, ECMD_HIDE, curwin);
 	    if (swap_exists_did_quit)
 	    {
-		/* abort or quit selected */
+		// abort or quit selected
 		if (got_int || only_one_window())
 		{
-		    /* abort selected and only one window */
-		    did_emsg = FALSE;   /* avoid hit-enter prompt */
+		    // abort selected and only one window
+		    did_emsg = FALSE;   // avoid hit-enter prompt
 		    getout(1);
 		}
 		win_close(curwin, TRUE);
@@ -3040,7 +3039,7 @@ edit_buffers(
 	ui_breakcheck();
 	if (got_int)
 	{
-	    (void)vgetc();	/* only break the file loading, not the rest */
+	    (void)vgetc();	// only break the file loading, not the rest
 	    break;
 	}
     }
@@ -3055,10 +3054,10 @@ edit_buffers(
 	goto_tabpage(1);
     --autocmd_no_enter;
 
-    /* make the first window the current window */
+    // make the first window the current window
     win = firstwin;
 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
-    /* Avoid making a preview window the current window. */
+    // Avoid making a preview window the current window.
     while (win->w_p_pvw)
     {
 	win = win->w_next;
@@ -3074,7 +3073,7 @@ edit_buffers(
     --autocmd_no_leave;
     TIME_MSG("editing files in windows");
     if (parmp->window_count > 1 && parmp->window_layout != WIN_TABS)
-	win_equal(curwin, FALSE, 'b');	/* adjust heights */
+	win_equal(curwin, FALSE, 'b');	// adjust heights
 }
 
 /*
@@ -3089,7 +3088,7 @@ exe_pre_commands(mparm_T *parmp)
 
     if (cnt > 0)
     {
-	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 0; /* just in case.. */
+	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 0; // just in case..
 	sourcing_name = (char_u *)_("pre-vimrc command line");
 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
 	current_sctx.sc_sid = SID_CMDARG;
@@ -3142,7 +3141,7 @@ exe_commands(mparm_T *parmp)
 	msg_scroll = FALSE;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
-    /* When started with "-q errorfile" jump to first error again. */
+    // When started with "-q errorfile" jump to first error again.
     if (parmp->edit_type == EDIT_QF)
 	qf_jump(NULL, 0, 0, FALSE);
 #endif
@@ -3179,7 +3178,7 @@ source_startup_scripts(mparm_T *parmp)
 				     || STRCMP(parmp->use_vimrc, "NORC") == 0)
 	{
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-	    if (use_gvimrc == NULL)	    /* don't load gvimrc either */
+	    if (use_gvimrc == NULL)	    // don't load gvimrc either
 		use_gvimrc = parmp->use_vimrc;
 #endif
 	}
@@ -3195,7 +3194,7 @@ source_startup_scripts(mparm_T *parmp)
 	struct Process	*proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
 	APTR		save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
 
-	/* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
+	// Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist.
 	proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
 #endif
 
@@ -3241,7 +3240,7 @@ source_startup_scripts(mparm_T *parmp)
 #endif
 		&& !has_dash_c_arg)
 	    {
-		/* When no .vimrc file was found: source defaults.vim. */
+		// When no .vimrc file was found: source defaults.vim.
 		do_source((char_u *)VIM_DEFAULTS_FILE, FALSE, DOSO_NONE);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -3258,7 +3257,7 @@ source_startup_scripts(mparm_T *parmp)
 	if (p_exrc)
 	{
 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
-	    /* If ".vimrc" file is not owned by user, set 'secure' mode. */
+	    // If ".vimrc" file is not owned by user, set 'secure' mode.
 	    if (!file_owned(VIMRC_FILE))
 #endif
 		secure = p_secure;
@@ -3284,7 +3283,7 @@ source_startup_scripts(mparm_T *parmp)
 	    if (i == FAIL)
 	    {
 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
-		/* if ".exrc" is not owned by user set 'secure' mode */
+		// if ".exrc" is not owned by user set 'secure' mode
 		if (!file_owned(EXRC_FILE))
 		    secure = p_secure;
 		else
@@ -3317,7 +3316,7 @@ source_startup_scripts(mparm_T *parmp)
 main_start_gui(void)
 {
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-    gui.starting = TRUE;	/* start GUI a bit later */
+    gui.starting = TRUE;	// start GUI a bit later
 #else
     mch_errmsg(_(e_nogvim));
     mch_errmsg("\n");
@@ -3325,7 +3324,7 @@ main_start_gui(void)
 #endif
 }
 
-#endif  /* NO_VIM_MAIN */
+#endif  // NO_VIM_MAIN
 
 /*
  * Get an environment variable, and execute it as Ex commands.
@@ -3334,7 +3333,7 @@ main_start_gui(void)
     int
 process_env(
     char_u	*env,
-    int		is_viminit) /* when TRUE, called for VIMINIT */
+    int		is_viminit) // when TRUE, called for VIMINIT
 {
     char_u	*initstr;
     char_u	*save_sourcing_name;
@@ -3381,7 +3380,7 @@ file_owned(char *fname)
     stat_T	s;
 # ifdef UNIX
     uid_t	uid = getuid();
-# else	 /* VMS */
+# else	 // VMS
     uid_t	uid = ((getgid() << 16) | getuid());
 # endif
 
@@ -3398,11 +3397,11 @@ file_owned(char *fname)
  */
     static void
 mainerr(
-    int		n,	/* one of the ME_ defines */
-    char_u	*str)	/* extra argument or NULL */
+    int		n,	// one of the ME_ defines
+    char_u	*str)	// extra argument or NULL
 {
 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
-    reset_signals();		/* kill us with CTRL-C here, if you like */
+    reset_signals();		// kill us with CTRL-C here, if you like
 #endif
 
     // If this is a Windows GUI executable, show an error dialog box.
@@ -3464,7 +3463,7 @@ usage(void)
     };
 
 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
-    reset_signals();		/* kill us with CTRL-C here, if you like */
+    reset_signals();		// kill us with CTRL-C here, if you like
 #endif
 
     init_longVersion();
@@ -3608,7 +3607,7 @@ usage(void)
     main_msg(_("-reverse\t\tUse reverse video (also: -rv)"));
     main_msg(_("+reverse\t\tDon't use reverse video (also: +rv)"));
     main_msg(_("-xrm <resource>\tSet the specified resource"));
-#endif /* FEAT_GUI_X11 */
+#endif // FEAT_GUI_X11
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
     mch_msg(_("\nArguments recognised by gvim (GTK+ version):\n"));
     main_msg(_("-font <font>\t\tUse <font> for normal text (also: -fn)"));
@@ -3630,7 +3629,7 @@ usage(void)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME
-    /* Gnome gives extra messages for --help if we continue, but not for -h. */
+    // Gnome gives extra messages for --help if we continue, but not for -h.
     if (gui.starting)
     {
 	mch_msg("\n");
@@ -3654,7 +3653,7 @@ check_swap_exists_action(void)
     handle_swap_exists(NULL);
 }
 
-#endif /* NO_VIM_MAIN */
+#endif // NO_VIM_MAIN
 
 #if defined(STARTUPTIME) || defined(PROTO)
 static struct timeval	prev_timeval;
@@ -3702,7 +3701,7 @@ time_push(void *tv_rel, void *tv_start)
  */
     void
 time_pop(
-    void	*tp)	/* actually (struct timeval *) */
+    void	*tp)	// actually (struct timeval *)
 {
     prev_timeval.tv_usec -= ((struct timeval *)tp)->tv_usec;
     prev_timeval.tv_sec -= ((struct timeval *)tp)->tv_sec;
@@ -3728,8 +3727,8 @@ time_diff(struct timeval *then, struct timeval *now)
     void
 time_msg(
     char	*mesg,
-    void	*tv_start)  /* only for do_source: start time; actually
-			       (struct timeval *) */
+    void	*tv_start)  // only for do_source: start time; actually
+			    // (struct timeval *)
 {
     static struct timeval	start;
     struct timeval		now;
@@ -3767,10 +3766,10 @@ set_progpath(char_u *argv0)
     char_u *val = argv0;
 
 # ifdef MSWIN
-    /* A relative path containing a "/" will become invalid when using ":cd",
-     * turn it into a full path.
-     * On MS-Windows "vim" should be expanded to "vim.exe", thus always do
-     * this. */
+    // A relative path containing a "/" will become invalid when using ":cd",
+    // turn it into a full path.
+    // On MS-Windows "vim" should be expanded to "vim.exe", thus always do
+    // this.
     char_u *path = NULL;
 
     if (mch_can_exe(argv0, &path, FALSE) && path != NULL)
@@ -3804,7 +3803,7 @@ set_progpath(char_u *argv0)
 # endif
 }
 
-#endif /* NO_VIM_MAIN */
+#endif // NO_VIM_MAIN
 
 #if (defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && !defined(NO_VIM_MAIN)) || defined(PROTO)
 
@@ -3823,7 +3822,7 @@ exec_on_server(mparm_T *parmp)
     if (parmp->serverName_arg == NULL || *parmp->serverName_arg != NUL)
     {
 # ifdef MSWIN
-	/* Initialise the client/server messaging infrastructure. */
+	// Initialise the client/server messaging infrastructure.
 	serverInitMessaging();
 # endif
 
@@ -3839,9 +3838,9 @@ exec_on_server(mparm_T *parmp)
 	    parmp->serverStrEnc = vim_strsave(p_enc);
 	}
 
-	/* If we're still running, get the name to register ourselves.
-	 * On Win32 can register right now, for X11 need to setup the
-	 * clipboard first, it's further down. */
+	// If we're still running, get the name to register ourselves.
+	// On Win32 can register right now, for X11 need to setup the
+	// clipboard first, it's further down.
 	parmp->servername = serverMakeName(parmp->serverName_arg,
 							      parmp->argv[0]);
 # ifdef MSWIN
@@ -3947,7 +3946,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
     for (i = 1; i < Argc; i++)
     {
 	res = NULL;
-	if (STRCMP(argv[i], "--") == 0)	/* end of option arguments */
+	if (STRCMP(argv[i], "--") == 0)	// end of option arguments
 	{
 	    for (; i < *argc; i++)
 	    {
@@ -4006,7 +4005,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 					  tabs, argtype == ARGTYPE_EDIT_WAIT);
 		if (*serverStr == NULL)
 		{
-		    /* Probably out of memory, exit. */
+		    // Probably out of memory, exit.
 		    didone = TRUE;
 		    exiterr = 1;
 		    break;
@@ -4023,28 +4022,28 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 		ret = serverSendToVim(xterm_dpy, sname, *serverStr,
 						  NULL, &srv, 0, 0, 0, silent);
 # else
-	    /* Win32 always works? */
+	    // Win32 always works?
 	    ret = serverSendToVim(sname, *serverStr, NULL, &srv, 0, 0, silent);
 # endif
 	    if (ret < 0)
 	    {
 		if (argtype == ARGTYPE_SEND)
 		{
-		    /* Failed to send, abort. */
+		    // Failed to send, abort.
 		    mch_errmsg(_(": Send failed.\n"));
 		    didone = TRUE;
 		    exiterr = 1;
 		}
 		else if (!silent)
-		    /* Let vim start normally.  */
+		    // Let vim start normally.
 		    mch_errmsg(_(": Send failed. Trying to execute locally\n"));
 		break;
 	    }
 
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
-	    /* Guess that when the server name starts with "g" it's a GUI
-	     * server, which we can bring to the foreground here.
-	     * Foreground() in the server doesn't work very well. */
+	    // Guess that when the server name starts with "g" it's a GUI
+	    // server, which we can bring to the foreground here.
+	    // Foreground() in the server doesn't work very well.
 	    if (argtype != ARGTYPE_SEND && TOUPPER_ASC(*sname) == 'G')
 		SetForegroundWindow(srv);
 # endif
@@ -4066,7 +4065,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 # endif
 
 		if (numFiles > 0 && argv[i + 1][0] == '+')
-		    /* Skip "+cmd" argument, don't wait for it to be edited. */
+		    // Skip "+cmd" argument, don't wait for it to be edited.
 		    --numFiles;
 
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
@@ -4079,7 +4078,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 		Shell_NotifyIcon(NIM_ADD, &ni);
 # endif
 
-		/* Wait for all files to unload in remote */
+		// Wait for all files to unload in remote
 		vim_memset(done, 0, numFiles);
 		while (memchr(done, 0, numFiles) != NULL)
 		{
@@ -4113,7 +4112,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 	    if (i == *argc - 1)
 		mainerr_arg_missing((char_u *)argv[i]);
 # ifdef MSWIN
-	    /* Win32 always works? */
+	    // Win32 always works?
 	    if (serverSendToVim(sname, (char_u *)argv[i + 1],
 						  &res, NULL, 1, 0, FALSE) < 0)
 # else
@@ -4125,7 +4124,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 	    {
 		if (res != NULL && *res != NUL)
 		{
-		    /* Output error from remote */
+		    // Output error from remote
 		    mch_errmsg((char *)res);
 		    VIM_CLEAR(res);
 		}
@@ -4135,7 +4134,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 	else if (STRICMP(argv[i], "--serverlist") == 0)
 	{
 # ifdef MSWIN
-	    /* Win32 always works? */
+	    // Win32 always works?
 	    res = serverGetVimNames();
 # else
 	    if (xterm_dpy != NULL)
@@ -4146,7 +4145,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 	}
 	else if (STRICMP(argv[i], "--servername") == 0)
 	{
-	    /* Already processed. Take it out of the command line */
+	    // Already processed. Take it out of the command line
 	    i++;
 	    continue;
 	}
@@ -4168,11 +4167,11 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 
     if (didone)
     {
-	display_errors();	/* display any collected messages */
-	exit(exiterr);	/* Mission accomplished - get out */
+	display_errors();	// display any collected messages
+	exit(exiterr);	// Mission accomplished - get out
     }
 
-    /* Return back into main() */
+    // Return back into main()
     *argc = newArgC;
     vim_free(sname);
 }
@@ -4184,7 +4183,7 @@ cmdsrv_main(
 build_drop_cmd(
     int		filec,
     char	**filev,
-    int		tabs,		/* Use ":tab drop" instead of ":drop". */
+    int		tabs,		// Use ":tab drop" instead of ":drop".
     int		sendReply)
 {
     garray_T	ga;
@@ -4200,11 +4199,11 @@ build_drop_cmd(
 	filev++;
 	filec--;
     }
-    /* Check if we have at least one argument. */
+    // Check if we have at least one argument.
     if (filec <= 0)
 	mainerr_arg_missing((char_u *)filev[-1]);
 
-    /* Temporarily cd to the current directory to handle relative file names. */
+    // Temporarily cd to the current directory to handle relative file names.
     cwd = alloc(MAXPATHL);
     if (cwd == NULL)
 	return NULL;
@@ -4215,11 +4214,11 @@ build_drop_cmd(
     }
     cdp = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(cwd,
 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
-		    (char_u *)"",  /* rem_backslash() will tell what chars to escape */
+	    (char_u *)"",  // rem_backslash() will tell what chars to escape
 #else
-		    PATH_ESC_CHARS,
+	    PATH_ESC_CHARS,
 #endif
-		    '\\', TRUE);
+	    '\\', TRUE);
     vim_free(cwd);
     if (cdp == NULL)
 	return NULL;
@@ -4227,16 +4226,16 @@ build_drop_cmd(
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"<C-\\><C-N>:cd ");
     ga_concat(&ga, cdp);
 
-    /* Call inputsave() so that a prompt for an encryption key works. */
+    // Call inputsave() so that a prompt for an encryption key works.
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"<CR>:if exists('*inputsave')|call inputsave()|endif|");
     if (tabs)
 	ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"tab ");
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"drop");
     for (i = 0; i < filec; i++)
     {
-	/* On Unix the shell has already expanded the wildcards, don't want to
-	 * do it again in the Vim server.  On MS-Windows only escape
-	 * non-wildcard characters. */
+	// On Unix the shell has already expanded the wildcards, don't want to
+	// do it again in the Vim server.  On MS-Windows only escape
+	// non-wildcard characters.
 	p = vim_strsave_escaped((char_u *)filev[i],
 #ifdef UNIX
 		PATH_ESC_CHARS
@@ -4255,22 +4254,21 @@ build_drop_cmd(
     }
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"|if exists('*inputrestore')|call inputrestore()|endif<CR>");
 
-    /* The :drop commands goes to Insert mode when 'insertmode' is set, use
-     * CTRL-\ CTRL-N again. */
+    // The :drop commands goes to Insert mode when 'insertmode' is set, use
+    // CTRL-\ CTRL-N again.
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"<C-\\><C-N>");
 
-    /* Switch back to the correct current directory (prior to temporary path
-     * switch) unless 'autochdir' is set, in which case it will already be
-     * correct after the :drop command. With line breaks and spaces:
-     *  if !exists('+acd') || !&acd
-     *    if haslocaldir()
-     *	    cd -
-     *      lcd -
-     *    elseif getcwd() ==# 'current path'
-     *      cd -
-     *    endif
-     *  endif
-     */
+    // Switch back to the correct current directory (prior to temporary path
+    // switch) unless 'autochdir' is set, in which case it will already be
+    // correct after the :drop command. With line breaks and spaces:
+    //  if !exists('+acd') || !&acd
+    //    if haslocaldir()
+    //	    cd -
+    //      lcd -
+    //    elseif getcwd() ==# 'current path'
+    //      cd -
+    //    endif
+    //  endif
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)":if !exists('+acd')||!&acd|if haslocaldir()|");
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"cd -|lcd -|elseif getcwd() ==# '");
     ga_concat(&ga, cdp);
@@ -4282,14 +4280,14 @@ build_drop_cmd(
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)":");
     if (inicmd != NULL)
     {
-	/* Can't use <CR> after "inicmd", because an "startinsert" would cause
-	 * the following commands to be inserted as text.  Use a "|",
-	 * hopefully "inicmd" does allow this... */
+	// Can't use <CR> after "inicmd", because an "startinsert" would cause
+	// the following commands to be inserted as text.  Use a "|",
+	// hopefully "inicmd" does allow this...
 	ga_concat(&ga, inicmd);
 	ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"|");
     }
-    /* Bring the window to the foreground, goto Insert mode when 'im' set and
-     * clear command line. */
+    // Bring the window to the foreground, goto Insert mode when 'im' set and
+    // clear command line.
     ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"cal foreground()|if &im|star|en|redr|f<CR>");
     ga_append(&ga, NUL);
     return ga.ga_data;
@@ -4310,13 +4308,13 @@ serverMakeName(char_u *arg, char *cmd)
     else
     {
 	p = vim_strsave_up(gettail((char_u *)cmd));
-	/* Remove .exe or .bat from the name. */
+	// Remove .exe or .bat from the name.
 	if (p != NULL && vim_strchr(p, '.') != NULL)
 	    *vim_strchr(p, '.') = NUL;
     }
     return p;
 }
-#endif /* FEAT_CLIENTSERVER */
+#endif // FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
 
 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
@@ -4328,18 +4326,17 @@ server_to_input_buf(char_u *str)
     char_u      *ptr = NULL;
     char_u      *cpo_save = p_cpo;
 
-    /* Set 'cpoptions' the way we want it.
-     *    B set - backslashes are *not* treated specially
-     *    k set - keycodes are *not* reverse-engineered
-     *    < unset - <Key> sequences *are* interpreted
-     *  The last but one parameter of replace_termcodes() is TRUE so that the
-     *  <lt> sequence is recognised - needed for a real backslash.
-     */
+    // Set 'cpoptions' the way we want it.
+    //    B set - backslashes are *not* treated specially
+    //    k set - keycodes are *not* reverse-engineered
+    //    < unset - <Key> sequences *are* interpreted
+    //  The last but one parameter of replace_termcodes() is TRUE so that the
+    //  <lt> sequence is recognised - needed for a real backslash.
     p_cpo = (char_u *)"Bk";
     str = replace_termcodes((char_u *)str, &ptr, REPTERM_DO_LT, NULL);
     p_cpo = cpo_save;
 
-    if (*ptr != NUL)	/* trailing CTRL-V results in nothing */
+    if (*ptr != NUL)	// trailing CTRL-V results in nothing
     {
 	/*
 	 * Add the string to the input stream.
@@ -4353,8 +4350,8 @@ server_to_input_buf(char_u *str)
 	    del_typebuf(typebuf.tb_len - typebuf.tb_maplen, typebuf.tb_maplen);
 	(void)ins_typebuf(str, REMAP_NONE, typebuf.tb_len, TRUE, FALSE);
 
-	/* Let input_available() know we inserted text in the typeahead
-	 * buffer. */
+	// Let input_available() know we inserted text in the typeahead
+	// buffer.
 	typebuf_was_filled = TRUE;
     }
     vim_free((char_u *)ptr);
@@ -4372,20 +4369,20 @@ eval_client_expr_to_string(char_u *expr)
     funccal_entry_T funccal_entry;
     int		did_save_funccal = FALSE;
 
-    /* Evaluate the expression at the toplevel, don't use variables local to
-     * the calling function. Except when in debug mode. */
+    // Evaluate the expression at the toplevel, don't use variables local to
+    // the calling function. Except when in debug mode.
     if (!debug_mode)
     {
 	save_funccal(&funccal_entry);
 	did_save_funccal = TRUE;
     }
 
-     /* Disable debugging, otherwise Vim hangs, waiting for "cont" to be
-      * typed. */
+     // Disable debugging, otherwise Vim hangs, waiting for "cont" to be
+     // typed.
     debug_break_level = -1;
     redir_off = 0;
-    /* Do not display error message, otherwise Vim hangs, waiting for "cont"
-     * to be typed.  Do generate errors so that try/catch works. */
+    // Do not display error message, otherwise Vim hangs, waiting for "cont"
+    // to be typed.  Do generate errors so that try/catch works.
     ++emsg_silent;
 
     res = eval_to_string(expr, NULL, TRUE);
@@ -4398,8 +4395,8 @@ eval_client_expr_to_string(char_u *expr)
     if (did_save_funccal)
 	restore_funccal();
 
-    /* A client can tell us to redraw, but not to display the cursor, so do
-     * that here. */
+    // A client can tell us to redraw, but not to display the cursor, so do
+    // that here.
     setcursor();
     out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
 
diff --git a/src/mark.c b/src/mark.c
index a77e7b9dd..ba24220ac 100644
--- a/src/mark.c
+++ b/src/mark.c
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
  * There are marks 'A - 'Z (set by user) and '0 to '9 (set when writing
  * viminfo).
  */
-static xfmark_T namedfm[NMARKS + EXTRA_MARKS];		/* marks with file nr */
+static xfmark_T namedfm[NMARKS + EXTRA_MARKS];		// marks with file nr
 
 static void fname2fnum(xfmark_T *fm);
 static void fmarks_check_one(xfmark_T *fm, char_u *name, buf_T *buf);
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ setmark_pos(int c, pos_T *pos, int fnum)
     int		i;
     buf_T	*buf;
 
-    /* Check for a special key (may cause islower() to crash). */
+    // Check for a special key (may cause islower() to crash).
     if (c < 0)
 	return FAIL;
 
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ setmark_pos(int c, pos_T *pos, int fnum)
 	if (pos == &curwin->w_cursor)
 	{
 	    setpcmark();
-	    /* keep it even when the cursor doesn't move */
+	    // keep it even when the cursor doesn't move
 	    curwin->w_prev_pcmark = curwin->w_pcmark;
 	}
 	else
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ setmark_pos(int c, pos_T *pos, int fnum)
 	return OK;
     }
 
-    /* Allow setting '[ and '] for an autocommand that simulates reading a
-     * file. */
+    // Allow setting '[ and '] for an autocommand that simulates reading a
+    // file.
     if (c == '[')
     {
 	buf->b_op_start = *pos;
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ setmark_pos(int c, pos_T *pos, int fnum)
 	else
 	    buf->b_visual.vi_end = *pos;
 	if (buf->b_visual.vi_mode == NUL)
-	    /* Visual_mode has not yet been set, use a sane default. */
+	    // Visual_mode has not yet been set, use a sane default.
 	    buf->b_visual.vi_mode = 'v';
 	return OK;
     }
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ setpcmark(void)
     xfmark_T	tempmark;
 #endif
 
-    /* for :global the mark is set only once */
+    // for :global the mark is set only once
     if (global_busy || listcmd_busy || cmdmod.keepjumps)
 	return;
 
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ setpcmark(void)
     }
 # endif
 
-    /* If jumplist is full: remove oldest entry */
+    // If jumplist is full: remove oldest entry
     if (++curwin->w_jumplistlen > JUMPLISTSIZE)
     {
 	curwin->w_jumplistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE;
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ checkpcmark(void)
 		|| curwin->w_pcmark.lnum == 0))
     {
 	curwin->w_pcmark = curwin->w_prev_pcmark;
-	curwin->w_prev_pcmark.lnum = 0;		/* Show it has been checked */
+	curwin->w_prev_pcmark.lnum = 0;		// Show it has been checked
     }
 }
 
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ movemark(int count)
 
     cleanup_jumplist(curwin, TRUE);
 
-    if (curwin->w_jumplistlen == 0)	    /* nothing to jump to */
+    if (curwin->w_jumplistlen == 0)	    // nothing to jump to
 	return (pos_T *)NULL;
 
     for (;;)
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ movemark(int count)
 	if (curwin->w_jumplistidx == curwin->w_jumplistlen)
 	{
 	    setpcmark();
-	    --curwin->w_jumplistidx;	/* skip the new entry */
+	    --curwin->w_jumplistidx;	// skip the new entry
 	    if (curwin->w_jumplistidx + count < 0)
 		return (pos_T *)NULL;
 	}
@@ -249,16 +249,16 @@ movemark(int count)
 	    fname2fnum(jmp);
 	if (jmp->fmark.fnum != curbuf->b_fnum)
 	{
-	    /* jump to other file */
+	    // jump to other file
 	    if (buflist_findnr(jmp->fmark.fnum) == NULL)
-	    {					     /* Skip this one .. */
+	    {					     // Skip this one ..
 		count += count < 0 ? -1 : 1;
 		continue;
 	    }
 	    if (buflist_getfile(jmp->fmark.fnum, jmp->fmark.mark.lnum,
 							    0, FALSE) == FAIL)
 		return (pos_T *)NULL;
-	    /* Set lnum again, autocommands my have changed it */
+	    // Set lnum again, autocommands my have changed it
 	    curwin->w_cursor = jmp->fmark.mark;
 	    pos = (pos_T *)-1;
 	}
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ movechangelist(int count)
 {
     int		n;
 
-    if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)	    /* nothing to jump to */
+    if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)	    // nothing to jump to
 	return (pos_T *)NULL;
 
     n = curwin->w_changelistidx;
@@ -335,38 +335,38 @@ getmark_buf_fnum(
 
     posp = NULL;
 
-    /* Check for special key, can't be a mark name and might cause islower()
-     * to crash. */
+    // Check for special key, can't be a mark name and might cause islower()
+    // to crash.
     if (c < 0)
 	return posp;
 #ifndef EBCDIC
-    if (c > '~')			/* check for islower()/isupper() */
+    if (c > '~')			// check for islower()/isupper()
 	;
     else
 #endif
-	if (c == '\'' || c == '`')	/* previous context mark */
+	if (c == '\'' || c == '`')	// previous context mark
     {
-	pos_copy = curwin->w_pcmark;	/* need to make a copy because */
-	posp = &pos_copy;		/*   w_pcmark may be changed soon */
+	pos_copy = curwin->w_pcmark;	// need to make a copy because
+	posp = &pos_copy;		//   w_pcmark may be changed soon
     }
-    else if (c == '"')			/* to pos when leaving buffer */
+    else if (c == '"')			// to pos when leaving buffer
 	posp = &(buf->b_last_cursor);
-    else if (c == '^')			/* to where Insert mode stopped */
+    else if (c == '^')			// to where Insert mode stopped
 	posp = &(buf->b_last_insert);
-    else if (c == '.')			/* to where last change was made */
+    else if (c == '.')			// to where last change was made
 	posp = &(buf->b_last_change);
-    else if (c == '[')			/* to start of previous operator */
+    else if (c == '[')			// to start of previous operator
 	posp = &(buf->b_op_start);
-    else if (c == ']')			/* to end of previous operator */
+    else if (c == ']')			// to end of previous operator
 	posp = &(buf->b_op_end);
-    else if (c == '{' || c == '}')	/* to previous/next paragraph */
+    else if (c == '{' || c == '}')	// to previous/next paragraph
     {
 	pos_T	pos;
 	oparg_T	oa;
 	int	slcb = listcmd_busy;
 
 	pos = curwin->w_cursor;
-	listcmd_busy = TRUE;	    /* avoid that '' is changed */
+	listcmd_busy = TRUE;	    // avoid that '' is changed
 	if (findpar(&oa.inclusive,
 			       c == '}' ? FORWARD : BACKWARD, 1L, NUL, FALSE))
 	{
@@ -376,13 +376,13 @@ getmark_buf_fnum(
 	curwin->w_cursor = pos;
 	listcmd_busy = slcb;
     }
-    else if (c == '(' || c == ')')	/* to previous/next sentence */
+    else if (c == '(' || c == ')')	// to previous/next sentence
     {
 	pos_T	pos;
 	int	slcb = listcmd_busy;
 
 	pos = curwin->w_cursor;
-	listcmd_busy = TRUE;	    /* avoid that '' is changed */
+	listcmd_busy = TRUE;	    // avoid that '' is changed
 	if (findsent(c == ')' ? FORWARD : BACKWARD, 1L))
 	{
 	    pos_copy = curwin->w_cursor;
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ getmark_buf_fnum(
 	curwin->w_cursor = pos;
 	listcmd_busy = slcb;
     }
-    else if (c == '<' || c == '>')	/* start/end of visual area */
+    else if (c == '<' || c == '>')	// start/end of visual area
     {
 	startp = &buf->b_visual.vi_start;
 	endp = &buf->b_visual.vi_end;
@@ -414,11 +414,11 @@ getmark_buf_fnum(
 	    pos_copy.coladd = 0;
 	}
     }
-    else if (ASCII_ISLOWER(c))		/* normal named mark */
+    else if (ASCII_ISLOWER(c))		// normal named mark
     {
 	posp = &(buf->b_namedm[c - 'a']);
     }
-    else if (ASCII_ISUPPER(c) || VIM_ISDIGIT(c))	/* named file mark */
+    else if (ASCII_ISUPPER(c) || VIM_ISDIGIT(c))	// named file mark
     {
 	if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
 	    c = c - '0' + NMARKS;
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ getmark_buf_fnum(
 	    *fnum = namedfm[c].fmark.fnum;
 	else if (namedfm[c].fmark.fnum != buf->b_fnum)
 	{
-	    /* mark is in another file */
+	    // mark is in another file
 	    posp = &pos_copy;
 
 	    if (namedfm[c].fmark.mark.lnum != 0
@@ -442,15 +442,15 @@ getmark_buf_fnum(
 		if (buflist_getfile(namedfm[c].fmark.fnum,
 				      (linenr_T)1, GETF_SETMARK, FALSE) == OK)
 		{
-		    /* Set the lnum now, autocommands could have changed it */
+		    // Set the lnum now, autocommands could have changed it
 		    curwin->w_cursor = namedfm[c].fmark.mark;
 		    return (pos_T *)-1;
 		}
-		pos_copy.lnum = -1;	/* can't get file */
+		pos_copy.lnum = -1;	// can't get file
 	    }
 	    else
-		pos_copy.lnum = 0;	/* mark exists, but is not valid in
-					   current buffer */
+		pos_copy.lnum = 0;	// mark exists, but is not valid in
+					// current buffer
 	}
     }
 
@@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ getmark_buf_fnum(
  */
     pos_T *
 getnextmark(
-    pos_T	*startpos,	/* where to start */
-    int		dir,	/* direction for search */
+    pos_T	*startpos,	// where to start
+    int		dir,	// direction for search
     int		begin_line)
 {
     int		i;
@@ -474,10 +474,10 @@ getnextmark(
 
     pos = *startpos;
 
-    /* When searching backward and leaving the cursor on the first non-blank,
-     * position must be in a previous line.
-     * When searching forward and leaving the cursor on the first non-blank,
-     * position must be in a next line. */
+    // When searching backward and leaving the cursor on the first non-blank,
+    // position must be in a previous line.
+    // When searching forward and leaving the cursor on the first non-blank,
+    // position must be in a next line.
     if (dir == BACKWARD && begin_line)
 	pos.col = 0;
     else if (dir == FORWARD && begin_line)
@@ -536,11 +536,11 @@ fname2fnum(xfmark_T *fm)
 	else
 	    vim_strncpy(NameBuff, fm->fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
 
-	/* Try to shorten the file name. */
+	// Try to shorten the file name.
 	mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE);
 	p = shorten_fname(NameBuff, IObuff);
 
-	/* buflist_new() will call fmarks_check_names() */
+	// buflist_new() will call fmarks_check_names()
 	(void)buflist_new(NameBuff, p, (linenr_T)1, 0);
     }
 }
@@ -606,8 +606,8 @@ check_mark(pos_T *pos)
     }
     if (pos->lnum <= 0)
     {
-	/* lnum is negative if mark is in another file can can't get that
-	 * file, error message already give then. */
+	// lnum is negative if mark is in another file can can't get that
+	// file, error message already give then.
 	if (pos->lnum == 0)
 	    emsg(_(e_marknotset));
 	return FAIL;
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ clrallmarks(buf_T *buf)
 {
     static int		i = -1;
 
-    if (i == -1)	/* first call ever: initialize */
+    if (i == -1)	// first call ever: initialize
 	for (i = 0; i < NMARKS + 1; i++)
 	{
 	    namedfm[i].fmark.mark.lnum = 0;
@@ -642,13 +642,13 @@ clrallmarks(buf_T *buf)
 
     for (i = 0; i < NMARKS; i++)
 	buf->b_namedm[i].lnum = 0;
-    buf->b_op_start.lnum = 0;		/* start/end op mark cleared */
+    buf->b_op_start.lnum = 0;		// start/end op mark cleared
     buf->b_op_end.lnum = 0;
-    buf->b_last_cursor.lnum = 1;	/* '" mark cleared */
+    buf->b_last_cursor.lnum = 1;	// '" mark cleared
     buf->b_last_cursor.col = 0;
     buf->b_last_cursor.coladd = 0;
-    buf->b_last_insert.lnum = 0;	/* '^ mark cleared */
-    buf->b_last_change.lnum = 0;	/* '. mark cleared */
+    buf->b_last_insert.lnum = 0;	// '^ mark cleared
+    buf->b_last_change.lnum = 0;	// '. mark cleared
 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
     buf->b_changelistlen = 0;
 #endif
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ clrallmarks(buf_T *buf)
     char_u *
 fm_getname(fmark_T *fmark, int lead_len)
 {
-    if (fmark->fnum == curbuf->b_fnum)		    /* current buffer */
+    if (fmark->fnum == curbuf->b_fnum)		    // current buffer
 	return mark_line(&(fmark->mark), lead_len);
     return buflist_nr2name(fmark->fnum, FALSE, TRUE);
 }
@@ -742,13 +742,13 @@ show_one_mark(
     char_u	*arg,
     pos_T	*p,
     char_u	*name_arg,
-    int		current)	/* in current file */
+    int		current)	// in current file
 {
     static int	did_title = FALSE;
     int		mustfree = FALSE;
     char_u	*name = name_arg;
 
-    if (c == -1)			    /* finish up */
+    if (c == -1)			    // finish up
     {
 	if (did_title)
 	    did_title = FALSE;
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ ex_delmarks(exarg_T *eap)
     int		n;
 
     if (*eap->arg == NUL && eap->forceit)
-	/* clear all marks */
+	// clear all marks
 	clrallmarks(curbuf);
     else if (eap->forceit)
 	emsg(_(e_invarg));
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ ex_delmarks(exarg_T *eap)
 	emsg(_(e_argreq));
     else
     {
-	/* clear specified marks only */
+	// clear specified marks only
 	for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p)
 	{
 	    lower = ASCII_ISLOWER(*p);
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ ex_delmarks(exarg_T *eap)
 	    {
 		if (p[1] == '-')
 		{
-		    /* clear range of marks */
+		    // clear range of marks
 		    from = *p;
 		    to = p[2];
 		    if (!(lower ? ASCII_ISLOWER(p[2])
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ ex_delmarks(exarg_T *eap)
 		    p += 2;
 		}
 		else
-		    /* clear one lower case mark */
+		    // clear one lower case mark
 		    from = to = *p;
 
 		for (i = from; i <= to; ++i)
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ ex_jumps(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 
     cleanup_jumplist(curwin, TRUE);
 
-    /* Highlight title */
+    // Highlight title
     msg_puts_title(_("\n jump line  col file/text"));
     for (i = 0; i < curwin->w_jumplistlen && !got_int; ++i)
     {
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ ex_changes(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
     int		i;
     char_u	*name;
 
-    /* Highlight title */
+    // Highlight title
     msg_puts_title(_("\nchange line  col text"));
 
     for (i = 0; i < curbuf->b_changelistlen && !got_int; ++i)
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ ex_changes(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 	    *lp += amount_after; \
     }
 
-/* don't delete the line, just put at first deleted line */
+// don't delete the line, just put at first deleted line
 #define one_adjust_nodel(add) \
     { \
 	lp = add; \
@@ -1054,12 +1054,12 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
     tabpage_T	*tab;
     static pos_T initpos = {1, 0, 0};
 
-    if (line2 < line1 && amount_after == 0L)	    /* nothing to do */
+    if (line2 < line1 && amount_after == 0L)	    // nothing to do
 	return;
 
     if (!cmdmod.lockmarks)
     {
-	/* named marks, lower case and upper case */
+	// named marks, lower case and upper case
 	for (i = 0; i < NMARKS; i++)
 	{
 	    one_adjust(&(curbuf->b_namedm[i].lnum));
@@ -1072,31 +1072,31 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
 		one_adjust_nodel(&(namedfm[i].fmark.mark.lnum));
 	}
 
-	/* last Insert position */
+	// last Insert position
 	one_adjust(&(curbuf->b_last_insert.lnum));
 
-	/* last change position */
+	// last change position
 	one_adjust(&(curbuf->b_last_change.lnum));
 
-	/* last cursor position, if it was set */
+	// last cursor position, if it was set
 	if (!EQUAL_POS(curbuf->b_last_cursor, initpos))
 	    one_adjust(&(curbuf->b_last_cursor.lnum));
 
 
 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
-	/* list of change positions */
+	// list of change positions
 	for (i = 0; i < curbuf->b_changelistlen; ++i)
 	    one_adjust_nodel(&(curbuf->b_changelist[i].lnum));
 #endif
 
-	/* Visual area */
+	// Visual area
 	one_adjust_nodel(&(curbuf->b_visual.vi_start.lnum));
 	one_adjust_nodel(&(curbuf->b_visual.vi_end.lnum));
 
 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
-	/* quickfix marks */
+	// quickfix marks
 	qf_mark_adjust(NULL, line1, line2, amount, amount_after);
-	/* location lists */
+	// location lists
 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tab, win)
 	    qf_mark_adjust(win, line1, line2, amount, amount_after);
 #endif
@@ -1106,13 +1106,13 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
 #endif
     }
 
-    /* previous context mark */
+    // previous context mark
     one_adjust(&(curwin->w_pcmark.lnum));
 
-    /* previous pcmark */
+    // previous pcmark
     one_adjust(&(curwin->w_prev_pcmark.lnum));
 
-    /* saved cursor for formatting */
+    // saved cursor for formatting
     if (saved_cursor.lnum != 0)
 	one_adjust_nodel(&(saved_cursor.lnum));
 
@@ -1123,8 +1123,8 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
     {
 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
 	if (!cmdmod.lockmarks)
-	    /* Marks in the jumplist.  When deleting lines, this may create
-	     * duplicate marks in the jumplist, they will be removed later. */
+	    // Marks in the jumplist.  When deleting lines, this may create
+	    // duplicate marks in the jumplist, they will be removed later.
 	    for (i = 0; i < win->w_jumplistlen; ++i)
 		if (win->w_jumplist[i].fmark.fnum == fnum)
 		    one_adjust_nodel(&(win->w_jumplist[i].fmark.mark.lnum));
@@ -1133,32 +1133,32 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
 	if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
 	{
 	    if (!cmdmod.lockmarks)
-		/* marks in the tag stack */
+		// marks in the tag stack
 		for (i = 0; i < win->w_tagstacklen; i++)
 		    if (win->w_tagstack[i].fmark.fnum == fnum)
 			one_adjust_nodel(&(win->w_tagstack[i].fmark.mark.lnum));
 
-	    /* the displayed Visual area */
+	    // the displayed Visual area
 	    if (win->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0)
 	    {
 		one_adjust_nodel(&(win->w_old_cursor_lnum));
 		one_adjust_nodel(&(win->w_old_visual_lnum));
 	    }
 
-	    /* topline and cursor position for windows with the same buffer
-	     * other than the current window */
+	    // topline and cursor position for windows with the same buffer
+	    // other than the current window
 	    if (win != curwin)
 	    {
 		if (win->w_topline >= line1 && win->w_topline <= line2)
 		{
-		    if (amount == MAXLNUM)	    /* topline is deleted */
+		    if (amount == MAXLNUM)	    // topline is deleted
 		    {
 			if (line1 <= 1)
 			    win->w_topline = 1;
 			else
 			    win->w_topline = line1 - 1;
 		    }
-		    else		/* keep topline on the same line */
+		    else		// keep topline on the same line
 			win->w_topline += amount;
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
 		    win->w_topfill = 0;
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
 		}
 		if (win->w_cursor.lnum >= line1 && win->w_cursor.lnum <= line2)
 		{
-		    if (amount == MAXLNUM) /* line with cursor is deleted */
+		    if (amount == MAXLNUM) // line with cursor is deleted
 		    {
 			if (line1 <= 1)
 			    win->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
 			    win->w_cursor.lnum = line1 - 1;
 			win->w_cursor.col = 0;
 		    }
-		    else		/* keep cursor on the same line */
+		    else		// keep cursor on the same line
 			win->w_cursor.lnum += amount;
 		}
 		else if (amount_after && win->w_cursor.lnum > line2)
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
 	    }
 
 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
-	    /* adjust folds */
+	    // adjust folds
 	    if (adjust_folds)
 		foldMarkAdjust(win, line1, line2, amount, amount_after);
 #endif
@@ -1197,12 +1197,12 @@ mark_adjust_internal(
     }
 
 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
-    /* adjust diffs */
+    // adjust diffs
     diff_mark_adjust(line1, line2, amount, amount_after);
 #endif
 }
 
-/* This code is used often, needs to be fast. */
+// This code is used often, needs to be fast.
 #define col_adjust(pp) \
     { \
 	posp = pp; \
@@ -1239,9 +1239,9 @@ mark_col_adjust(
     pos_T	*posp;
 
     if ((col_amount == 0L && lnum_amount == 0L) || cmdmod.lockmarks)
-	return; /* nothing to do */
+	return; // nothing to do
 
-    /* named marks, lower case and upper case */
+    // named marks, lower case and upper case
     for (i = 0; i < NMARKS; i++)
     {
 	col_adjust(&(curbuf->b_namedm[i]));
@@ -1254,29 +1254,29 @@ mark_col_adjust(
 	    col_adjust(&(namedfm[i].fmark.mark));
     }
 
-    /* last Insert position */
+    // last Insert position
     col_adjust(&(curbuf->b_last_insert));
 
-    /* last change position */
+    // last change position
     col_adjust(&(curbuf->b_last_change));
 
 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
-    /* list of change positions */
+    // list of change positions
     for (i = 0; i < curbuf->b_changelistlen; ++i)
 	col_adjust(&(curbuf->b_changelist[i]));
 #endif
 
-    /* Visual area */
+    // Visual area
     col_adjust(&(curbuf->b_visual.vi_start));
     col_adjust(&(curbuf->b_visual.vi_end));
 
-    /* previous context mark */
+    // previous context mark
     col_adjust(&(curwin->w_pcmark));
 
-    /* previous pcmark */
+    // previous pcmark
     col_adjust(&(curwin->w_prev_pcmark));
 
-    /* saved cursor for formatting */
+    // saved cursor for formatting
     col_adjust(&saved_cursor);
 
     /*
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ mark_col_adjust(
     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win)
     {
 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
-	/* marks in the jumplist */
+	// marks in the jumplist
 	for (i = 0; i < win->w_jumplistlen; ++i)
 	    if (win->w_jumplist[i].fmark.fnum == fnum)
 		col_adjust(&(win->w_jumplist[i].fmark.mark));
@@ -1293,12 +1293,12 @@ mark_col_adjust(
 
 	if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
 	{
-	    /* marks in the tag stack */
+	    // marks in the tag stack
 	    for (i = 0; i < win->w_tagstacklen; i++)
 		if (win->w_tagstack[i].fmark.fnum == fnum)
 		    col_adjust(&(win->w_tagstack[i].fmark.mark));
 
-	    /* cursor position for other windows with the same buffer */
+	    // cursor position for other windows with the same buffer
 	    if (win != curwin)
 		col_adjust(&win->w_cursor);
 	}
@@ -1320,9 +1320,9 @@ cleanup_jumplist(win_T *wp, int loadfiles)
 
     if (loadfiles)
     {
-	/* If specified, load all the files from the jump list. This is
-	 * needed to properly clean up duplicate entries, but will take some
-	 * time. */
+	// If specified, load all the files from the jump list. This is
+	// needed to properly clean up duplicate entries, but will take some
+	// time.
 	for (i = 0; i < wp->w_jumplistlen; ++i)
 	{
 	    if ((wp->w_jumplist[i].fmark.fnum == 0) &&
@@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ cleanup_jumplist(win_T *wp, int loadfiles)
 		    && wp->w_jumplist[i].fmark.mark.lnum
 				  == wp->w_jumplist[from].fmark.mark.lnum)
 		break;
-	if (i >= wp->w_jumplistlen)	    /* no duplicate */
+	if (i >= wp->w_jumplistlen)	    // no duplicate
 	    wp->w_jumplist[to++] = wp->w_jumplist[from];
 	else
 	    vim_free(wp->w_jumplist[from].fname);
@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ free_jumplist(win_T *wp)
     for (i = 0; i < wp->w_jumplistlen; ++i)
 	vim_free(wp->w_jumplist[i].fname);
 }
-#endif /* FEAT_JUMPLIST */
+#endif // FEAT_JUMPLIST
 
     void
 set_last_cursor(win_T *win)
diff --git a/src/mbyte.c b/src/mbyte.c
index 4dfcfc952..5dd256268 100644
--- a/src/mbyte.c
+++ b/src/mbyte.c
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 #  define WINBYTE BYTE
 # endif
 # ifdef WIN32
-#  undef WIN32	    /* Some windows.h define WIN32, we don't want that here. */
+#  undef WIN32	    // Some windows.h define WIN32, we don't want that here.
 # endif
 #else
 # define WINBYTE BYTE
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@
 #endif
 
 #if 0
-/* This has been disabled, because several people reported problems with the
- * wcwidth() and iswprint() library functions, esp. for Hebrew. */
+// This has been disabled, because several people reported problems with the
+// wcwidth() and iswprint() library functions, esp. for Hebrew.
 # ifdef __STDC_ISO_10646__
 #  define USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
 # endif
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ static char utf8len_tab_zero[256] =
  * XIM often causes trouble.  Define XIM_DEBUG to get a log of XIM callbacks
  * in the "xim.log" file.
  */
-/* #define XIM_DEBUG */
+// #define XIM_DEBUG
 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
     static void
 xim_log(char *s, ...)
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ enc_canon_table[] =
 #define IDX_UCS4LE	22
     {"ucs-4le",		ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_4BYTE, 0},
 
-    /* For debugging DBCS encoding on Unix. */
+    // For debugging DBCS encoding on Unix.
 #define IDX_DEBUG	23
     {"debug",		ENC_DBCS,		DBCS_DEBUG},
 #define IDX_EUC_JP	24
@@ -282,39 +282,39 @@ enc_canon_table[] =
 #define IDX_BIG5	29
     {"big5",		ENC_DBCS,		DBCS_CHT},
 
-    /* MS-DOS and MS-Windows codepages are included here, so that they can be
-     * used on Unix too.  Most of them are similar to ISO-8859 encodings, but
-     * not exactly the same. */
+    // MS-DOS and MS-Windows codepages are included here, so that they can be
+    // used on Unix too.  Most of them are similar to ISO-8859 encodings, but
+    // not exactly the same.
 #define IDX_CP437	30
-    {"cp437",		ENC_8BIT,		437}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
+    {"cp437",		ENC_8BIT,		437}, // like iso-8859-1
 #define IDX_CP737	31
-    {"cp737",		ENC_8BIT,		737}, /* like iso-8859-7 */
+    {"cp737",		ENC_8BIT,		737}, // like iso-8859-7
 #define IDX_CP775	32
-    {"cp775",		ENC_8BIT,		775}, /* Baltic */
+    {"cp775",		ENC_8BIT,		775}, // Baltic
 #define IDX_CP850	33
-    {"cp850",		ENC_8BIT,		850}, /* like iso-8859-4 */
+    {"cp850",		ENC_8BIT,		850}, // like iso-8859-4
 #define IDX_CP852	34
-    {"cp852",		ENC_8BIT,		852}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
+    {"cp852",		ENC_8BIT,		852}, // like iso-8859-1
 #define IDX_CP855	35
-    {"cp855",		ENC_8BIT,		855}, /* like iso-8859-2 */
+    {"cp855",		ENC_8BIT,		855}, // like iso-8859-2
 #define IDX_CP857	36
-    {"cp857",		ENC_8BIT,		857}, /* like iso-8859-5 */
+    {"cp857",		ENC_8BIT,		857}, // like iso-8859-5
 #define IDX_CP860	37
-    {"cp860",		ENC_8BIT,		860}, /* like iso-8859-9 */
+    {"cp860",		ENC_8BIT,		860}, // like iso-8859-9
 #define IDX_CP861	38
-    {"cp861",		ENC_8BIT,		861}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
+    {"cp861",		ENC_8BIT,		861}, // like iso-8859-1
 #define IDX_CP862	39
-    {"cp862",		ENC_8BIT,		862}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
+    {"cp862",		ENC_8BIT,		862}, // like iso-8859-1
 #define IDX_CP863	40
-    {"cp863",		ENC_8BIT,		863}, /* like iso-8859-8 */
+    {"cp863",		ENC_8BIT,		863}, // like iso-8859-8
 #define IDX_CP865	41
-    {"cp865",		ENC_8BIT,		865}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
+    {"cp865",		ENC_8BIT,		865}, // like iso-8859-1
 #define IDX_CP866	42
-    {"cp866",		ENC_8BIT,		866}, /* like iso-8859-5 */
+    {"cp866",		ENC_8BIT,		866}, // like iso-8859-5
 #define IDX_CP869	43
-    {"cp869",		ENC_8BIT,		869}, /* like iso-8859-7 */
+    {"cp869",		ENC_8BIT,		869}, // like iso-8859-7
 #define IDX_CP874	44
-    {"cp874",		ENC_8BIT,		874}, /* Thai */
+    {"cp874",		ENC_8BIT,		874}, // Thai
 #define IDX_CP932	45
     {"cp932",		ENC_DBCS,		DBCS_JPN},
 #define IDX_CP936	46
@@ -324,29 +324,29 @@ enc_canon_table[] =
 #define IDX_CP950	48
     {"cp950",		ENC_DBCS,		DBCS_CHT},
 #define IDX_CP1250	49
-    {"cp1250",		ENC_8BIT,		1250}, /* Czech, Polish, etc. */
+    {"cp1250",		ENC_8BIT,		1250}, // Czech, Polish, etc.
 #define IDX_CP1251	50
-    {"cp1251",		ENC_8BIT,		1251}, /* Cyrillic */
-    /* cp1252 is considered to be equal to latin1 */
+    {"cp1251",		ENC_8BIT,		1251}, // Cyrillic
+    // cp1252 is considered to be equal to latin1
 #define IDX_CP1253	51
-    {"cp1253",		ENC_8BIT,		1253}, /* Greek */
+    {"cp1253",		ENC_8BIT,		1253}, // Greek
 #define IDX_CP1254	52
-    {"cp1254",		ENC_8BIT,		1254}, /* Turkish */
+    {"cp1254",		ENC_8BIT,		1254}, // Turkish
 #define IDX_CP1255	53
-    {"cp1255",		ENC_8BIT,		1255}, /* Hebrew */
+    {"cp1255",		ENC_8BIT,		1255}, // Hebrew
 #define IDX_CP1256	54
-    {"cp1256",		ENC_8BIT,		1256}, /* Arabic */
+    {"cp1256",		ENC_8BIT,		1256}, // Arabic
 #define IDX_CP1257	55
-    {"cp1257",		ENC_8BIT,		1257}, /* Baltic */
+    {"cp1257",		ENC_8BIT,		1257}, // Baltic
 #define IDX_CP1258	56
-    {"cp1258",		ENC_8BIT,		1258}, /* Vietnamese */
+    {"cp1258",		ENC_8BIT,		1258}, // Vietnamese
 
 #define IDX_MACROMAN	57
-    {"macroman",	ENC_8BIT + ENC_MACROMAN, 0},	/* Mac OS */
+    {"macroman",	ENC_8BIT + ENC_MACROMAN, 0},	// Mac OS
 #define IDX_DECMCS	58
-    {"dec-mcs",		ENC_8BIT,		0},	/* DEC MCS */
+    {"dec-mcs",		ENC_8BIT,		0},	// DEC MCS
 #define IDX_HPROMAN8	59
-    {"hp-roman8",	ENC_8BIT,		0},	/* HP Roman8 */
+    {"hp-roman8",	ENC_8BIT,		0},	// HP Roman8
 #define IDX_COUNT	60
 };
 
@@ -371,10 +371,10 @@ enc_alias_table[] =
     {"hebrew",		IDX_ISO_8},
 #endif
     {"latin5",		IDX_ISO_9},
-    {"turkish",		IDX_ISO_9}, /* ? */
+    {"turkish",		IDX_ISO_9}, // ?
     {"latin6",		IDX_ISO_10},
-    {"nordic",		IDX_ISO_10}, /* ? */
-    {"thai",		IDX_ISO_11}, /* ? */
+    {"nordic",		IDX_ISO_10}, // ?
+    {"thai",		IDX_ISO_11}, // ?
     {"latin7",		IDX_ISO_13},
     {"latin8",		IDX_ISO_14},
     {"latin9",		IDX_ISO_15},
@@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ enc_alias_table[] =
     {"unix-jis",	IDX_EUC_JP},
     {"ujis",		IDX_EUC_JP},
     {"shift-jis",	IDX_SJIS},
-    {"pck",		IDX_SJIS},	/* Sun: PCK */
+    {"pck",		IDX_SJIS},	// Sun: PCK
     {"euckr",		IDX_EUC_KR},
-    {"5601",		IDX_EUC_KR},	/* Sun: KS C 5601 */
+    {"5601",		IDX_EUC_KR},	// Sun: KS C 5601
     {"euccn",		IDX_EUC_CN},
     {"gb2312",		IDX_EUC_CN},
     {"euctw",		IDX_EUC_TW},
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ enc_alias_table[] =
 };
 
 #ifndef CP_UTF8
-# define CP_UTF8 65001	/* magic number from winnls.h */
+# define CP_UTF8 65001	// magic number from winnls.h
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -471,14 +471,14 @@ enc_canon_props(char_u *name)
     {
 	CPINFO	cpinfo;
 
-	/* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */
+	// Get info on this codepage to find out what it is.
 	if (GetCPInfo(atoi((char *)name + 2), &cpinfo) != 0)
 	{
-	    if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1) /* some single-byte encoding */
+	    if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1) // some single-byte encoding
 		return ENC_8BIT;
 	    if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2
 		    && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0))
-		/* must be a DBCS encoding */
+		// must be a DBCS encoding
 		return ENC_DBCS;
 	}
 	return 0;
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ mb_init(void)
 
     if (p_enc == NULL)
     {
-	/* Just starting up: set the whole table to one's. */
+	// Just starting up: set the whole table to one's.
 	for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
 	    mb_bytelen_tab[i] = 1;
 	input_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
@@ -533,19 +533,19 @@ mb_init(void)
     {
 	CPINFO	cpinfo;
 
-	/* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */
+	// Get info on this codepage to find out what it is.
 	if (GetCPInfo(atoi((char *)p_enc + 2), &cpinfo) != 0)
 	{
 	    if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1)
 	    {
-		/* some single-byte encoding */
+		// some single-byte encoding
 		enc_unicode = 0;
 		enc_utf8 = FALSE;
 	    }
 	    else if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2
 		    && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0))
 	    {
-		/* must be a DBCS encoding, check below */
+		// must be a DBCS encoding, check below
 		enc_dbcs_new = atoi((char *)p_enc + 2);
 	    }
 	    else
@@ -561,19 +561,19 @@ codepage_invalid:
     else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "8bit-", 5) == 0
 	    || STRNCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0)
     {
-	/* Accept any "8bit-" or "iso-8859-" name. */
+	// Accept any "8bit-" or "iso-8859-" name.
 	enc_unicode = 0;
 	enc_utf8 = FALSE;
     }
     else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
     {
 #ifdef MSWIN
-	/* Windows: accept only valid codepage numbers, check below. */
+	// Windows: accept only valid codepage numbers, check below.
 	if (p_enc[6] != 'c' || p_enc[7] != 'p'
 			      || (enc_dbcs_new = atoi((char *)p_enc + 8)) == 0)
 	    return e_invarg;
 #else
-	/* Unix: accept any "2byte-" name, assume current locale. */
+	// Unix: accept any "2byte-" name, assume current locale.
 	enc_dbcs_new = DBCS_2BYTE;
 #endif
     }
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ codepage_invalid:
 	i = enc_canon_table[idx].prop;
 	if (i & ENC_UNICODE)
 	{
-	    /* Unicode */
+	    // Unicode
 	    enc_utf8 = TRUE;
 	    if (i & (ENC_2BYTE | ENC_2WORD))
 		enc_unicode = 2;
@@ -593,23 +593,23 @@ codepage_invalid:
 	}
 	else if (i & ENC_DBCS)
 	{
-	    /* 2byte, handle below */
+	    // 2byte, handle below
 	    enc_dbcs_new = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage;
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    /* Must be 8-bit. */
+	    // Must be 8-bit.
 	    enc_unicode = 0;
 	    enc_utf8 = FALSE;
 	}
     }
-    else    /* Don't know what encoding this is, reject it. */
+    else    // Don't know what encoding this is, reject it.
 	return e_invarg;
 
     if (enc_dbcs_new != 0)
     {
 #ifdef MSWIN
-	/* Check if the DBCS code page is OK. */
+	// Check if the DBCS code page is OK.
 	if (!IsValidCodePage(enc_dbcs_new))
 	    goto codepage_invalid;
 #endif
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ codepage_invalid:
     enc_latin9 = (STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") == 0);
 #endif
 
-    /* Detect an encoding that uses latin1 characters. */
+    // Detect an encoding that uses latin1 characters.
     enc_latin1like = (enc_utf8 || STRCMP(p_enc, "latin1") == 0
 					|| STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") == 0);
 
@@ -675,8 +675,8 @@ codepage_invalid:
      * Fill the mb_bytelen_tab[] for MB_BYTE2LEN().
      */
 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
-    /* When 'encoding' is different from the current locale mblen() won't
-     * work.  Use conversion to "utf-8" instead. */
+    // When 'encoding' is different from the current locale mblen() won't
+    // work.  Use conversion to "utf-8" instead.
     vimconv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
     if (enc_dbcs)
     {
@@ -692,8 +692,8 @@ codepage_invalid:
 
     for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
     {
-	/* Our own function to reliably check the length of UTF-8 characters,
-	 * independent of mblen(). */
+	// Our own function to reliably check the length of UTF-8 characters,
+	// independent of mblen().
 	if (enc_utf8)
 	    n = utf8len_tab[i];
 	else if (enc_dbcs == 0)
@@ -701,9 +701,9 @@ codepage_invalid:
 	else
 	{
 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(WIN32UNIX)
-	    /* enc_dbcs is set by setting 'fileencoding'.  It becomes a Windows
-	     * CodePage identifier, which we can pass directly in to Windows
-	     * API */
+	    // enc_dbcs is set by setting 'fileencoding'.  It becomes a Windows
+	    // CodePage identifier, which we can pass directly in to Windows
+	    // API
 	    n = IsDBCSLeadByteEx(enc_dbcs, (WINBYTE)i) ? 2 : 1;
 #else
 # if defined(__amigaos4__) || defined(__ANDROID__) || \
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ codepage_invalid:
 # else
 	    char buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
 
-	    if (i == NUL)	/* just in case mblen() can't handle "" */
+	    if (i == NUL)	// just in case mblen() can't handle ""
 		n = 1;
 	    else
 	    {
@@ -766,37 +766,37 @@ codepage_invalid:
     convert_setup(&vimconv, NULL, NULL);
 #endif
 
-    /* The cell width depends on the type of multi-byte characters. */
+    // The cell width depends on the type of multi-byte characters.
     (void)init_chartab();
 
-    /* When enc_utf8 is set or reset, (de)allocate ScreenLinesUC[] */
+    // When enc_utf8 is set or reset, (de)allocate ScreenLinesUC[]
     screenalloc(FALSE);
 
-    /* When using Unicode, set default for 'fileencodings'. */
+    // When using Unicode, set default for 'fileencodings'.
     if (enc_utf8 && !option_was_set((char_u *)"fencs"))
 	set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fencs", -1,
 		       (char_u *)"ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1", OPT_FREE, 0);
 
 #if defined(HAVE_BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET) && defined(FEAT_GETTEXT)
-    /* GNU gettext 0.10.37 supports this feature: set the codeset used for
-     * translated messages independently from the current locale. */
+    // GNU gettext 0.10.37 supports this feature: set the codeset used for
+    // translated messages independently from the current locale.
     (void)bind_textdomain_codeset(VIMPACKAGE,
 					  enc_utf8 ? "utf-8" : (char *)p_enc);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MSWIN
-    /* When changing 'encoding' while starting up, then convert the command
-     * line arguments from the active codepage to 'encoding'. */
+    // When changing 'encoding' while starting up, then convert the command
+    // line arguments from the active codepage to 'encoding'.
     if (starting != 0)
 	fix_arg_enc();
 #endif
 
-    /* Fire an autocommand to let people do custom font setup. This must be
-     * after Vim has been setup for the new encoding. */
+    // Fire an autocommand to let people do custom font setup. This must be
+    // after Vim has been setup for the new encoding.
     apply_autocmds(EVENT_ENCODINGCHANGED, NULL, (char_u *)"", FALSE, curbuf);
 
 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
-    /* Need to reload spell dictionaries */
+    // Need to reload spell dictionaries
     spell_reload();
 #endif
 
@@ -900,18 +900,18 @@ dbcs_class(unsigned lead, unsigned trail)
 {
     switch (enc_dbcs)
     {
-	/* please add classify routine for your language in here */
+	// please add classify routine for your language in here
 
-	case DBCS_JPNU:	/* ? */
+	case DBCS_JPNU:	// ?
 	case DBCS_JPN:
 	    {
-		/* JIS code classification */
+		// JIS code classification
 		unsigned char lb = lead;
 		unsigned char tb = trail;
 
-		/* convert process code to JIS */
+		// convert process code to JIS
 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS_X)
-		/* process code is SJIS */
+		// process code is SJIS
 		if (lb <= 0x9f)
 		    lb = (lb - 0x81) * 2 + 0x21;
 		else
@@ -935,58 +935,58 @@ dbcs_class(unsigned lead, unsigned trail)
 		 *	    process code in most system because it uses
 		 *	    escape sequences(JIS is context depend encoding).
 		 */
-		/* assume process code is JAPANESE-EUC */
+		// assume process code is JAPANESE-EUC
 		lb &= 0x7f;
 		tb &= 0x7f;
 # endif
-		/* exceptions */
+		// exceptions
 		switch (lb << 8 | tb)
 		{
-		    case 0x2121: /* ZENKAKU space */
+		    case 0x2121: // ZENKAKU space
 			return 0;
-		    case 0x2122: /* TOU-TEN (Japanese comma) */
-		    case 0x2123: /* KU-TEN (Japanese period) */
-		    case 0x2124: /* ZENKAKU comma */
-		    case 0x2125: /* ZENKAKU period */
+		    case 0x2122: // TOU-TEN (Japanese comma)
+		    case 0x2123: // KU-TEN (Japanese period)
+		    case 0x2124: // ZENKAKU comma
+		    case 0x2125: // ZENKAKU period
 			return 1;
-		    case 0x213c: /* prolongedsound handled as KATAKANA */
+		    case 0x213c: // prolongedsound handled as KATAKANA
 			return 13;
 		}
-		/* sieved by KU code */
+		// sieved by KU code
 		switch (lb)
 		{
 		    case 0x21:
 		    case 0x22:
-			/* special symbols */
+			// special symbols
 			return 10;
 		    case 0x23:
-			/* alpha-numeric */
+			// alpha-numeric
 			return 11;
 		    case 0x24:
-			/* hiragana */
+			// hiragana
 			return 12;
 		    case 0x25:
-			/* katakana */
+			// katakana
 			return 13;
 		    case 0x26:
-			/* greek */
+			// greek
 			return 14;
 		    case 0x27:
-			/* russian */
+			// russian
 			return 15;
 		    case 0x28:
-			/* lines */
+			// lines
 			return 16;
 		    default:
-			/* kanji */
+			// kanji
 			return 17;
 		}
 	    }
 
-	case DBCS_KORU:	/* ? */
+	case DBCS_KORU:	// ?
 	case DBCS_KOR:
 	    {
-		/* KS code classification */
+		// KS code classification
 		unsigned char c1 = lead;
 		unsigned char c2 = trail;
 
@@ -1005,56 +1005,55 @@ dbcs_class(unsigned lead, unsigned trail)
 		 */
 
 		if (c1 >= 0xB0 && c1 <= 0xC8)
-		    /* Hangul */
+		    // Hangul
 		    return 20;
 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(WIN32UNIX)
 		else if (c1 <= 0xA0 || c2 <= 0xA0)
-		    /* Extended Hangul Region : MS UHC(Unified Hangul Code) */
-		    /* c1: 0x81-0xA0 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xFE
-		     * c1: 0xA1-0xC6 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xA0
-		     */
+		    // Extended Hangul Region : MS UHC(Unified Hangul Code)
+		    // c1: 0x81-0xA0 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xFE
+		    // c1: 0xA1-0xC6 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xA0
 		    return 20;
 #endif
 
 		else if (c1 >= 0xCA && c1 <= 0xFD)
-		    /* Hanja */
+		    // Hanja
 		    return 21;
 		else switch (c1)
 		{
 		    case 0xA1:
 		    case 0xA2:
-			/* Symbols */
+			// Symbols
 			return 22;
 		    case 0xA3:
-			/* Alpha-numeric */
+			// Alpha-numeric
 			return 23;
 		    case 0xA4:
-			/* Hangul Letter(Alphabet) */
+			// Hangul Letter(Alphabet)
 			return 24;
 		    case 0xA5:
-			/* Roman Numeral/Greek Letter */
+			// Roman Numeral/Greek Letter
 			return 25;
 		    case 0xA6:
-			/* Box Drawings */
+			// Box Drawings
 			return 26;
 		    case 0xA7:
-			/* Unit Symbols */
+			// Unit Symbols
 			return 27;
 		    case 0xA8:
 		    case 0xA9:
 			if (c2 <= 0xAF)
-			    return 25;  /* Roman Letter */
+			    return 25;  // Roman Letter
 			else if (c2 >= 0xF6)
-			    return 22;  /* Symbols */
+			    return 22;  // Symbols
 			else
-			    /* Circled/Parenthesized Letter */
+			    // Circled/Parenthesized Letter
 			    return 28;
 		    case 0xAA:
 		    case 0xAB:
-			/* Hiragana/Katakana */
+			// Hiragana/Katakana
 			return 29;
 		    case 0xAC:
-			/* Cyrillic Letter */
+			// Cyrillic Letter
 			return 30;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1103,8 +1102,8 @@ dbcs_char2bytes(int c, char_u *buf)
     {
 	buf[0] = (unsigned)c >> 8;
 	buf[1] = c;
-	/* Never use a NUL byte, it causes lots of trouble.  It's an invalid
-	 * character anyway. */
+	// Never use a NUL byte, it causes lots of trouble.  It's an invalid
+	// character anyway.
 	if (buf[1] == NUL)
 	    buf[1] = '\n';
 	return 2;
@@ -1131,7 +1130,7 @@ dbcs_ptr2len(
 {
     int		len;
 
-    /* Check if second byte is not missing. */
+    // Check if second byte is not missing.
     len = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
     if (len == 2 && p[1] == NUL)
 	len = 1;
@@ -1161,7 +1160,7 @@ dbcs_ptr2len_len(char_u *p, int size)
 	return 0;
     if (size == 1)
 	return 1;
-    /* Check that second byte is not missing. */
+    // Check that second byte is not missing.
     len = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
     if (len == 2 && p[1] == NUL)
 	len = 1;
@@ -1182,11 +1181,11 @@ intable(struct interval *table, size_t size, int c)
 {
     int mid, bot, top;
 
-    /* first quick check for Latin1 etc. characters */
+    // first quick check for Latin1 etc. characters
     if (c < table[0].first)
 	return FALSE;
 
-    /* binary search in table */
+    // binary search in table
     bot = 0;
     top = (int)(size / sizeof(struct interval) - 1);
     while (top >= bot)
@@ -1202,8 +1201,8 @@ intable(struct interval *table, size_t size, int c)
     return FALSE;
 }
 
-/* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous
- * characters, generated with ../runtime/tools/unicode.vim. */
+// Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous
+// characters, generated with ../runtime/tools/unicode.vim.
 static struct interval ambiguous[] =
 {
     {0x00a1, 0x00a1},
@@ -1410,8 +1409,8 @@ utf_uint2cells(UINT32_T c)
     int
 utf_char2cells(int c)
 {
-    /* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian double width
-     * characters, generated with ../runtime/tools/unicode.vim. */
+    // Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian double width
+    // characters, generated with ../runtime/tools/unicode.vim.
     static struct interval doublewidth[] =
     {
 	{0x1100, 0x115f},
@@ -1529,9 +1528,9 @@ utf_char2cells(int c)
 	{0x30000, 0x3fffd}
     };
 
-    /* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of Emoji characters that don't
-     * have ambiguous or double width,
-     * based on http://unicode.org/emoji/charts/emoji-list.html */
+    // Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of Emoji characters that don't
+    // have ambiguous or double width,
+    // based on http://unicode.org/emoji/charts/emoji-list.html
     static struct interval emoji_width[] =
     {
 	{0x1f1e6, 0x1f1ff},
@@ -1585,12 +1584,12 @@ utf_char2cells(int c)
 	int	n = wcwidth(c);
 
 	if (n < 0)
-	    return 6;		/* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */
+	    return 6;		// unprintable, displays <xxxx>
 	if (n > 1)
 	    return n;
 #else
 	if (!utf_printable(c))
-	    return 6;		/* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */
+	    return 6;		// unprintable, displays <xxxx>
 	if (intable(doublewidth, sizeof(doublewidth), c))
 	    return 2;
 #endif
@@ -1598,9 +1597,9 @@ utf_char2cells(int c)
 	    return 2;
     }
 
-    /* Characters below 0x100 are influenced by 'isprint' option */
+    // Characters below 0x100 are influenced by 'isprint' option
     else if (c >= 0x80 && !vim_isprintc(c))
-	return 4;		/* unprintable, displays <xx> */
+	return 4;		// unprintable, displays <xx>
 
     if (c >= 0x80 && *p_ambw == 'd' && intable(ambiguous, sizeof(ambiguous), c))
 	return 2;
@@ -1625,14 +1624,14 @@ utf_ptr2cells(
 {
     int		c;
 
-    /* Need to convert to a wide character. */
+    // Need to convert to a wide character.
     if (*p >= 0x80)
     {
 	c = utf_ptr2char(p);
-	/* An illegal byte is displayed as <xx>. */
+	// An illegal byte is displayed as <xx>.
 	if (utf_ptr2len(p) == 1 || c == NUL)
 	    return 4;
-	/* If the char is ASCII it must be an overlong sequence. */
+	// If the char is ASCII it must be an overlong sequence.
 	if (c < 0x80)
 	    return char2cells(c);
 	return utf_char2cells(c);
@@ -1643,8 +1642,8 @@ utf_ptr2cells(
     int
 dbcs_ptr2cells(char_u *p)
 {
-    /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
-     * the first byte is 0x8e. */
+    // Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
+    // the first byte is 0x8e.
     if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
 	return 1;
     return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
@@ -1666,16 +1665,16 @@ utf_ptr2cells_len(char_u *p, int size)
 {
     int		c;
 
-    /* Need to convert to a wide character. */
+    // Need to convert to a wide character.
     if (size > 0 && *p >= 0x80)
     {
 	if (utf_ptr2len_len(p, size) < utf8len_tab[*p])
-	    return 1;  /* truncated */
+	    return 1;  // truncated
 	c = utf_ptr2char(p);
-	/* An illegal byte is displayed as <xx>. */
+	// An illegal byte is displayed as <xx>.
 	if (utf_ptr2len(p) == 1 || c == NUL)
 	    return 4;
-	/* If the char is ASCII it must be an overlong sequence. */
+	// If the char is ASCII it must be an overlong sequence.
 	if (c < 0x80)
 	    return char2cells(c);
 	return utf_char2cells(c);
@@ -1686,8 +1685,8 @@ utf_ptr2cells_len(char_u *p, int size)
     static int
 dbcs_ptr2cells_len(char_u *p, int size)
 {
-    /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
-     * the first byte is 0x8e. */
+    // Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
+    // the first byte is 0x8e.
     if (size <= 1 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e))
 	return 1;
     return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
@@ -1707,11 +1706,11 @@ latin_char2cells(int c UNUSED)
     static int
 dbcs_char2cells(int c)
 {
-    /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
-     * the first byte is 0x8e. */
+    // Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
+    // the first byte is 0x8e.
     if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ((unsigned)c >> 8) == 0x8e)
 	return 1;
-    /* use the first byte */
+    // use the first byte
     return MB_BYTE2LEN((unsigned)c >> 8);
 }
 
@@ -1744,12 +1743,12 @@ latin_off2cells(unsigned off UNUSED, unsigned max_off UNUSED)
     int
 dbcs_off2cells(unsigned off, unsigned max_off)
 {
-    /* never check beyond end of the line */
+    // never check beyond end of the line
     if (off >= max_off)
 	return 1;
 
-    /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
-     * the first byte is 0x8e. */
+    // Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
+    // the first byte is 0x8e.
     if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
 	return 1;
     return MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off]);
@@ -1791,7 +1790,7 @@ utf_ptr2char(char_u *p)
 {
     int		len;
 
-    if (p[0] < 0x80)	/* be quick for ASCII */
+    if (p[0] < 0x80)	// be quick for ASCII
 	return p[0];
 
     len = utf8len_tab_zero[p[0]];
@@ -1823,7 +1822,7 @@ utf_ptr2char(char_u *p)
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    /* Illegal value, just return the first byte */
+    // Illegal value, just return the first byte
     return p[0];
 }
 
@@ -1848,40 +1847,40 @@ utf_safe_read_char_adv(char_u **s, size_t *n)
 {
     int		c, k;
 
-    if (*n == 0) /* end of buffer */
+    if (*n == 0) // end of buffer
 	return 0;
 
     k = utf8len_tab_zero[**s];
 
     if (k == 1)
     {
-	/* ASCII character or NUL */
+	// ASCII character or NUL
 	(*n)--;
 	return *(*s)++;
     }
 
     if ((size_t)k <= *n)
     {
-	/* We have a multibyte sequence and it isn't truncated by buffer
-	 * limits so utf_ptr2char() is safe to use. Or the first byte is
-	 * illegal (k=0), and it's also safe to use utf_ptr2char(). */
+	// We have a multibyte sequence and it isn't truncated by buffer
+	// limits so utf_ptr2char() is safe to use. Or the first byte is
+	// illegal (k=0), and it's also safe to use utf_ptr2char().
 	c = utf_ptr2char(*s);
 
-	/* On failure, utf_ptr2char() returns the first byte, so here we
-	 * check equality with the first byte. The only non-ASCII character
-	 * which equals the first byte of its own UTF-8 representation is
-	 * U+00C3 (UTF-8: 0xC3 0x83), so need to check that special case too.
-	 * It's safe even if n=1, else we would have k=2 > n. */
+	// On failure, utf_ptr2char() returns the first byte, so here we
+	// check equality with the first byte. The only non-ASCII character
+	// which equals the first byte of its own UTF-8 representation is
+	// U+00C3 (UTF-8: 0xC3 0x83), so need to check that special case too.
+	// It's safe even if n=1, else we would have k=2 > n.
 	if (c != (int)(**s) || (c == 0xC3 && (*s)[1] == 0x83))
 	{
-	    /* byte sequence was successfully decoded */
+	    // byte sequence was successfully decoded
 	    *s += k;
 	    *n -= k;
 	    return c;
 	}
     }
 
-    /* byte sequence is incomplete or illegal */
+    // byte sequence is incomplete or illegal
     return -1;
 }
 
@@ -1943,7 +1942,7 @@ utf_composinglike(char_u *p1, char_u *p2)
     int
 utfc_ptr2char(
     char_u	*p,
-    int		*pcc)	/* return: composing chars, last one is 0 */
+    int		*pcc)	// return: composing chars, last one is 0
 {
     int		len;
     int		c;
@@ -1953,7 +1952,7 @@ utfc_ptr2char(
     c = utf_ptr2char(p);
     len = utf_ptr2len(p);
 
-    /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */
+    // Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal.
     if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80)
 	    && p[len] >= 0x80
 	    && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len))
@@ -1970,7 +1969,7 @@ utfc_ptr2char(
 	}
     }
 
-    if (i < MAX_MCO)	/* last composing char must be 0 */
+    if (i < MAX_MCO)	// last composing char must be 0
 	pcc[i] = 0;
 
     return c;
@@ -1983,7 +1982,7 @@ utfc_ptr2char(
     int
 utfc_ptr2char_len(
     char_u	*p,
-    int		*pcc,	/* return: composing chars, last one is 0 */
+    int		*pcc,	// return: composing chars, last one is 0
     int		maxlen)
 {
     int		len;
@@ -1993,7 +1992,7 @@ utfc_ptr2char_len(
 
     c = utf_ptr2char(p);
     len = utf_ptr2len_len(p, maxlen);
-    /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */
+    // Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal.
     if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80)
 	    && len < maxlen
 	    && p[len] >= 0x80
@@ -2013,7 +2012,7 @@ utfc_ptr2char_len(
 	}
     }
 
-    if (i < MAX_MCO)	/* last composing char must be 0 */
+    if (i < MAX_MCO)	// last composing char must be 0
 	pcc[i] = 0;
 
     return c;
@@ -2091,9 +2090,9 @@ utf_ptr2len_len(char_u *p, int size)
 
     len = utf8len_tab[*p];
     if (len == 1)
-	return 1;	/* NUL, ascii or illegal lead byte */
+	return 1;	// NUL, ascii or illegal lead byte
     if (len > size)
-	m = size;	/* incomplete byte sequence. */
+	m = size;	// incomplete byte sequence.
     else
 	m = len;
     for (i = 1; i < m; ++i)
@@ -2117,13 +2116,13 @@ utfc_ptr2len(char_u *p)
 
     if (b0 == NUL)
 	return 0;
-    if (b0 < 0x80 && p[1] < 0x80)	/* be quick for ASCII */
+    if (b0 < 0x80 && p[1] < 0x80)	// be quick for ASCII
 	return 1;
 
-    /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */
+    // Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte.
     len = utf_ptr2len(p);
 
-    /* Check for illegal byte. */
+    // Check for illegal byte.
     if (len == 1 && b0 >= 0x80)
 	return 1;
 
@@ -2139,7 +2138,7 @@ utfc_ptr2len(char_u *p)
 	if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len))
 	    return len;
 
-	/* Skip over composing char */
+	// Skip over composing char
 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
 	prevlen = len;
 #endif
@@ -2163,13 +2162,13 @@ utfc_ptr2len_len(char_u *p, int size)
 
     if (size < 1 || *p == NUL)
 	return 0;
-    if (p[0] < 0x80 && (size == 1 || p[1] < 0x80)) /* be quick for ASCII */
+    if (p[0] < 0x80 && (size == 1 || p[1] < 0x80)) // be quick for ASCII
 	return 1;
 
-    /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */
+    // Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte.
     len = utf_ptr2len_len(p, size);
 
-    /* Check for illegal byte and incomplete byte sequence. */
+    // Check for illegal byte and incomplete byte sequence.
     if ((len == 1 && p[0] >= 0x80) || len > size)
 	return 1;
 
@@ -2198,7 +2197,7 @@ utfc_ptr2len_len(char_u *p, int size)
 	if (!UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len))
 	    break;
 
-	/* Skip over composing char */
+	// Skip over composing char
 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
 	prevlen = len;
 #endif
@@ -2234,25 +2233,25 @@ utf_char2len(int c)
     int
 utf_char2bytes(int c, char_u *buf)
 {
-    if (c < 0x80)		/* 7 bits */
+    if (c < 0x80)		// 7 bits
     {
 	buf[0] = c;
 	return 1;
     }
-    if (c < 0x800)		/* 11 bits */
+    if (c < 0x800)		// 11 bits
     {
 	buf[0] = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6);
 	buf[1] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
 	return 2;
     }
-    if (c < 0x10000)		/* 16 bits */
+    if (c < 0x10000)		// 16 bits
     {
 	buf[0] = 0xe0 + ((unsigned)c >> 12);
 	buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
 	buf[2] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
 	return 3;
     }
-    if (c < 0x200000)		/* 21 bits */
+    if (c < 0x200000)		// 21 bits
     {
 	buf[0] = 0xf0 + ((unsigned)c >> 18);
 	buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
@@ -2260,7 +2259,7 @@ utf_char2bytes(int c, char_u *buf)
 	buf[3] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
 	return 4;
     }
-    if (c < 0x4000000)		/* 26 bits */
+    if (c < 0x4000000)		// 26 bits
     {
 	buf[0] = 0xf8 + ((unsigned)c >> 24);
 	buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f);
@@ -2269,7 +2268,7 @@ utf_char2bytes(int c, char_u *buf)
 	buf[4] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
 	return 5;
     }
-				/* 31 bits */
+				// 31 bits
     buf[0] = 0xfc + ((unsigned)c >> 30);
     buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 24) & 0x3f);
     buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f);
@@ -2298,8 +2297,8 @@ utf_iscomposing_uint(UINT32_T c)
     int
 utf_iscomposing(int c)
 {
-    /* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals.
-     * Generated by ../runtime/tools/unicode.vim. */
+    // Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals.
+    // Generated by ../runtime/tools/unicode.vim.
     static struct interval combining[] =
     {
 	{0x0300, 0x036f},
@@ -2600,8 +2599,8 @@ utf_printable(int c)
      */
     return iswprint(c);
 #else
-    /* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals.
-     * 0xd800-0xdfff is reserved for UTF-16, actually illegal. */
+    // Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals.
+    // 0xd800-0xdfff is reserved for UTF-16, actually illegal.
     static struct interval nonprint[] =
     {
 	{0x070f, 0x070f}, {0x180b, 0x180e}, {0x200b, 0x200f}, {0x202a, 0x202e},
@@ -2613,8 +2612,8 @@ utf_printable(int c)
 #endif
 }
 
-/* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of all Emoji characters,
- * based on http://unicode.org/emoji/charts/emoji-list.html */
+// Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of all Emoji characters,
+// based on http://unicode.org/emoji/charts/emoji-list.html
 static struct interval emoji_all[] =
 {
     {0x203c, 0x203c},
@@ -2776,7 +2775,7 @@ utf_class(int c)
     int
 utf_class_buf(int c, buf_T *buf)
 {
-    /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */
+    // sorted list of non-overlapping intervals
     static struct clinterval
     {
 	unsigned int first;
@@ -2784,10 +2783,10 @@ utf_class_buf(int c, buf_T *buf)
 	unsigned int class;
     } classes[] =
     {
-	{0x037e, 0x037e, 1},		/* Greek question mark */
-	{0x0387, 0x0387, 1},		/* Greek ano teleia */
-	{0x055a, 0x055f, 1},		/* Armenian punctuation */
-	{0x0589, 0x0589, 1},		/* Armenian full stop */
+	{0x037e, 0x037e, 1},		// Greek question mark
+	{0x0387, 0x0387, 1},		// Greek ano teleia
+	{0x055a, 0x055f, 1},		// Armenian punctuation
+	{0x0589, 0x0589, 1},		// Armenian full stop
 	{0x05be, 0x05be, 1},
 	{0x05c0, 0x05c0, 1},
 	{0x05c3, 0x05c3, 1},
@@ -2797,7 +2796,7 @@ utf_class_buf(int c, buf_T *buf)
 	{0x061f, 0x061f, 1},
 	{0x066a, 0x066d, 1},
 	{0x06d4, 0x06d4, 1},
-	{0x0700, 0x070d, 1},		/* Syriac punctuation */
+	{0x0700, 0x070d, 1},		// Syriac punctuation
 	{0x0964, 0x0965, 1},
 	{0x0970, 0x0970, 1},
 	{0x0df4, 0x0df4, 1},
@@ -2806,72 +2805,72 @@ utf_class_buf(int c, buf_T *buf)
 	{0x0f04, 0x0f12, 1},
 	{0x0f3a, 0x0f3d, 1},
 	{0x0f85, 0x0f85, 1},
-	{0x104a, 0x104f, 1},		/* Myanmar punctuation */
-	{0x10fb, 0x10fb, 1},		/* Georgian punctuation */
-	{0x1361, 0x1368, 1},		/* Ethiopic punctuation */
-	{0x166d, 0x166e, 1},		/* Canadian Syl. punctuation */
+	{0x104a, 0x104f, 1},		// Myanmar punctuation
+	{0x10fb, 0x10fb, 1},		// Georgian punctuation
+	{0x1361, 0x1368, 1},		// Ethiopic punctuation
+	{0x166d, 0x166e, 1},		// Canadian Syl. punctuation
 	{0x1680, 0x1680, 0},
 	{0x169b, 0x169c, 1},
 	{0x16eb, 0x16ed, 1},
 	{0x1735, 0x1736, 1},
-	{0x17d4, 0x17dc, 1},		/* Khmer punctuation */
-	{0x1800, 0x180a, 1},		/* Mongolian punctuation */
-	{0x2000, 0x200b, 0},		/* spaces */
-	{0x200c, 0x2027, 1},		/* punctuation and symbols */
+	{0x17d4, 0x17dc, 1},		// Khmer punctuation
+	{0x1800, 0x180a, 1},		// Mongolian punctuation
+	{0x2000, 0x200b, 0},		// spaces
+	{0x200c, 0x2027, 1},		// punctuation and symbols
 	{0x2028, 0x2029, 0},
-	{0x202a, 0x202e, 1},		/* punctuation and symbols */
+	{0x202a, 0x202e, 1},		// punctuation and symbols
 	{0x202f, 0x202f, 0},
-	{0x2030, 0x205e, 1},		/* punctuation and symbols */
+	{0x2030, 0x205e, 1},		// punctuation and symbols
 	{0x205f, 0x205f, 0},
-	{0x2060, 0x27ff, 1},		/* punctuation and symbols */
-	{0x2070, 0x207f, 0x2070},	/* superscript */
-	{0x2080, 0x2094, 0x2080},	/* subscript */
-	{0x20a0, 0x27ff, 1},		/* all kinds of symbols */
-	{0x2800, 0x28ff, 0x2800},	/* braille */
-	{0x2900, 0x2998, 1},		/* arrows, brackets, etc. */
+	{0x2060, 0x27ff, 1},		// punctuation and symbols
+	{0x2070, 0x207f, 0x2070},	// superscript
+	{0x2080, 0x2094, 0x2080},	// subscript
+	{0x20a0, 0x27ff, 1},		// all kinds of symbols
+	{0x2800, 0x28ff, 0x2800},	// braille
+	{0x2900, 0x2998, 1},		// arrows, brackets, etc.
 	{0x29d8, 0x29db, 1},
 	{0x29fc, 0x29fd, 1},
-	{0x2e00, 0x2e7f, 1},		/* supplemental punctuation */
-	{0x3000, 0x3000, 0},		/* ideographic space */
-	{0x3001, 0x3020, 1},		/* ideographic punctuation */
+	{0x2e00, 0x2e7f, 1},		// supplemental punctuation
+	{0x3000, 0x3000, 0},		// ideographic space
+	{0x3001, 0x3020, 1},		// ideographic punctuation
 	{0x3030, 0x3030, 1},
 	{0x303d, 0x303d, 1},
-	{0x3040, 0x309f, 0x3040},	/* Hiragana */
-	{0x30a0, 0x30ff, 0x30a0},	/* Katakana */
-	{0x3300, 0x9fff, 0x4e00},	/* CJK Ideographs */
-	{0xac00, 0xd7a3, 0xac00},	/* Hangul Syllables */
-	{0xf900, 0xfaff, 0x4e00},	/* CJK Ideographs */
+	{0x3040, 0x309f, 0x3040},	// Hiragana
+	{0x30a0, 0x30ff, 0x30a0},	// Katakana
+	{0x3300, 0x9fff, 0x4e00},	// CJK Ideographs
+	{0xac00, 0xd7a3, 0xac00},	// Hangul Syllables
+	{0xf900, 0xfaff, 0x4e00},	// CJK Ideographs
 	{0xfd3e, 0xfd3f, 1},
-	{0xfe30, 0xfe6b, 1},		/* punctuation forms */
-	{0xff00, 0xff0f, 1},		/* half/fullwidth ASCII */
-	{0xff1a, 0xff20, 1},		/* half/fullwidth ASCII */
-	{0xff3b, 0xff40, 1},		/* half/fullwidth ASCII */
-	{0xff5b, 0xff65, 1},		/* half/fullwidth ASCII */
-	{0x1d000, 0x1d24f, 1},		/* Musical notation */
-	{0x1d400, 0x1d7ff, 1},		/* Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */
-	{0x1f000, 0x1f2ff, 1},		/* Game pieces; enclosed characters */
-	{0x1f300, 0x1f9ff, 1},		/* Many symbol blocks */
-	{0x20000, 0x2a6df, 0x4e00},	/* CJK Ideographs */
-	{0x2a700, 0x2b73f, 0x4e00},	/* CJK Ideographs */
-	{0x2b740, 0x2b81f, 0x4e00},	/* CJK Ideographs */
-	{0x2f800, 0x2fa1f, 0x4e00},	/* CJK Ideographs */
+	{0xfe30, 0xfe6b, 1},		// punctuation forms
+	{0xff00, 0xff0f, 1},		// half/fullwidth ASCII
+	{0xff1a, 0xff20, 1},		// half/fullwidth ASCII
+	{0xff3b, 0xff40, 1},		// half/fullwidth ASCII
+	{0xff5b, 0xff65, 1},		// half/fullwidth ASCII
+	{0x1d000, 0x1d24f, 1},		// Musical notation
+	{0x1d400, 0x1d7ff, 1},		// Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
+	{0x1f000, 0x1f2ff, 1},		// Game pieces; enclosed characters
+	{0x1f300, 0x1f9ff, 1},		// Many symbol blocks
+	{0x20000, 0x2a6df, 0x4e00},	// CJK Ideographs
+	{0x2a700, 0x2b73f, 0x4e00},	// CJK Ideographs
+	{0x2b740, 0x2b81f, 0x4e00},	// CJK Ideographs
+	{0x2f800, 0x2fa1f, 0x4e00},	// CJK Ideographs
     };
 
     int bot = 0;
     int top = sizeof(classes) / sizeof(struct clinterval) - 1;
     int mid;
 
-    /* First quick check for Latin1 characters, use 'iskeyword'. */
+    // First quick check for Latin1 characters, use 'iskeyword'.
     if (c < 0x100)
     {
 	if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == NUL || c == 0xa0)
-	    return 0;	    /* blank */
+	    return 0;	    // blank
 	if (vim_iswordc_buf(c, buf))
-	    return 2;	    /* word character */
-	return 1;	    /* punctuation */
+	    return 2;	    // word character
+	return 1;	    // punctuation
     }
 
-    /* binary search in table */
+    // binary search in table
     while (top >= bot)
     {
 	mid = (bot + top) / 2;
@@ -2883,11 +2882,11 @@ utf_class_buf(int c, buf_T *buf)
 	    return (int)classes[mid].class;
     }
 
-    /* emoji */
+    // emoji
     if (intable(emoji_all, sizeof(emoji_all), c))
 	return 3;
 
-    /* most other characters are "word" characters */
+    // most other characters are "word" characters
     return 2;
 }
 
@@ -3127,14 +3126,14 @@ utf_convert(
     convertStruct	table[],
     int			tableSize)
 {
-    int start, mid, end; /* indices into table */
+    int start, mid, end; // indices into table
     int entries = tableSize / sizeof(convertStruct);
 
     start = 0;
     end = entries;
     while (start < end)
     {
-	/* need to search further */
+	// need to search further
 	mid = (end + start) / 2;
 	if (table[mid].rangeEnd < a)
 	    start = mid + 1;
@@ -3158,7 +3157,7 @@ utf_convert(
 utf_fold(int a)
 {
     if (a < 0x80)
-	/* be fast for ASCII */
+	// be fast for ASCII
 	return a >= 0x41 && a <= 0x5a ? a + 32 : a;
     return utf_convert(a, foldCase, (int)sizeof(foldCase));
 }
@@ -3537,28 +3536,28 @@ static convertStruct toUpper[] =
     int
 utf_toupper(int a)
 {
-    /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style toupper(). */
+    // If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style toupper().
     if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII))
 	return TOUPPER_ASC(a);
 
 #if defined(HAVE_TOWUPPER) && defined(__STDC_ISO_10646__)
-    /* If towupper() is available and handles Unicode, use it. */
+    // If towupper() is available and handles Unicode, use it.
     if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL))
 	return towupper(a);
 #endif
 
-    /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive toupper(). */
+    // For characters below 128 use locale sensitive toupper().
     if (a < 128)
 	return TOUPPER_LOC(a);
 
-    /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */
+    // For any other characters use the above mapping table.
     return utf_convert(a, toUpper, (int)sizeof(toUpper));
 }
 
     int
 utf_islower(int a)
 {
-    /* German sharp s is lower case but has no upper case equivalent. */
+    // German sharp s is lower case but has no upper case equivalent.
     return (utf_toupper(a) != a) || a == 0xdf;
 }
 
@@ -3569,21 +3568,21 @@ utf_islower(int a)
     int
 utf_tolower(int a)
 {
-    /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style tolower(). */
+    // If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style tolower().
     if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII))
 	return TOLOWER_ASC(a);
 
 #if defined(HAVE_TOWLOWER) && defined(__STDC_ISO_10646__)
-    /* If towlower() is available and handles Unicode, use it. */
+    // If towlower() is available and handles Unicode, use it.
     if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL))
 	return towlower(a);
 #endif
 
-    /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive tolower(). */
+    // For characters below 128 use locale sensitive tolower().
     if (a < 128)
 	return TOLOWER_LOC(a);
 
-    /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */
+    // For any other characters use the above mapping table.
     return utf_convert(a, toLower, (int)sizeof(toLower));
 }
 
@@ -3619,22 +3618,22 @@ utf_strnicmp(
 	    return cdiff;
     }
 
-    /* some string ended or has an incomplete/illegal character sequence */
+    // some string ended or has an incomplete/illegal character sequence
 
     if (c1 == 0 || c2 == 0)
     {
-	/* some string ended. shorter string is smaller */
+	// some string ended. shorter string is smaller
 	if (c1 == 0 && c2 == 0)
 	    return 0;
 	return c1 == 0 ? -1 : 1;
     }
 
-    /* Continue with bytewise comparison to produce some result that
-     * would make comparison operations involving this function transitive.
-     *
-     * If only one string had an error, comparison should be made with
-     * folded version of the other string. In this case it is enough
-     * to fold just one character to determine the result of comparison. */
+    // Continue with bytewise comparison to produce some result that
+    // would make comparison operations involving this function transitive.
+    //
+    // If only one string had an error, comparison should be made with
+    // folded version of the other string. In this case it is enough
+    // to fold just one character to determine the result of comparison.
 
     if (c1 != -1 && c2 == -1)
     {
@@ -3692,13 +3691,13 @@ mb_strnicmp(char_u *s1, char_u *s2, size_t nn)
     {
 	for (i = 0; i < n; i += l)
 	{
-	    if (s1[i] == NUL && s2[i] == NUL)	/* both strings end */
+	    if (s1[i] == NUL && s2[i] == NUL)	// both strings end
 		return 0;
 
 	    l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s1 + i);
 	    if (l <= 1)
 	    {
-		/* Single byte: first check normally, then with ignore case. */
+		// Single byte: first check normally, then with ignore case.
 		if (s1[i] != s2[i])
 		{
 		    cdiff = MB_TOLOWER(s1[i]) - MB_TOLOWER(s2[i]);
@@ -3708,7 +3707,7 @@ mb_strnicmp(char_u *s1, char_u *s2, size_t nn)
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* For non-Unicode multi-byte don't ignore case. */
+		// For non-Unicode multi-byte don't ignore case.
 		if (l > n - i)
 		    l = n - i;
 		cdiff = STRNCMP(s1 + i, s2 + i, l);
@@ -3733,8 +3732,8 @@ show_utf8(void)
     int		clen;
     int		i;
 
-    /* Get the byte length of the char under the cursor, including composing
-     * characters. */
+    // Get the byte length of the char under the cursor, including composing
+    // characters.
     line = ml_get_cursor();
     len = utfc_ptr2len(line);
     if (len == 0)
@@ -3748,7 +3747,7 @@ show_utf8(void)
     {
 	if (clen == 0)
 	{
-	    /* start of (composing) character, get its length */
+	    // start of (composing) character, get its length
 	    if (i > 0)
 	    {
 		STRCPY(IObuff + rlen, "+ ");
@@ -3757,7 +3756,7 @@ show_utf8(void)
 	    clen = utf_ptr2len(line + i);
 	}
 	sprintf((char *)IObuff + rlen, "%02x ",
-		(line[i] == NL) ? NUL : line[i]);  /* NUL is stored as NL */
+		(line[i] == NL) ? NUL : line[i]);  // NUL is stored as NL
 	--clen;
 	rlen += (int)STRLEN(IObuff + rlen);
 	if (rlen > IOSIZE - 20)
@@ -3784,13 +3783,13 @@ dbcs_head_off(char_u *base, char_u *p)
 {
     char_u	*q;
 
-    /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
-     * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte. */
+    // It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
+    // string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte.
     if (p <= base || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1 || *p == NUL)
 	return 0;
 
-    /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
-     * byte we are looking for.  Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise. */
+    // This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
+    // byte we are looking for.  Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise.
     q = base;
     while (q < p)
 	q += dbcs_ptr2len(q);
@@ -3806,20 +3805,20 @@ dbcs_screen_head_off(char_u *base, char_u *p)
 {
     char_u	*q;
 
-    /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
-     * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte.
-     * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte in the previous cell always means we have a
-     * lead byte in the current cell. */
+    // It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
+    // string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte.
+    // For euc-jp an 0x8e byte in the previous cell always means we have a
+    // lead byte in the current cell.
     if (p <= base
 	    || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && p[-1] == 0x8e)
 	    || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1
 	    || *p == NUL)
 	return 0;
 
-    /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
-     * byte we are looking for.  Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise.
-     * For DBCS_JPNU look out for 0x8e, which means the second byte is not
-     * stored as the next byte. */
+    // This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
+    // byte we are looking for.  Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise.
+    // For DBCS_JPNU look out for 0x8e, which means the second byte is not
+    // stored as the next byte.
     q = base;
     while (q < p)
     {
@@ -3842,21 +3841,21 @@ utf_head_off(char_u *base, char_u *p)
     char_u	*j;
 #endif
 
-    if (*p < 0x80)		/* be quick for ASCII */
+    if (*p < 0x80)		// be quick for ASCII
 	return 0;
 
-    /* Skip backwards over trailing bytes: 10xx.xxxx
-     * Skip backwards again if on a composing char. */
+    // Skip backwards over trailing bytes: 10xx.xxxx
+    // Skip backwards again if on a composing char.
     for (q = p; ; --q)
     {
-	/* Move s to the last byte of this char. */
+	// Move s to the last byte of this char.
 	for (s = q; (s[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++s)
 	    ;
-	/* Move q to the first byte of this char. */
+	// Move q to the first byte of this char.
 	while (q > base && (*q & 0xc0) == 0x80)
 	    --q;
-	/* Check for illegal sequence. Do allow an illegal byte after where we
-	 * started. */
+	// Check for illegal sequence. Do allow an illegal byte after where we
+	// started.
 	len = utf8len_tab[*q];
 	if (len != (int)(s - q + 1) && len != (int)(p - q + 1))
 	    return 0;
@@ -3871,10 +3870,10 @@ utf_head_off(char_u *base, char_u *p)
 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
 	if (arabic_maycombine(c))
 	{
-	    /* Advance to get a sneak-peak at the next char */
+	    // Advance to get a sneak-peak at the next char
 	    j = q;
 	    --j;
-	    /* Move j to the first byte of this char. */
+	    // Move j to the first byte of this char.
 	    while (j > base && (*j & 0xc0) == 0x80)
 		--j;
 	    if (arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(j), c))
@@ -3913,15 +3912,15 @@ mb_off_next(char_u *base, char_u *p)
 
     if (enc_utf8)
     {
-	if (*p < 0x80)		/* be quick for ASCII */
+	if (*p < 0x80)		// be quick for ASCII
 	    return 0;
 
-	/* Find the next character that isn't 10xx.xxxx */
+	// Find the next character that isn't 10xx.xxxx
 	for (i = 0; (p[i] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i)
 	    ;
 	if (i > 0)
 	{
-	    /* Check for illegal sequence. */
+	    // Check for illegal sequence.
 	    for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j)
 		if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
 		    break;
@@ -3931,8 +3930,8 @@ mb_off_next(char_u *base, char_u *p)
 	return i;
     }
 
-    /* Only need to check if we're on a trail byte, it doesn't matter if we
-     * want the offset to the next or current character. */
+    // Only need to check if we're on a trail byte, it doesn't matter if we
+    // want the offset to the next or current character.
     return (*mb_head_off)(base, p);
 }
 
@@ -3951,10 +3950,10 @@ mb_tail_off(char_u *base, char_u *p)
 
     if (enc_utf8)
     {
-	/* Find the last character that is 10xx.xxxx */
+	// Find the last character that is 10xx.xxxx
 	for (i = 0; (p[i + 1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i)
 	    ;
-	/* Check for illegal sequence. */
+	// Check for illegal sequence.
 	for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j)
 	    if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
 		break;
@@ -3963,12 +3962,12 @@ mb_tail_off(char_u *base, char_u *p)
 	return i;
     }
 
-    /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
-     * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte. */
+    // It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
+    // end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte.
     if (enc_dbcs == 0 || p[1] == NUL || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1)
 	return 0;
 
-    /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */
+    // Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte.
     return 1 - dbcs_head_off(base, p);
 }
 
@@ -3987,9 +3986,9 @@ utf_find_illegal(void)
     vimconv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
     if (enc_utf8 && (enc_canon_props(curbuf->b_p_fenc) & ENC_8BIT))
     {
-	/* 'encoding' is "utf-8" but we are editing a 8-bit encoded file,
-	 * possibly a utf-8 file with illegal bytes.  Setup for conversion
-	 * from utf-8 to 'fileencoding'. */
+	// 'encoding' is "utf-8" but we are editing a 8-bit encoded file,
+	// possibly a utf-8 file with illegal bytes.  Setup for conversion
+	// from utf-8 to 'fileencoding'.
 	convert_setup(&vimconv, p_enc, curbuf->b_p_fenc);
     }
 
@@ -4008,8 +4007,8 @@ utf_find_illegal(void)
 
 	while (*p != NUL)
 	{
-	    /* Illegal means that there are not enough trail bytes (checked by
-	     * utf_ptr2len()) or too many of them (overlong sequence). */
+	    // Illegal means that there are not enough trail bytes (checked by
+	    // utf_ptr2len()) or too many of them (overlong sequence).
 	    len = utf_ptr2len(p);
 	    if (*p >= 0x80 && (len == 1
 				     || utf_char2len(utf_ptr2char(p)) != len))
@@ -4037,7 +4036,7 @@ utf_find_illegal(void)
 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
     }
 
-    /* didn't find it: don't move and beep */
+    // didn't find it: don't move and beep
     curwin->w_cursor = pos;
     beep_flush();
 
@@ -4062,13 +4061,13 @@ utf_valid_string(char_u *s, char_u *end)
     {
 	l = utf8len_tab_zero[*p];
 	if (l == 0)
-	    return FALSE;	/* invalid lead byte */
+	    return FALSE;	// invalid lead byte
 	if (end != NULL && p + l > end)
-	    return FALSE;	/* incomplete byte sequence */
+	    return FALSE;	// incomplete byte sequence
 	++p;
 	while (--l > 0)
 	    if ((*p++ & 0xc0) != 0x80)
-		return FALSE;	/* invalid trail byte */
+		return FALSE;	// invalid trail byte
     }
     return TRUE;
 }
@@ -4081,16 +4080,16 @@ utf_valid_string(char_u *s, char_u *end)
     int
 dbcs_screen_tail_off(char_u *base, char_u *p)
 {
-    /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
-     * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte.
-     * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte always means we have a lead byte in the current
-     * cell. */
+    // It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
+    // end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte.
+    // For euc-jp an 0x8e byte always means we have a lead byte in the current
+    // cell.
     if (*p == NUL || p[1] == NUL
 	    || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
 	    || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1)
 	return 0;
 
-    /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */
+    // Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte.
     return 1 - dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p);
 }
 #endif
@@ -4122,8 +4121,8 @@ mb_adjustpos(buf_T *buf, pos_T *lp)
 	    lp->col = 0;
 	else
 	    lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
-	/* Reset "coladd" when the cursor would be on the right half of a
-	 * double-wide character. */
+	// Reset "coladd" when the cursor would be on the right half of a
+	// double-wide character.
 	if (lp->coladd == 1
 		&& p[lp->col] != TAB
 		&& vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(p + lp->col))
@@ -4137,7 +4136,7 @@ mb_adjustpos(buf_T *buf, pos_T *lp)
  */
     char_u *
 mb_prevptr(
-    char_u *line,	/* start of the string */
+    char_u *line,	// start of the string
     char_u *p)
 {
     if (p > line)
@@ -4196,9 +4195,9 @@ mb_unescape(char_u **pp)
     int			m = 0;
     char_u		*str = *pp;
 
-    /* Must translate K_SPECIAL KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER to K_SPECIAL and CSI
-     * KS_EXTRA KE_CSI to CSI.
-     * Maximum length of a utf-8 character is 4 bytes. */
+    // Must translate K_SPECIAL KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER to K_SPECIAL and CSI
+    // KS_EXTRA KE_CSI to CSI.
+    // Maximum length of a utf-8 character is 4 bytes.
     for (n = 0; str[n] != NUL && m < 4; ++n)
     {
 	if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL
@@ -4224,20 +4223,20 @@ mb_unescape(char_u **pp)
 		|| str[n] == CSI
 # endif
 		)
-	    break;		/* a special key can't be a multibyte char */
+	    break;		// a special key can't be a multibyte char
 	else
 	    buf[m++] = str[n];
 	buf[m] = NUL;
 
-	/* Return a multi-byte character if it's found.  An illegal sequence
-	 * will result in a 1 here. */
+	// Return a multi-byte character if it's found.  An illegal sequence
+	// will result in a 1 here.
 	if ((*mb_ptr2len)(buf) > 1)
 	{
 	    *pp = str + n + 1;
 	    return buf;
 	}
 
-	/* Bail out quickly for ASCII. */
+	// Bail out quickly for ASCII.
 	if (buf[0] < 128)
 	    break;
     }
@@ -4309,18 +4308,18 @@ enc_canonize(char_u *enc)
 
     if (STRCMP(enc, "default") == 0)
     {
-	/* Use the default encoding as it's found by set_init_1(). */
+	// Use the default encoding as it's found by set_init_1().
 	r = get_encoding_default();
 	if (r == NULL)
 	    r = (char_u *)"latin1";
 	return vim_strsave(r);
     }
 
-    /* copy "enc" to allocated memory, with room for two '-' */
+    // copy "enc" to allocated memory, with room for two '-'
     r = alloc(STRLEN(enc) + 3);
     if (r != NULL)
     {
-	/* Make it all lower case and replace '_' with '-'. */
+	// Make it all lower case and replace '_' with '-'.
 	p = r;
 	for (s = enc; *s != NUL; ++s)
 	{
@@ -4331,40 +4330,40 @@ enc_canonize(char_u *enc)
 	}
 	*p = NUL;
 
-	/* Skip "2byte-" and "8bit-". */
+	// Skip "2byte-" and "8bit-".
 	p = enc_skip(r);
 
-	/* Change "microsoft-cp" to "cp".  Used in some spell files. */
+	// Change "microsoft-cp" to "cp".  Used in some spell files.
 	if (STRNCMP(p, "microsoft-cp", 12) == 0)
 	    STRMOVE(p, p + 10);
 
-	/* "iso8859" -> "iso-8859" */
+	// "iso8859" -> "iso-8859"
 	if (STRNCMP(p, "iso8859", 7) == 0)
 	{
 	    STRMOVE(p + 4, p + 3);
 	    p[3] = '-';
 	}
 
-	/* "iso-8859n" -> "iso-8859-n" */
+	// "iso-8859n" -> "iso-8859-n"
 	if (STRNCMP(p, "iso-8859", 8) == 0 && p[8] != '-')
 	{
 	    STRMOVE(p + 9, p + 8);
 	    p[8] = '-';
 	}
 
-	/* "latin-N" -> "latinN" */
+	// "latin-N" -> "latinN"
 	if (STRNCMP(p, "latin-", 6) == 0)
 	    STRMOVE(p + 5, p + 6);
 
 	if (enc_canon_search(p) >= 0)
 	{
-	    /* canonical name can be used unmodified */
+	    // canonical name can be used unmodified
 	    if (p != r)
 		STRMOVE(r, p);
 	}
 	else if ((i = enc_alias_search(p)) >= 0)
 	{
-	    /* alias recognized, get canonical name */
+	    // alias recognized, get canonical name
 	    vim_free(r);
 	    r = vim_strsave((char_u *)enc_canon_table[i].name);
 	}
@@ -4414,20 +4413,19 @@ enc_locale_env(char *locale)
     if (s == NULL || *s == NUL)
 	return NULL;
 
-    /* The most generic locale format is:
-     * language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
-     * If there is a '.' remove the part before it.
-     * if there is something after the codeset, remove it.
-     * Make the name lowercase and replace '_' with '-'.
-     * Exception: "ja_JP.EUC" == "euc-jp", "zh_CN.EUC" = "euc-cn",
-     * "ko_KR.EUC" == "euc-kr"
-     */
+    // The most generic locale format is:
+    // language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+    // If there is a '.' remove the part before it.
+    // if there is something after the codeset, remove it.
+    // Make the name lowercase and replace '_' with '-'.
+    // Exception: "ja_JP.EUC" == "euc-jp", "zh_CN.EUC" = "euc-cn",
+    // "ko_KR.EUC" == "euc-kr"
     if ((p = (char *)vim_strchr((char_u *)s, '.')) != NULL)
     {
 	if (p > s + 2 && STRNICMP(p + 1, "EUC", 3) == 0
 			&& !isalnum((int)p[4]) && p[4] != '-' && p[-3] == '_')
 	{
-	    /* copy "XY.EUC" to "euc-XY" to buf[10] */
+	    // copy "XY.EUC" to "euc-XY" to buf[10]
 	    STRCPY(buf + 10, "euc-");
 	    buf[14] = p[-2];
 	    buf[15] = p[-1];
@@ -4536,10 +4534,10 @@ my_iconv_open(char_u *to, char_u *from)
     static int	iconv_ok = -1;
 
     if (iconv_ok == FALSE)
-	return (void *)-1;	/* detected a broken iconv() previously */
+	return (void *)-1;	// detected a broken iconv() previously
 
 #ifdef DYNAMIC_ICONV
-    /* Check if the iconv.dll can be found. */
+    // Check if the iconv.dll can be found.
     if (!iconv_enabled(TRUE))
 	return (void *)-1;
 #endif
@@ -4602,50 +4600,50 @@ iconv_string(
     {
 	if (len == 0 || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_E2BIG)
 	{
-	    /* Allocate enough room for most conversions.  When re-allocating
-	     * increase the buffer size. */
+	    // Allocate enough room for most conversions.  When re-allocating
+	    // increase the buffer size.
 	    len = len + fromlen * 2 + 40;
 	    p = alloc(len);
 	    if (p != NULL && done > 0)
 		mch_memmove(p, result, done);
 	    vim_free(result);
 	    result = p;
-	    if (result == NULL)	/* out of memory */
+	    if (result == NULL)	// out of memory
 		break;
 	}
 
 	to = (char *)result + done;
 	tolen = len - done - 2;
-	/* Avoid a warning for systems with a wrong iconv() prototype by
-	 * casting the second argument to void *. */
+	// Avoid a warning for systems with a wrong iconv() prototype by
+	// casting the second argument to void *.
 	if (iconv(vcp->vc_fd, (void *)&from, &fromlen, &to, &tolen)
 								!= (size_t)-1)
 	{
-	    /* Finished, append a NUL. */
+	    // Finished, append a NUL.
 	    *to = NUL;
 	    break;
 	}
 
-	/* Check both ICONV_EINVAL and EINVAL, because the dynamically loaded
-	 * iconv library may use one of them. */
+	// Check both ICONV_EINVAL and EINVAL, because the dynamically loaded
+	// iconv library may use one of them.
 	if (!vcp->vc_fail && unconvlenp != NULL
 		&& (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL))
 	{
-	    /* Handle an incomplete sequence at the end. */
+	    // Handle an incomplete sequence at the end.
 	    *to = NUL;
 	    *unconvlenp = (int)fromlen;
 	    break;
 	}
 
-	/* Check both ICONV_EILSEQ and EILSEQ, because the dynamically loaded
-	 * iconv library may use one of them. */
+	// Check both ICONV_EILSEQ and EILSEQ, because the dynamically loaded
+	// iconv library may use one of them.
 	else if (!vcp->vc_fail
 		&& (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EILSEQ || ICONV_ERRNO == EILSEQ
 		    || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL))
 	{
-	    /* Can't convert: insert a '?' and skip a character.  This assumes
-	     * conversion from 'encoding' to something else.  In other
-	     * situations we don't know what to skip anyway. */
+	    // Can't convert: insert a '?' and skip a character.  This assumes
+	    // conversion from 'encoding' to something else.  In other
+	    // situations we don't know what to skip anyway.
 	    *to++ = '?';
 	    if ((*mb_ptr2cells)((char_u *)from) > 1)
 		*to++ = '?';
@@ -4662,11 +4660,11 @@ iconv_string(
 	}
 	else if (ICONV_ERRNO != ICONV_E2BIG)
 	{
-	    /* conversion failed */
+	    // conversion failed
 	    VIM_CLEAR(result);
 	    break;
 	}
-	/* Not enough room or skipping illegal sequence. */
+	// Not enough room or skipping illegal sequence.
 	done = to - (char *)result;
     }
 
@@ -4680,7 +4678,7 @@ iconv_string(
  * Dynamically load the "iconv.dll" on Win32.
  */
 
-#   ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV	    /* must be generating prototypes */
+#   ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV	    // must be generating prototypes
 #    define HINSTANCE int
 #   endif
 static HINSTANCE hIconvDLL = 0;
@@ -4705,8 +4703,8 @@ iconv_enabled(int verbose)
     if (hIconvDLL != 0 && hMsvcrtDLL != 0)
 	return TRUE;
 
-    /* The iconv DLL file goes under different names, try them all.
-     * Do the "2" version first, it's newer. */
+    // The iconv DLL file goes under different names, try them all.
+    // Do the "2" version first, it's newer.
 #ifdef DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT2
     if (hIconvDLL == 0)
 	hIconvDLL = vimLoadLib(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT2);
@@ -4726,8 +4724,8 @@ iconv_enabled(int verbose)
 	hMsvcrtDLL = vimLoadLib(DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL);
     if (hIconvDLL == 0 || hMsvcrtDLL == 0)
     {
-	/* Only give the message when 'verbose' is set, otherwise it might be
-	 * done whenever a conversion is attempted. */
+	// Only give the message when 'verbose' is set, otherwise it might be
+	// done whenever a conversion is attempted.
 	if (verbose && p_verbose > 0)
 	{
 	    verbose_enter();
@@ -4764,7 +4762,7 @@ iconv_enabled(int verbose)
     void
 iconv_end(void)
 {
-    /* Don't use iconv() when inputting or outputting characters. */
+    // Don't use iconv() when inputting or outputting characters.
     if (input_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV)
 	convert_setup(&input_conv, NULL, NULL);
     if (output_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV)
@@ -4777,8 +4775,8 @@ iconv_end(void)
     hIconvDLL = 0;
     hMsvcrtDLL = 0;
 }
-#  endif /* DYNAMIC_ICONV */
-# endif /* USE_ICONV */
+#  endif // DYNAMIC_ICONV
+# endif // USE_ICONV
 
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
@@ -4807,11 +4805,11 @@ call_imstatusfunc(void)
 {
     int is_active;
 
-    /* FIXME: Don't execute user function in unsafe situation. */
+    // FIXME: Don't execute user function in unsafe situation.
     if (exiting || is_autocmd_blocked())
 	return FALSE;
-    /* FIXME: :py print 'xxx' is shown duplicate result.
-     * Use silent to avoid it. */
+    // FIXME: :py print 'xxx' is shown duplicate result.
+    // Use silent to avoid it.
     ++msg_silent;
     is_active = call_func_retnr(p_imsf, 0, NULL);
     --msg_silent;
@@ -4822,7 +4820,7 @@ call_imstatusfunc(void)
 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) || defined(PROTO)
 
 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO)
-static int xim_has_preediting INIT(= FALSE);  /* IM current status */
+static int xim_has_preediting INIT(= FALSE);  // IM current status
 
 /*
  * Set preedit_start_col to the current cursor position.
@@ -4834,14 +4832,14 @@ init_preedit_start_col(void)
 	preedit_start_col = cmdline_getvcol_cursor();
     else if (curwin != NULL && curwin->w_buffer != NULL)
 	getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &preedit_start_col, NULL, NULL);
-    /* Prevent that preediting marks the buffer as changed. */
+    // Prevent that preediting marks the buffer as changed.
     xim_changed_while_preediting = curbuf->b_changed;
 }
 
-static int im_is_active	       = FALSE;	/* IM is enabled for current mode    */
+static int im_is_active	       = FALSE;	// IM is enabled for current mode
 static int preedit_is_active   = FALSE;
-static int im_preedit_cursor   = 0;	/* cursor offset in characters       */
-static int im_preedit_trailing = 0;	/* number of characters after cursor */
+static int im_preedit_cursor   = 0;	// cursor offset in characters
+static int im_preedit_trailing = 0;	// number of characters after cursor
 
 static unsigned long im_commit_handler_id  = 0;
 static unsigned int  im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol;
@@ -4895,7 +4893,7 @@ im_set_position(int row, int col)
     }
 }
 
-#  if 0 || defined(PROTO) /* apparently only used in gui_x11.c */
+#  if 0 || defined(PROTO) // apparently only used in gui_x11.c
     void
 xim_set_preedit(void)
 {
@@ -4906,7 +4904,7 @@ xim_set_preedit(void)
     static void
 im_add_to_input(char_u *str, int len)
 {
-    /* Convert from 'termencoding' (always "utf-8") to 'encoding' */
+    // Convert from 'termencoding' (always "utf-8") to 'encoding'
     if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
     {
 	str = string_convert(&input_conv, str, &len);
@@ -4918,7 +4916,7 @@ im_add_to_input(char_u *str, int len)
     if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
 	vim_free(str);
 
-    if (p_mh) /* blank out the pointer if necessary */
+    if (p_mh) // blank out the pointer if necessary
 	gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE);
 }
 
@@ -4986,8 +4984,8 @@ im_preedit_window_open()
 
 	if (!pango_font_description_get_size_is_absolute(gui.norm_font))
 	{
-	    /* fontsize was given in points.  Convert it into that in pixels
-	     * to use with CSS. */
+	    // fontsize was given in points.  Convert it into that in pixels
+	    // to use with CSS.
 	    GdkScreen * const screen
 		  = gdk_window_get_screen(gtk_widget_get_window(gui.mainwin));
 	    const gdouble dpi = gdk_screen_get_resolution(screen);
@@ -5078,7 +5076,7 @@ im_show_preedit()
 {
     im_preedit_window_open();
 
-    if (p_mh) /* blank out the pointer if necessary */
+    if (p_mh) // blank out the pointer if necessary
 	gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE);
 }
 
@@ -5172,26 +5170,26 @@ im_commit_cb(GtkIMContext *context UNUSED,
 
     if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT)
     {
-	/* The imhangul module doesn't reset the preedit string before
-	 * committing.  Call im_delete_preedit() to work around that. */
+	// The imhangul module doesn't reset the preedit string before
+	// committing.  Call im_delete_preedit() to work around that.
 	im_delete_preedit();
 
-	/* Indicate that preediting has finished. */
+	// Indicate that preediting has finished.
 	if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL)
 	{
 	    init_preedit_start_col();
 	    commit_with_preedit = FALSE;
 	}
 
-	/* The thing which setting "preedit_start_col" to MAXCOL means that
-	 * "preedit_start_col" will be set forcedly when calling
-	 * preedit_changed_cb() next time.
-	 * "preedit_start_col" should not reset with MAXCOL on this part. Vim
-	 * is simulating the preediting by using add_to_input_str(). when
-	 * preedit begin immediately before committed, the typebuf is not
-	 * flushed to screen, then it can't get correct "preedit_start_col".
-	 * Thus, it should calculate the cells by adding cells of the committed
-	 * string. */
+	// The thing which setting "preedit_start_col" to MAXCOL means that
+	// "preedit_start_col" will be set forcedly when calling
+	// preedit_changed_cb() next time.
+	// "preedit_start_col" should not reset with MAXCOL on this part. Vim
+	// is simulating the preediting by using add_to_input_str(). when
+	// preedit begin immediately before committed, the typebuf is not
+	// flushed to screen, then it can't get correct "preedit_start_col".
+	// Thus, it should calculate the cells by adding cells of the committed
+	// string.
 	if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
 	{
 	    im_str = string_convert(&input_conv, (char_u *)str, &len);
@@ -5207,22 +5205,22 @@ im_commit_cb(GtkIMContext *context UNUSED,
 	preedit_start_col += clen;
     }
 
-    /* Is this a single character that matches a keypad key that's just
-     * been pressed?  If so, we don't want it to be entered as such - let
-     * us carry on processing the raw keycode so that it may be used in
-     * mappings as <kSomething>. */
+    // Is this a single character that matches a keypad key that's just
+    // been pressed?  If so, we don't want it to be entered as such - let
+    // us carry on processing the raw keycode so that it may be used in
+    // mappings as <kSomething>.
     if (xim_expected_char != NUL)
     {
-	/* We're currently processing a keypad or other special key */
+	// We're currently processing a keypad or other special key
 	if (slen == 1 && str[0] == xim_expected_char)
 	{
-	    /* It's a match - don't do it here */
+	    // It's a match - don't do it here
 	    xim_ignored_char = TRUE;
 	    add_to_input = FALSE;
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    /* Not a match */
+	    // Not a match
 	    xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
 	}
     }
@@ -5232,13 +5230,13 @@ im_commit_cb(GtkIMContext *context UNUSED,
 
     if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT)
     {
-	/* Inserting chars while "im_is_active" is set does not cause a
-	 * change of buffer.  When the chars are committed the buffer must be
-	 * marked as changed. */
+	// Inserting chars while "im_is_active" is set does not cause a
+	// change of buffer.  When the chars are committed the buffer must be
+	// marked as changed.
 	if (!commit_with_preedit)
 	    preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
 
-	/* This flag is used in changed() at next call. */
+	// This flag is used in changed() at next call.
 	xim_changed_while_preediting = TRUE;
     }
 
@@ -5273,15 +5271,15 @@ im_preedit_end_cb(GtkIMContext *context UNUSED, gpointer data UNUSED)
 #endif
     im_delete_preedit();
 
-    /* Indicate that preediting has finished */
+    // Indicate that preediting has finished
     if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT)
 	preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
     xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
 
 #if 0
-    /* Removal of this line suggested by Takuhiro Nishioka.  Fixes that IM was
-     * switched off unintentionally.  We now use preedit_is_active (added by
-     * SungHyun Nam). */
+    // Removal of this line suggested by Takuhiro Nishioka.  Fixes that IM was
+    // switched off unintentionally.  We now use preedit_is_active (added by
+    // SungHyun Nam).
     im_is_active = FALSE;
 #endif
     preedit_is_active = FALSE;
@@ -5349,7 +5347,7 @@ im_preedit_changed_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data UNUSED)
     xim_log("im_preedit_changed_cb(): %s\n", preedit_string);
 #endif
 
-    g_return_if_fail(preedit_string != NULL); /* just in case */
+    g_return_if_fail(preedit_string != NULL); // just in case
 
     if (p_imst == IM_OVER_THE_SPOT)
     {
@@ -5366,20 +5364,20 @@ im_preedit_changed_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data UNUSED)
     }
     else
     {
-	/* If preedit_start_col is MAXCOL set it to the current cursor position. */
+	// If preedit_start_col is MAXCOL set it to the current cursor position.
 	if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL && preedit_string[0] != '\0')
 	{
 	    xim_has_preediting = TRUE;
 
-	    /* Urgh, this breaks if the input buffer isn't empty now */
+	    // Urgh, this breaks if the input buffer isn't empty now
 	    init_preedit_start_col();
 	}
 	else if (cursor_index == 0 && preedit_string[0] == '\0')
 	{
 	    xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
 
-	    /* If at the start position (after typing backspace)
-	     * preedit_start_col must be reset. */
+	    // If at the start position (after typing backspace)
+	    // preedit_start_col must be reset.
 	    preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
 	}
 
@@ -5414,8 +5412,8 @@ im_preedit_changed_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data UNUSED)
 	    }
 	    if (!is_composing && i >= cursor_index)
 	    {
-		/* This is essentially the same as im_preedit_trailing, except
-		 * composing characters are not counted even if p_deco is set. */
+		// This is essentially the same as im_preedit_trailing, except
+		// composing characters are not counted even if p_deco is set.
 		++num_move_back;
 	    }
 	    if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
@@ -5466,7 +5464,7 @@ translate_pango_attributes(PangoAttrIterator *iter)
     {
 	const PangoColor *color = &((PangoAttrColor *)attr)->color;
 
-	/* Assume inverse if black background is requested */
+	// Assume inverse if black background is requested
 	if ((color->red | color->green | color->blue) == 0)
 	    char_attr |= HL_INVERSE;
     }
@@ -5494,7 +5492,7 @@ im_get_feedback_attr(int col)
     {
 	int idx;
 
-	/* Get the byte index as used by PangoAttrIterator */
+	// Get the byte index as used by PangoAttrIterator
 	for (idx = 0; col > 0 && preedit_string[idx] != '\0'; --col)
 	    idx += utfc_ptr2len((char_u *)preedit_string + idx);
 
@@ -5506,7 +5504,7 @@ im_get_feedback_attr(int col)
 	    char_attr = HL_NORMAL;
 	    iter = pango_attr_list_get_iterator(attr_list);
 
-	    /* Extract all relevant attributes from the list. */
+	    // Extract all relevant attributes from the list.
 	    do
 	    {
 		pango_attr_iterator_range(iter, &start, &end);
@@ -5588,7 +5586,7 @@ im_string_to_keyval(const char *str, unsigned int *keyval, unsigned int *state)
     mods_end = strrchr(str, '-');
     mods_end = (mods_end != NULL) ? mods_end + 1 : str;
 
-    /* Parse modifier keys */
+    // Parse modifier keys
     while (str < mods_end)
 	switch (*str++)
 	{
@@ -5649,20 +5647,20 @@ im_synthesize_keypress(unsigned int keyval, unsigned int state)
 
     event = (GdkEventKey *)gdk_event_new(GDK_KEY_PRESS);
     g_object_ref(gtk_widget_get_window(gui.drawarea));
-					/* unreffed by gdk_event_free() */
+					// unreffed by gdk_event_free()
     event->window = gtk_widget_get_window(gui.drawarea);
     event->send_event = TRUE;
     event->time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
     event->state  = state;
     event->keyval = keyval;
-    event->hardware_keycode = /* needed for XIM */
+    event->hardware_keycode = // needed for XIM
 	XKeysymToKeycode(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(event->window), (KeySym)keyval);
     event->length = 0;
     event->string = NULL;
 
     gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
 
-    /* For consistency, also send the corresponding release event. */
+    // For consistency, also send the corresponding release event.
     event->type = GDK_KEY_RELEASE;
     event->send_event = FALSE;
     gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
@@ -5770,9 +5768,9 @@ xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
 	{
 	    unsigned int state_mask;
 
-	    /* Require the state of the 3 most used modifiers to match exactly.
-	     * Otherwise e.g. <S-C-space> would be unusable for other purposes
-	     * if the IM activate key is <S-space>. */
+	    // Require the state of the 3 most used modifiers to match exactly.
+	    // Otherwise e.g. <S-C-space> would be unusable for other purposes
+	    // if the IM activate key is <S-space>.
 	    state_mask  = im_activatekey_state;
 	    state_mask |= ((int)GDK_SHIFT_MASK | (int)GDK_CONTROL_MASK
 							| (int)GDK_MOD1_MASK);
@@ -5780,7 +5778,7 @@ xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
 	    if ((event->state & state_mask) != im_activatekey_state)
 		return FALSE;
 
-	    /* Don't send it a second time on GDK_KEY_RELEASE. */
+	    // Don't send it a second time on GDK_KEY_RELEASE.
 	    if (event->type != GDK_KEY_PRESS)
 		return TRUE;
 
@@ -5788,7 +5786,7 @@ xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
 	    {
 		im_set_active(FALSE);
 
-		/* ":lmap" mappings exists, toggle use of mappings. */
+		// ":lmap" mappings exists, toggle use of mappings.
 		State ^= LANGMAP;
 		if (State & LANGMAP)
 		{
@@ -5806,23 +5804,23 @@ xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
 	    return gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
 	}
 
-	/* Don't filter events through the IM context if IM isn't active
-	 * right now.  Unlike with GTK+ 1.2 we cannot rely on the IM module
-	 * not doing anything before the activation key was sent. */
+	// Don't filter events through the IM context if IM isn't active
+	// right now.  Unlike with GTK+ 1.2 we cannot rely on the IM module
+	// not doing anything before the activation key was sent.
 	if (im_activatekey_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol || im_is_active)
 	{
 	    int imresult = gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
 
 	    if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT)
 	    {
-		/* Some XIM send following sequence:
-		 * 1. preedited string.
-		 * 2. committed string.
-		 * 3. line changed key.
-		 * 4. preedited string.
-		 * 5. remove preedited string.
-		 * if 3, Vim can't move back the above line for 5.
-		 * thus, this part should not parse the key. */
+		// Some XIM send following sequence:
+		// 1. preedited string.
+		// 2. committed string.
+		// 3. line changed key.
+		// 4. preedited string.
+		// 5. remove preedited string.
+		// if 3, Vim can't move back the above line for 5.
+		// thus, this part should not parse the key.
 		if (!imresult && preedit_start_col != MAXCOL
 					    && event->keyval == GDK_Return)
 		{
@@ -5831,17 +5829,17 @@ xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
 		}
 	    }
 
-	    /* If XIM tried to commit a keypad key as a single char.,
-	     * ignore it so we can use the keypad key 'raw', for mappings. */
+	    // If XIM tried to commit a keypad key as a single char.,
+	    // ignore it so we can use the keypad key 'raw', for mappings.
 	    if (xim_expected_char != NUL && xim_ignored_char)
-		/* We had a keypad key, and XIM tried to thieve it */
+		// We had a keypad key, and XIM tried to thieve it
 		return FALSE;
 
-	    /* This is supposed to fix a problem with iBus, that space
-	     * characters don't work in input mode. */
+	    // This is supposed to fix a problem with iBus, that space
+	    // characters don't work in input mode.
 	    xim_expected_char = NUL;
 
-	    /* Normal processing */
+	    // Normal processing
 	    return imresult;
 	}
     }
@@ -5871,11 +5869,11 @@ im_is_preediting(void)
     return xim_has_preediting;
 }
 
-# else /* !FEAT_GUI_GTK */
+# else // !FEAT_GUI_GTK
 
-static int	xim_is_active = FALSE;  /* XIM should be active in the current
-					   mode */
-static int	xim_has_focus = FALSE;	/* XIM is really being used for Vim */
+static int	xim_is_active = FALSE;  // XIM should be active in the current
+					// mode
+static int	xim_has_focus = FALSE;	// XIM is really being used for Vim
 #  ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
 static XIMStyle	input_style;
 static int	status_area_enabled = TRUE;
@@ -5890,13 +5888,13 @@ im_set_active(int active_arg)
 {
     int active = active_arg;
 
-    /* If 'imdisable' is set, XIM is never active. */
+    // If 'imdisable' is set, XIM is never active.
     if (p_imdisable)
 	active = FALSE;
     else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)
-	/* There is a problem in switching XIM off when preediting is used,
-	 * and it is not clear how this can be solved.  For now, keep XIM on
-	 * all the time, like it was done in Vim 5.8. */
+	// There is a problem in switching XIM off when preediting is used,
+	// and it is not clear how this can be solved.  For now, keep XIM on
+	// all the time, like it was done in Vim 5.8.
 	active = TRUE;
 
 #  if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
@@ -5914,7 +5912,7 @@ im_set_active(int active_arg)
     if (xic == NULL)
 	return;
 
-    /* Remember the active state, it is needed when Vim gets keyboard focus. */
+    // Remember the active state, it is needed when Vim gets keyboard focus.
     xim_is_active = active;
     xim_set_preedit();
 }
@@ -5975,9 +5973,9 @@ xim_set_preedit(void)
 
     if (!xim_has_focus)
     {
-	/* hide XIM cursor */
+	// hide XIM cursor
 	over_spot.x = 0;
-	over_spot.y = -100; /* arbitrary invisible position */
+	over_spot.y = -100; // arbitrary invisible position
 	attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0,
 							XNSpotLocation,
 							&over_spot,
@@ -6155,16 +6153,16 @@ xim_real_init(Window x11_window, Display *x11_display)
     if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("")) != NULL && *p != NUL)
 	xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
 
-    /* This is supposed to be useful to obtain characters through
-     * XmbLookupString() without really using a XIM. */
+    // This is supposed to be useful to obtain characters through
+    // XmbLookupString() without really using a XIM.
     if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("@im=none")) != NULL
 								 && *p != NUL)
 	xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
 
     if (xim == NULL)
     {
-	/* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
-	 * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */
+	// Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
+	// got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM.
 	if (p_verbose > 0)
 	{
 	    verbose_enter();
@@ -6241,8 +6239,8 @@ xim_real_init(Window x11_window, Display *x11_display)
 
     if (!found)
     {
-	/* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
-	 * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */
+	// Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
+	// got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM.
 	if (p_verbose > 0)
 	{
 	    verbose_enter();
@@ -6257,8 +6255,8 @@ xim_real_init(Window x11_window, Display *x11_display)
     over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
     input_style = this_input_style;
 
-    /* A crash was reported when trying to pass gui.norm_font as XNFontSet,
-     * thus that has been removed.  Hopefully the default works... */
+    // A crash was reported when trying to pass gui.norm_font as XNFontSet,
+    // thus that has been removed.  Hopefully the default works...
 #  ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
     if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
     {
@@ -6318,7 +6316,7 @@ xim_real_init(Window x11_window, Display *x11_display)
     return TRUE;
 }
 
-#  endif /* FEAT_GUI_X11 */
+#  endif // FEAT_GUI_X11
 
 /*
  * Get IM status.  When IM is on, return TRUE.  Else return FALSE.
@@ -6336,7 +6334,7 @@ im_get_status(void)
     return xim_has_focus;
 }
 
-# endif /* !FEAT_GUI_GTK */
+# endif // !FEAT_GUI_GTK
 
 # if !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
@@ -6362,7 +6360,7 @@ xim_set_status_area(void)
 	{
 	    XRectangle *needed_rect;
 
-	    /* to get status_area width */
+	    // to get status_area width
 	    status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNAreaNeeded,
 					      &needed_rect, NULL);
 	    XGetICValues(xic, XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL);
@@ -6398,7 +6396,7 @@ xim_set_status_area(void)
 	status_area.height = gui.char_height;
     }
 
-    if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea)   /* off-the-spot */
+    if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea)   // off-the-spot
     {
 	pre_area.x = status_area.x + status_area.width;
 	pre_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
@@ -6412,7 +6410,7 @@ xim_set_status_area(void)
 	pre_area.height = gui.char_height;
 	preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL);
     }
-    else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)   /* over-the-spot */
+    else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)   // over-the-spot
     {
 	pre_area.x = 0;
 	pre_area.y = 0;
@@ -6453,7 +6451,7 @@ xim_get_status_area_height(void)
 }
 # endif
 
-#else /* !defined(FEAT_XIM) */
+#else // !defined(FEAT_XIM)
 
 # if defined(IME_WITHOUT_XIM) || defined(VIMDLL)
 static int im_was_set_active = FALSE;
@@ -6498,7 +6496,7 @@ im_set_position(int row UNUSED, int col UNUSED)
 #  endif
 # endif
 
-#endif /* FEAT_XIM */
+#endif // FEAT_XIM
 
 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
@@ -6545,7 +6543,7 @@ convert_setup_ext(
     int		from_is_utf8;
     int		to_is_utf8;
 
-    /* Reset to no conversion. */
+    // Reset to no conversion.
 #ifdef USE_ICONV
     if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_ICONV && vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1)
 	iconv_close(vcp->vc_fd);
@@ -6554,7 +6552,7 @@ convert_setup_ext(
     vcp->vc_factor = 1;
     vcp->vc_fail = FALSE;
 
-    /* No conversion when one of the names is empty or they are equal. */
+    // No conversion when one of the names is empty or they are equal.
     if (from == NULL || *from == NUL || to == NULL || *to == NUL
 						     || STRCMP(from, to) == 0)
 	return OK;
@@ -6572,33 +6570,33 @@ convert_setup_ext(
 
     if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && to_is_utf8)
     {
-	/* Internal latin1 -> utf-8 conversion. */
+	// Internal latin1 -> utf-8 conversion.
 	vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_UTF8;
-	vcp->vc_factor = 2;	/* up to twice as long */
+	vcp->vc_factor = 2;	// up to twice as long
     }
     else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN9) && to_is_utf8)
     {
-	/* Internal latin9 -> utf-8 conversion. */
+	// Internal latin9 -> utf-8 conversion.
 	vcp->vc_type = CONV_9_TO_UTF8;
-	vcp->vc_factor = 3;	/* up to three as long (euro sign) */
+	vcp->vc_factor = 3;	// up to three as long (euro sign)
     }
     else if (from_is_utf8 && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1))
     {
-	/* Internal utf-8 -> latin1 conversion. */
+	// Internal utf-8 -> latin1 conversion.
 	vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN1;
     }
     else if (from_is_utf8 && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN9))
     {
-	/* Internal utf-8 -> latin9 conversion. */
+	// Internal utf-8 -> latin9 conversion.
 	vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN9;
     }
 #ifdef MSWIN
-    /* Win32-specific codepage <-> codepage conversion without iconv. */
+    // Win32-specific codepage <-> codepage conversion without iconv.
     else if ((from_is_utf8 || encname2codepage(from) > 0)
 	    && (to_is_utf8 || encname2codepage(to) > 0))
     {
 	vcp->vc_type = CONV_CODEPAGE;
-	vcp->vc_factor = 2;	/* up to twice as long */
+	vcp->vc_factor = 2;	// up to twice as long
 	vcp->vc_cpfrom = from_is_utf8 ? 0 : encname2codepage(from);
 	vcp->vc_cpto = to_is_utf8 ? 0 : encname2codepage(to);
     }
@@ -6611,7 +6609,7 @@ convert_setup_ext(
     else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && to_is_utf8)
     {
 	vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_UTF8;
-	vcp->vc_factor = 2;	/* up to twice as long */
+	vcp->vc_factor = 2;	// up to twice as long
     }
     else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN))
     {
@@ -6625,14 +6623,14 @@ convert_setup_ext(
 #ifdef USE_ICONV
     else
     {
-	/* Use iconv() for conversion. */
+	// Use iconv() for conversion.
 	vcp->vc_fd = (iconv_t)my_iconv_open(
 		to_is_utf8 ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : to,
 		from_is_utf8 ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : from);
 	if (vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1)
 	{
 	    vcp->vc_type = CONV_ICONV;
-	    vcp->vc_factor = 4;	/* could be longer too... */
+	    vcp->vc_factor = 4;	// could be longer too...
 	}
     }
 #endif
@@ -6681,7 +6679,7 @@ convert_input_safe(
 	{
 	    if (unconvertlen > 0)
 	    {
-		/* Move the unconverted characters to allocated memory. */
+		// Move the unconverted characters to allocated memory.
 		*restp = alloc(unconvertlen);
 		if (*restp != NULL)
 		    mch_memmove(*restp, ptr + len - unconvertlen, unconvertlen);
@@ -6690,8 +6688,8 @@ convert_input_safe(
 	    mch_memmove(ptr, d, dlen);
 	}
 	else
-	    /* result is too long, keep the unconverted text (the caller must
-	     * have done something wrong!) */
+	    // result is too long, keep the unconverted text (the caller must
+	    // have done something wrong!)
 	    dlen = len;
 	vim_free(d);
     }
@@ -6742,7 +6740,7 @@ string_convert_ext(
 
     switch (vcp->vc_type)
     {
-	case CONV_TO_UTF8:	/* latin1 to utf-8 conversion */
+	case CONV_TO_UTF8:	// latin1 to utf-8 conversion
 	    retval = alloc(len * 2 + 1);
 	    if (retval == NULL)
 		break;
@@ -6763,7 +6761,7 @@ string_convert_ext(
 		*lenp = (int)(d - retval);
 	    break;
 
-	case CONV_9_TO_UTF8:	/* latin9 to utf-8 conversion */
+	case CONV_9_TO_UTF8:	// latin9 to utf-8 conversion
 	    retval = alloc(len * 3 + 1);
 	    if (retval == NULL)
 		break;
@@ -6773,14 +6771,14 @@ string_convert_ext(
 		c = ptr[i];
 		switch (c)
 		{
-		    case 0xa4: c = 0x20ac; break;   /* euro */
-		    case 0xa6: c = 0x0160; break;   /* S hat */
-		    case 0xa8: c = 0x0161; break;   /* S -hat */
-		    case 0xb4: c = 0x017d; break;   /* Z hat */
-		    case 0xb8: c = 0x017e; break;   /* Z -hat */
-		    case 0xbc: c = 0x0152; break;   /* OE */
-		    case 0xbd: c = 0x0153; break;   /* oe */
-		    case 0xbe: c = 0x0178; break;   /* Y */
+		    case 0xa4: c = 0x20ac; break;   // euro
+		    case 0xa6: c = 0x0160; break;   // S hat
+		    case 0xa8: c = 0x0161; break;   // S -hat
+		    case 0xb4: c = 0x017d; break;   // Z hat
+		    case 0xb8: c = 0x017e; break;   // Z -hat
+		    case 0xbc: c = 0x0152; break;   // OE
+		    case 0xbd: c = 0x0153; break;   // oe
+		    case 0xbe: c = 0x0178; break;   // Y
 		}
 		d += utf_char2bytes(c, d);
 	    }
@@ -6789,8 +6787,8 @@ string_convert_ext(
 		*lenp = (int)(d - retval);
 	    break;
 
-	case CONV_TO_LATIN1:	/* utf-8 to latin1 conversion */
-	case CONV_TO_LATIN9:	/* utf-8 to latin9 conversion */
+	case CONV_TO_LATIN1:	// utf-8 to latin1 conversion
+	case CONV_TO_LATIN9:	// utf-8 to latin9 conversion
 	    retval = alloc(len + 1);
 	    if (retval == NULL)
 		break;
@@ -6806,13 +6804,13 @@ string_convert_ext(
 
 		    if (l_w == 0)
 		    {
-			/* Illegal utf-8 byte cannot be converted */
+			// Illegal utf-8 byte cannot be converted
 			vim_free(retval);
 			return NULL;
 		    }
 		    if (unconvlenp != NULL && l_w > len - i)
 		    {
-			/* Incomplete sequence at the end. */
+			// Incomplete sequence at the end.
 			*unconvlenp = len - i;
 			break;
 		    }
@@ -6824,14 +6822,14 @@ string_convert_ext(
 		    if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_TO_LATIN9)
 			switch (c)
 			{
-			    case 0x20ac: c = 0xa4; break;   /* euro */
-			    case 0x0160: c = 0xa6; break;   /* S hat */
-			    case 0x0161: c = 0xa8; break;   /* S -hat */
-			    case 0x017d: c = 0xb4; break;   /* Z hat */
-			    case 0x017e: c = 0xb8; break;   /* Z -hat */
-			    case 0x0152: c = 0xbc; break;   /* OE */
-			    case 0x0153: c = 0xbd; break;   /* oe */
-			    case 0x0178: c = 0xbe; break;   /* Y */
+			    case 0x20ac: c = 0xa4; break;   // euro
+			    case 0x0160: c = 0xa6; break;   // S hat
+			    case 0x0161: c = 0xa8; break;   // S -hat
+			    case 0x017d: c = 0xb4; break;   // Z hat
+			    case 0x017e: c = 0xb8; break;   // Z -hat
+			    case 0x0152: c = 0xbc; break;   // OE
+			    case 0x0153: c = 0xbd; break;   // oe
+			    case 0x0178: c = 0xbe; break;   // Y
 			    case 0xa4:
 			    case 0xa6:
 			    case 0xa8:
@@ -6839,9 +6837,9 @@ string_convert_ext(
 			    case 0xb8:
 			    case 0xbc:
 			    case 0xbd:
-			    case 0xbe: c = 0x100; break; /* not in latin9 */
+			    case 0xbe: c = 0x100; break; // not in latin9
 			}
-		    if (!utf_iscomposing(c))	/* skip composing chars */
+		    if (!utf_iscomposing(c))	// skip composing chars
 		    {
 			if (c < 0x100)
 			    *d++ = c;
@@ -6888,18 +6886,18 @@ string_convert_ext(
 # endif
 
 # ifdef USE_ICONV
-	case CONV_ICONV:	/* conversion with output_conv.vc_fd */
+	case CONV_ICONV:	// conversion with output_conv.vc_fd
 	    retval = iconv_string(vcp, ptr, len, unconvlenp, lenp);
 	    break;
 # endif
 # ifdef MSWIN
-	case CONV_CODEPAGE:		/* codepage -> codepage */
+	case CONV_CODEPAGE:		// codepage -> codepage
 	{
 	    int		retlen;
 	    int		tmp_len;
 	    short_u	*tmp;
 
-	    /* 1. codepage/UTF-8  ->  ucs-2. */
+	    // 1. codepage/UTF-8  ->  ucs-2.
 	    if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0)
 		tmp_len = utf8_to_utf16(ptr, len, NULL, NULL);
 	    else
@@ -6929,7 +6927,7 @@ string_convert_ext(
 		MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0,
 			(char *)ptr, len, tmp, tmp_len);
 
-	    /* 2. ucs-2  ->  codepage/UTF-8. */
+	    // 2. ucs-2  ->  codepage/UTF-8.
 	    if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0)
 		retlen = utf16_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, NULL);
 	    else
diff --git a/src/memfile.c b/src/memfile.c
index f3af7ebc8..0d167e6b0 100644
--- a/src/memfile.c
+++ b/src/memfile.c
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 #  include <sys/statfs.h>
 #  define STATFS statfs
 #  define F_BSIZE f_bsize
-#  ifdef __MINT__		/* do we still need this? */
+#  ifdef __MINT__		// do we still need this?
 #   define fstatfs(fd, buf, len, nul) mch_fstat((fd), (buf))
 #  endif
 # endif
@@ -57,17 +57,17 @@
  */
 #ifdef AMIGA
 # ifdef FEAT_ARP
-extern int dos2;			/* this is in os_amiga.c */
+extern int dos2;			// this is in os_amiga.c
 # endif
 # ifdef SASC
 #  include <proto/dos.h>
-#  include <ios1.h>			/* for chkufb() */
+#  include <ios1.h>			// for chkufb()
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#define MEMFILE_PAGE_SIZE 4096		/* default page size */
+#define MEMFILE_PAGE_SIZE 4096		// default page size
 
-static long_u	total_mem_used = 0;	/* total memory used for memfiles */
+static long_u	total_mem_used = 0;	// total memory used for memfiles
 
 static void mf_ins_hash(memfile_T *, bhdr_T *);
 static void mf_rem_hash(memfile_T *, bhdr_T *);
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ mf_open(char_u *fname, int flags)
     if ((mfp = ALLOC_ONE(memfile_T)) == NULL)
 	return NULL;
 
-    if (fname == NULL)	    /* no file for this memfile, use memory only */
+    if (fname == NULL)	    // no file for this memfile, use memory only
     {
 	mfp->mf_fname = NULL;
 	mfp->mf_ffname = NULL;
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ mf_open(char_u *fname, int flags)
     }
     else
     {
-	mf_do_open(mfp, fname, flags);	/* try to open the file */
+	mf_do_open(mfp, fname, flags);	// try to open the file
 
-	/* if the file cannot be opened, return here */
+	// if the file cannot be opened, return here
 	if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)
 	{
 	    vim_free(mfp);
@@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ mf_open(char_u *fname, int flags)
 	}
     }
 
-    mfp->mf_free_first = NULL;		/* free list is empty */
-    mfp->mf_used_first = NULL;		/* used list is empty */
+    mfp->mf_free_first = NULL;		// free list is empty
+    mfp->mf_used_first = NULL;		// used list is empty
     mfp->mf_used_last = NULL;
     mfp->mf_dirty = FALSE;
     mfp->mf_used_count = 0;
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ mf_open(char_u *fname, int flags)
 
     if (mfp->mf_fd < 0 || (flags & (O_TRUNC|O_EXCL))
 		  || (size = vim_lseek(mfp->mf_fd, (off_T)0L, SEEK_END)) <= 0)
-	mfp->mf_blocknr_max = 0;	/* no file or empty file */
+	mfp->mf_blocknr_max = 0;	// no file or empty file
     else
 	mfp->mf_blocknr_max = (blocknr_T)((size + mfp->mf_page_size - 1)
 							 / mfp->mf_page_size);
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ mf_open(char_u *fname, int flags)
     int
 mf_open_file(memfile_T *mfp, char_u *fname)
 {
-    mf_do_open(mfp, fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL); /* try to open the file */
+    mf_do_open(mfp, fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL); // try to open the file
 
     if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)
 	return FAIL;
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ mf_close(memfile_T *mfp, int del_file)
 {
     bhdr_T	*hp, *nextp;
 
-    if (mfp == NULL)		    /* safety check */
+    if (mfp == NULL)		    // safety check
 	return;
     if (mfp->mf_fd >= 0)
     {
@@ -249,17 +249,17 @@ mf_close(memfile_T *mfp, int del_file)
     }
     if (del_file && mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
 	mch_remove(mfp->mf_fname);
-					    /* free entries in used list */
+					    // free entries in used list
     for (hp = mfp->mf_used_first; hp != NULL; hp = nextp)
     {
 	total_mem_used -= hp->bh_page_count * mfp->mf_page_size;
 	nextp = hp->bh_next;
 	mf_free_bhdr(hp);
     }
-    while (mfp->mf_free_first != NULL)	    /* free entries in free list */
+    while (mfp->mf_free_first != NULL)	    // free entries in free list
 	vim_free(mf_rem_free(mfp));
     mf_hash_free(&mfp->mf_hash);
-    mf_hash_free_all(&mfp->mf_trans);	    /* free hashtable and its items */
+    mf_hash_free_all(&mfp->mf_trans);	    // free hashtable and its items
     vim_free(mfp->mf_fname);
     vim_free(mfp->mf_ffname);
     vim_free(mfp);
@@ -271,32 +271,32 @@ mf_close(memfile_T *mfp, int del_file)
     void
 mf_close_file(
     buf_T	*buf,
-    int		getlines)	/* get all lines into memory? */
+    int		getlines)	// get all lines into memory?
 {
     memfile_T	*mfp;
     linenr_T	lnum;
 
     mfp = buf->b_ml.ml_mfp;
-    if (mfp == NULL || mfp->mf_fd < 0)		/* nothing to close */
+    if (mfp == NULL || mfp->mf_fd < 0)		// nothing to close
 	return;
 
     if (getlines)
     {
-	/* get all blocks in memory by accessing all lines (clumsy!) */
+	// get all blocks in memory by accessing all lines (clumsy!)
 	mf_dont_release = TRUE;
 	for (lnum = 1; lnum <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
 	    (void)ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE);
 	mf_dont_release = FALSE;
-	/* TODO: should check if all blocks are really in core */
+	// TODO: should check if all blocks are really in core
     }
 
-    if (close(mfp->mf_fd) < 0)			/* close the file */
+    if (close(mfp->mf_fd) < 0)			// close the file
 	emsg(_(e_swapclose));
     mfp->mf_fd = -1;
 
     if (mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
     {
-	mch_remove(mfp->mf_fname);		/* delete the swap file */
+	mch_remove(mfp->mf_fname);		// delete the swap file
 	VIM_CLEAR(mfp->mf_fname);
 	VIM_CLEAR(mfp->mf_ffname);
     }
@@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ mf_close_file(
     void
 mf_new_page_size(memfile_T *mfp, unsigned new_size)
 {
-    /* Correct the memory used for block 0 to the new size, because it will be
-     * freed with that size later on. */
+    // Correct the memory used for block 0 to the new size, because it will be
+    // freed with that size later on.
     total_mem_used += new_size - mfp->mf_page_size;
     mfp->mf_page_size = new_size;
 }
@@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ mf_new_page_size(memfile_T *mfp, unsigned new_size)
     bhdr_T *
 mf_new(memfile_T *mfp, int negative, int page_count)
 {
-    bhdr_T	*hp;	/* new bhdr_T */
-    bhdr_T	*freep;	/* first block in free list */
+    bhdr_T	*hp;	// new bhdr_T
+    bhdr_T	*freep;	// first block in free list
     char_u	*p;
 
     /*
@@ -360,21 +360,21 @@ mf_new(memfile_T *mfp, int negative, int page_count)
 	    freep->bh_bnum += page_count;
 	    freep->bh_page_count -= page_count;
 	}
-	else if (hp == NULL)	    /* need to allocate memory for this block */
+	else if (hp == NULL)	    // need to allocate memory for this block
 	{
 	    if ((p = alloc(mfp->mf_page_size * page_count)) == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 	    hp = mf_rem_free(mfp);
 	    hp->bh_data = p;
 	}
-	else		    /* use the number, remove entry from free list */
+	else		    // use the number, remove entry from free list
 	{
 	    freep = mf_rem_free(mfp);
 	    hp->bh_bnum = freep->bh_bnum;
 	    vim_free(freep);
 	}
     }
-    else	/* get a new number */
+    else	// get a new number
     {
 	if (hp == NULL && (hp = mf_alloc_bhdr(mfp, page_count)) == NULL)
 	    return NULL;
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ mf_new(memfile_T *mfp, int negative, int page_count)
 	    mfp->mf_blocknr_max += page_count;
 	}
     }
-    hp->bh_flags = BH_LOCKED | BH_DIRTY;	/* new block is always dirty */
+    hp->bh_flags = BH_LOCKED | BH_DIRTY;	// new block is always dirty
     mfp->mf_dirty = TRUE;
     hp->bh_page_count = page_count;
     mf_ins_used(mfp, hp);
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ mf_new(memfile_T *mfp, int negative, int page_count)
 mf_get(memfile_T *mfp, blocknr_T nr, int page_count)
 {
     bhdr_T    *hp;
-						/* doesn't exist */
+						// doesn't exist
     if (nr >= mfp->mf_blocknr_max || nr <= mfp->mf_blocknr_min)
 	return NULL;
 
@@ -422,12 +422,12 @@ mf_get(memfile_T *mfp, blocknr_T nr, int page_count)
      * see if it is in the cache
      */
     hp = mf_find_hash(mfp, nr);
-    if (hp == NULL)	/* not in the hash list */
+    if (hp == NULL)	// not in the hash list
     {
-	if (nr < 0 || nr >= mfp->mf_infile_count)   /* can't be in the file */
+	if (nr < 0 || nr >= mfp->mf_infile_count)   // can't be in the file
 	    return NULL;
 
-	/* could check here if the block is in the free list */
+	// could check here if the block is in the free list
 
 	/*
 	 * Check if we need to flush an existing block.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ mf_get(memfile_T *mfp, blocknr_T nr, int page_count)
 	hp->bh_bnum = nr;
 	hp->bh_flags = 0;
 	hp->bh_page_count = page_count;
-	if (mf_read(mfp, hp) == FAIL)	    /* cannot read the block! */
+	if (mf_read(mfp, hp) == FAIL)	    // cannot read the block!
 	{
 	    mf_free_bhdr(hp);
 	    return NULL;
@@ -449,13 +449,13 @@ mf_get(memfile_T *mfp, blocknr_T nr, int page_count)
     }
     else
     {
-	mf_rem_used(mfp, hp);	/* remove from list, insert in front below */
+	mf_rem_used(mfp, hp);	// remove from list, insert in front below
 	mf_rem_hash(mfp, hp);
     }
 
     hp->bh_flags |= BH_LOCKED;
-    mf_ins_used(mfp, hp);	/* put in front of used list */
-    mf_ins_hash(mfp, hp);	/* put in front of hash list */
+    mf_ins_used(mfp, hp);	// put in front of used list
+    mf_ins_hash(mfp, hp);	// put in front of hash list
 
     return hp;
 }
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ mf_put(
     }
     hp->bh_flags = flags;
     if (infile)
-	mf_trans_add(mfp, hp);	    /* may translate negative in positive nr */
+	mf_trans_add(mfp, hp);	    // may translate negative in positive nr
 }
 
 /*
@@ -498,20 +498,20 @@ mf_put(
     void
 mf_free(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
 {
-    vim_free(hp->bh_data);	/* free the memory */
-    mf_rem_hash(mfp, hp);	/* get *hp out of the hash list */
-    mf_rem_used(mfp, hp);	/* get *hp out of the used list */
+    vim_free(hp->bh_data);	// free the memory
+    mf_rem_hash(mfp, hp);	// get *hp out of the hash list
+    mf_rem_used(mfp, hp);	// get *hp out of the used list
     if (hp->bh_bnum < 0)
     {
-	vim_free(hp);		/* don't want negative numbers in free list */
+	vim_free(hp);		// don't want negative numbers in free list
 	mfp->mf_neg_count--;
     }
     else
-	mf_ins_free(mfp, hp);	/* put *hp in the free list */
+	mf_ins_free(mfp, hp);	// put *hp in the free list
 }
 
 #if defined(__MORPHOS__) && defined(__libnix__)
-/* function is missing in MorphOS libnix version */
+// function is missing in MorphOS libnix version
 extern unsigned long *__stdfiledes;
 
     static unsigned long
@@ -541,14 +541,14 @@ mf_sync(memfile_T *mfp, int flags)
     bhdr_T	*hp;
     int		got_int_save = got_int;
 
-    if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)	    /* there is no file, nothing to do */
+    if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)	    // there is no file, nothing to do
     {
 	mfp->mf_dirty = FALSE;
 	return FAIL;
     }
 
-    /* Only a CTRL-C while writing will break us here, not one typed
-     * previously. */
+    // Only a CTRL-C while writing will break us here, not one typed
+    // previously.
     got_int = FALSE;
 
     /*
@@ -568,13 +568,13 @@ mf_sync(memfile_T *mfp, int flags)
 		continue;
 	    if (mf_write(mfp, hp) == FAIL)
 	    {
-		if (status == FAIL)	/* double error: quit syncing */
+		if (status == FAIL)	// double error: quit syncing
 		    break;
 		status = FAIL;
 	    }
 	    if (flags & MFS_STOP)
 	    {
-		/* Stop when char available now. */
+		// Stop when char available now.
 		if (ui_char_avail())
 		    break;
 	    }
@@ -605,9 +605,9 @@ mf_sync(memfile_T *mfp, int flags)
 	}
 	else
 # endif
-	    /* OpenNT is strictly POSIX (Benzinger) */
-	    /* Tandem/Himalaya NSK-OSS doesn't have sync() */
-	    /* No sync() on Stratus VOS */
+	    // OpenNT is strictly POSIX (Benzinger)
+	    // Tandem/Himalaya NSK-OSS doesn't have sync()
+	    // No sync() on Stratus VOS
 # if defined(__OPENNT) || defined(__TANDEM) || defined(__VOS__)
 	    fflush(NULL);
 # else
@@ -649,8 +649,8 @@ mf_sync(memfile_T *mfp, int flags)
 #   if defined(_DCC) || defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__MORPHOS__)
 	{
 #    if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MORPHOS__) && defined(__libnix__)
-	    /* Have function (in libnix at least),
-	     * but ain't got no prototype anywhere. */
+	    // Have function (in libnix at least),
+	    // but ain't got no prototype anywhere.
 	    extern unsigned long fdtofh(int filedescriptor);
 #    endif
 #    if !defined(__libnix__)
@@ -662,12 +662,12 @@ mf_sync(memfile_T *mfp, int flags)
 		Flush(fh);
 #    endif
 	}
-#   else /* assume Manx */
+#   else // assume Manx
 	    Flush(_devtab[mfp->mf_fd].fd);
 #   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
-#endif /* AMIGA */
+#endif // AMIGA
     }
 
     got_int |= got_int_save;
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ mf_ins_used(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
     hp->bh_next = mfp->mf_used_first;
     mfp->mf_used_first = hp;
     hp->bh_prev = NULL;
-    if (hp->bh_next == NULL)	    /* list was empty, adjust last pointer */
+    if (hp->bh_next == NULL)	    // list was empty, adjust last pointer
 	mfp->mf_used_last = hp;
     else
 	hp->bh_next->bh_prev = hp;
@@ -741,11 +741,11 @@ mf_ins_used(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
     static void
 mf_rem_used(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
 {
-    if (hp->bh_next == NULL)	    /* last block in used list */
+    if (hp->bh_next == NULL)	    // last block in used list
 	mfp->mf_used_last = hp->bh_prev;
     else
 	hp->bh_next->bh_prev = hp->bh_prev;
-    if (hp->bh_prev == NULL)	    /* first block in used list */
+    if (hp->bh_prev == NULL)	    // first block in used list
 	mfp->mf_used_first = hp->bh_next;
     else
 	hp->bh_prev->bh_next = hp->bh_next;
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ mf_release(memfile_T *mfp, int page_count)
     int		need_release;
     buf_T	*buf;
 
-    /* don't release while in mf_close_file() */
+    // don't release while in mf_close_file()
     if (mf_dont_release)
 	return NULL;
 
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ mf_release(memfile_T *mfp, int page_count)
      */
     if (mfp->mf_fd < 0 && need_release && p_uc)
     {
-	/* find for which buffer this memfile is */
+	// find for which buffer this memfile is
 	FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
 	    if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == mfp)
 		break;
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ mf_release(memfile_T *mfp, int page_count)
     for (hp = mfp->mf_used_last; hp != NULL; hp = hp->bh_prev)
 	if (!(hp->bh_flags & BH_LOCKED))
 	    break;
-    if (hp == NULL)	/* not a single one that can be released */
+    if (hp == NULL)	// not a single one that can be released
 	return NULL;
 
     /*
@@ -857,11 +857,11 @@ mf_release_all(void)
 	mfp = buf->b_ml.ml_mfp;
 	if (mfp != NULL)
 	{
-	    /* If no swap file yet, may open one */
+	    // If no swap file yet, may open one
 	    if (mfp->mf_fd < 0 && buf->b_may_swap)
 		ml_open_file(buf);
 
-	    /* only if there is a swapfile */
+	    // only if there is a swapfile
 	    if (mfp->mf_fd >= 0)
 	    {
 		for (hp = mfp->mf_used_last; hp != NULL; )
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ mf_release_all(void)
 			mf_rem_used(mfp, hp);
 			mf_rem_hash(mfp, hp);
 			mf_free_bhdr(hp);
-			hp = mfp->mf_used_last;	/* re-start, list was changed */
+			hp = mfp->mf_used_last;	// re-start, list was changed
 			retval = TRUE;
 		    }
 		    else
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ mf_alloc_bhdr(memfile_T *mfp, int page_count)
     {
 	if ((hp->bh_data = alloc(mfp->mf_page_size * page_count)) == NULL)
 	{
-	    vim_free(hp);	    /* not enough memory */
+	    vim_free(hp);	    // not enough memory
 	    return NULL;
 	}
 	hp->bh_page_count = page_count;
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ mf_read(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
     unsigned	page_size;
     unsigned	size;
 
-    if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)	    /* there is no file, can't read */
+    if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)	    // there is no file, can't read
 	return FAIL;
 
     page_size = mfp->mf_page_size;
@@ -969,8 +969,8 @@ mf_read(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
     }
 
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
-    /* Decrypt if 'key' is set and this is a data block. And when changing the
-     * key. */
+    // Decrypt if 'key' is set and this is a data block. And when changing the
+    // key.
     if (*mfp->mf_buffer->b_p_key != NUL || mfp->mf_old_key != NULL)
 	ml_decrypt_data(mfp, hp->bh_data, offset, size);
 #endif
@@ -986,18 +986,18 @@ mf_read(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
     static int
 mf_write(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
 {
-    off_T	offset;	    /* offset in the file */
-    blocknr_T	nr;	    /* block nr which is being written */
+    off_T	offset;	    // offset in the file
+    blocknr_T	nr;	    // block nr which is being written
     bhdr_T	*hp2;
-    unsigned	page_size;  /* number of bytes in a page */
-    unsigned	page_count; /* number of pages written */
-    unsigned	size;	    /* number of bytes written */
+    unsigned	page_size;  // number of bytes in a page
+    unsigned	page_count; // number of pages written
+    unsigned	size;	    // number of bytes written
 
     if (mfp->mf_fd < 0 && !mfp->mf_reopen)
 	// there is no file and there was no file, can't write
 	return FAIL;
 
-    if (hp->bh_bnum < 0)	/* must assign file block number */
+    if (hp->bh_bnum < 0)	// must assign file block number
 	if (mf_trans_add(mfp, hp) == FAIL)
 	    return FAIL;
 
@@ -1014,16 +1014,16 @@ mf_write(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
 	int attempt;
 
 	nr = hp->bh_bnum;
-	if (nr > mfp->mf_infile_count)		/* beyond end of file */
+	if (nr > mfp->mf_infile_count)		// beyond end of file
 	{
 	    nr = mfp->mf_infile_count;
-	    hp2 = mf_find_hash(mfp, nr);	/* NULL caught below */
+	    hp2 = mf_find_hash(mfp, nr);	// NULL caught below
 	}
 	else
 	    hp2 = hp;
 
 	offset = (off_T)page_size * nr;
-	if (hp2 == NULL)	    /* freed block, fill with dummy data */
+	if (hp2 == NULL)	    // freed block, fill with dummy data
 	    page_count = 1;
 	else
 	    page_count = hp2->bh_page_count;
@@ -1067,12 +1067,12 @@ mf_write(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
 	}
 
 	did_swapwrite_msg = FALSE;
-	if (hp2 != NULL)		    /* written a non-dummy block */
+	if (hp2 != NULL)		    // written a non-dummy block
 	    hp2->bh_flags &= ~BH_DIRTY;
-					    /* appended to the file */
+					    // appended to the file
 	if (nr + (blocknr_T)page_count > mfp->mf_infile_count)
 	    mfp->mf_infile_count = nr + page_count;
-	if (nr == hp->bh_bnum)		    /* written the desired block */
+	if (nr == hp->bh_bnum)		    // written the desired block
 	    break;
     }
     return OK;
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ mf_write_block(
     int		result = OK;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
-    /* Encrypt if 'key' is set and this is a data block. */
+    // Encrypt if 'key' is set and this is a data block.
     if (*mfp->mf_buffer->b_p_key != NUL)
     {
 	data = ml_encrypt_data(mfp, data, offset, size);
@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ mf_trans_add(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
     NR_TRANS	*np;
     int		page_count;
 
-    if (hp->bh_bnum >= 0)		    /* it's already positive */
+    if (hp->bh_bnum >= 0)		    // it's already positive
 	return OK;
 
     if ((np = ALLOC_ONE(NR_TRANS)) == NULL)
@@ -1164,14 +1164,14 @@ mf_trans_add(memfile_T *mfp, bhdr_T *hp)
 	mfp->mf_blocknr_max += page_count;
     }
 
-    np->nt_old_bnum = hp->bh_bnum;	    /* adjust number */
+    np->nt_old_bnum = hp->bh_bnum;	    // adjust number
     np->nt_new_bnum = new_bnum;
 
-    mf_rem_hash(mfp, hp);		    /* remove from old hash list */
+    mf_rem_hash(mfp, hp);		    // remove from old hash list
     hp->bh_bnum = new_bnum;
-    mf_ins_hash(mfp, hp);		    /* insert in new hash list */
+    mf_ins_hash(mfp, hp);		    // insert in new hash list
 
-    /* Insert "np" into "mf_trans" hashtable with key "np->nt_old_bnum" */
+    // Insert "np" into "mf_trans" hashtable with key "np->nt_old_bnum"
     mf_hash_add_item(&mfp->mf_trans, (mf_hashitem_T *)np);
 
     return OK;
@@ -1190,13 +1190,13 @@ mf_trans_del(memfile_T *mfp, blocknr_T old_nr)
 
     np = (NR_TRANS *)mf_hash_find(&mfp->mf_trans, old_nr);
 
-    if (np == NULL)		/* not found */
+    if (np == NULL)		// not found
 	return old_nr;
 
     mfp->mf_neg_count--;
     new_bnum = np->nt_new_bnum;
 
-    /* remove entry from the trans list */
+    // remove entry from the trans list
     mf_hash_rem_item(&mfp->mf_trans, (mf_hashitem_T *)np);
 
     vim_free(np);
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ mf_need_trans(memfile_T *mfp)
 mf_do_open(
     memfile_T	*mfp,
     char_u	*fname,
-    int		flags)		/* flags for open() */
+    int		flags)		// flags for open()
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
     stat_T	sb;
@@ -1288,9 +1288,9 @@ mf_do_open(
 	 */
 	flags |= O_EXTRA | O_NOFOLLOW;
 #ifdef MSWIN
-	/* Prevent handle inheritance that cause problems with Cscope
-	 * (swap file may not be deleted if cscope connection was open after
-	 * the file) */
+	// Prevent handle inheritance that cause problems with Cscope
+	// (swap file may not be deleted if cscope connection was open after
+	// the file)
 	flags |= O_NOINHERIT;
 #endif
 	mfp->mf_flags = flags;
@@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ mf_do_open(
 #if defined(HAVE_SELINUX) || defined(HAVE_SMACK)
 	mch_copy_sec(fname, mfp->mf_fname);
 #endif
-	mch_hide(mfp->mf_fname);    /* try setting the 'hidden' flag */
+	mch_hide(mfp->mf_fname);    // try setting the 'hidden' flag
     }
 }
 
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ mf_do_open(
  * exceeds 2 ^ MHT_LOG_LOAD_FACTOR.
  */
 #define MHT_LOG_LOAD_FACTOR 6
-#define MHT_GROWTH_FACTOR   2   /* must be a power of two */
+#define MHT_GROWTH_FACTOR   2   // must be a power of two
 
 /*
  * Initialize an empty hash table.
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ mf_hash_add_item(mf_hashtab_T *mht, mf_hashitem_T *mhi)
     {
 	if (mf_hash_grow(mht) == FAIL)
 	{
-	    /* stop trying to grow after first failure to allocate memory */
+	    // stop trying to grow after first failure to allocate memory
 	    mht->mht_fixed = 1;
 	}
     }
@@ -1439,8 +1439,8 @@ mf_hash_rem_item(mf_hashtab_T *mht, mf_hashitem_T *mhi)
 
     mht->mht_count--;
 
-    /* We could shrink the table here, but it typically takes little memory,
-     * so why bother?  */
+    // We could shrink the table here, but it typically takes little memory,
+    // so why bother?
 }
 
 /*
diff --git a/src/memfile_test.c b/src/memfile_test.c
index 0a20330e6..a35261946 100644
--- a/src/memfile_test.c
+++ b/src/memfile_test.c
@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@
 #undef NDEBUG
 #include <assert.h>
 
-/* Must include main.c because it contains much more than just main() */
+// Must include main.c because it contains much more than just main()
 #define NO_VIM_MAIN
 #include "main.c"
 
-/* This file has to be included because the tested functions are static */
+// This file has to be included because the tested functions are static
 #include "memfile.c"
 
 #define index_to_key(i) ((i) ^ 15167)
@@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ test_mf_hash(void)
 
     mf_hash_init(&ht);
 
-    /* insert some items and check invariants */
+    // insert some items and check invariants
     for (i = 0; i < TEST_COUNT; i++)
     {
 	assert(ht.mht_count == i);
 
-	/* check that number of buckets is a power of 2 */
+	// check that number of buckets is a power of 2
 	num_buckets = ht.mht_mask + 1;
 	assert(num_buckets > 0 && (num_buckets & (num_buckets - 1)) == 0);
 
-	/* check load factor */
+	// check load factor
 	assert(ht.mht_count <= (num_buckets << MHT_LOG_LOAD_FACTOR));
 
 	if (i < (MHT_INIT_SIZE << MHT_LOG_LOAD_FACTOR))
 	{
-	    /* first expansion shouldn't have occurred yet */
+	    // first expansion shouldn't have occurred yet
 	    assert(num_buckets == MHT_INIT_SIZE);
 	    assert(ht.mht_buckets == ht.mht_small_buckets);
 	}
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ test_mf_hash(void)
 	key = index_to_key(i);
 	assert(mf_hash_find(&ht, key) == NULL);
 
-	/* allocate and add new item */
+	// allocate and add new item
 	item = LALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(mf_hashitem_T);
 	assert(item != NULL);
 	item->mhi_key = key;
@@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ test_mf_hash(void)
 
 	if (ht.mht_mask + 1 != num_buckets)
 	{
-	    /* hash table was expanded */
+	    // hash table was expanded
 	    assert(ht.mht_mask + 1 == num_buckets * MHT_GROWTH_FACTOR);
 	    assert(i + 1 == (num_buckets << MHT_LOG_LOAD_FACTOR));
 	}
     }
 
-    /* check presence of inserted items */
+    // check presence of inserted items
     for (i = 0; i < TEST_COUNT; i++)
     {
 	key = index_to_key(i);
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ test_mf_hash(void)
 	assert(item->mhi_key == key);
     }
 
-    /* delete some items */
+    // delete some items
     for (i = 0; i < TEST_COUNT; i++)
     {
 	if (i % 100 < 70)
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ test_mf_hash(void)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* check again */
+    // check again
     for (i = 0; i < TEST_COUNT; i++)
     {
 	key = index_to_key(i);
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ test_mf_hash(void)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* free hash table and all remaining items */
+    // free hash table and all remaining items
     mf_hash_free_all(&ht);
 }
 
diff --git a/src/memline.c b/src/memline.c
index 1c24b59af..860438cfc 100644
--- a/src/memline.c
+++ b/src/memline.c
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
  */
 
-/* for debugging */
-/* #define CHECK(c, s)	do { if (c) emsg((s)); } while (0) */
+// for debugging
+// #define CHECK(c, s)	do { if (c) emsg((s)); } while (0)
 #define CHECK(c, s)	do { /**/ } while (0)
 
 /*
@@ -44,32 +44,32 @@
 
 #include "vim.h"
 
-#ifndef UNIX		/* it's in os_unix.h for Unix */
+#ifndef UNIX		// it's in os_unix.h for Unix
 # include <time.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined(SASC) || defined(__amigaos4__)
-# include <proto/dos.h>	    /* for Open() and Close() */
+# include <proto/dos.h>	    // for Open() and Close()
 #endif
 
-typedef struct block0		ZERO_BL;    /* contents of the first block */
-typedef struct pointer_block	PTR_BL;	    /* contents of a pointer block */
-typedef struct data_block	DATA_BL;    /* contents of a data block */
-typedef struct pointer_entry	PTR_EN;	    /* block/line-count pair */
+typedef struct block0		ZERO_BL;    // contents of the first block
+typedef struct pointer_block	PTR_BL;	    // contents of a pointer block
+typedef struct data_block	DATA_BL;    // contents of a data block
+typedef struct pointer_entry	PTR_EN;	    // block/line-count pair
 
-#define DATA_ID	       (('d' << 8) + 'a')   /* data block id */
-#define PTR_ID	       (('p' << 8) + 't')   /* pointer block id */
-#define BLOCK0_ID0     'b'		    /* block 0 id 0 */
-#define BLOCK0_ID1     '0'		    /* block 0 id 1 */
-#define BLOCK0_ID1_C0  'c'		    /* block 0 id 1 'cm' 0 */
-#define BLOCK0_ID1_C1  'C'		    /* block 0 id 1 'cm' 1 */
-#define BLOCK0_ID1_C2  'd'		    /* block 0 id 1 'cm' 2 */
+#define DATA_ID	       (('d' << 8) + 'a')   // data block id
+#define PTR_ID	       (('p' << 8) + 't')   // pointer block id
+#define BLOCK0_ID0     'b'		    // block 0 id 0
+#define BLOCK0_ID1     '0'		    // block 0 id 1
+#define BLOCK0_ID1_C0  'c'		    // block 0 id 1 'cm' 0
+#define BLOCK0_ID1_C1  'C'		    // block 0 id 1 'cm' 1
+#define BLOCK0_ID1_C2  'd'		    // block 0 id 1 'cm' 2
 
 #if defined(FEAT_CRYPT)
 static int id1_codes[] = {
-    BLOCK0_ID1_C0,  /* CRYPT_M_ZIP */
-    BLOCK0_ID1_C1,  /* CRYPT_M_BF */
-    BLOCK0_ID1_C2,  /* CRYPT_M_BF2 */
+    BLOCK0_ID1_C0,  // CRYPT_M_ZIP
+    BLOCK0_ID1_C1,  // CRYPT_M_BF
+    BLOCK0_ID1_C2,  // CRYPT_M_BF2
 };
 #endif
 
@@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ static int id1_codes[] = {
  */
 struct pointer_entry
 {
-    blocknr_T	pe_bnum;	/* block number */
-    linenr_T	pe_line_count;	/* number of lines in this branch */
-    linenr_T	pe_old_lnum;	/* lnum for this block (for recovery) */
-    int		pe_page_count;	/* number of pages in block pe_bnum */
+    blocknr_T	pe_bnum;	// block number
+    linenr_T	pe_line_count;	// number of lines in this branch
+    linenr_T	pe_old_lnum;	// lnum for this block (for recovery)
+    int		pe_page_count;	// number of pages in block pe_bnum
 };
 
 /*
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ struct pointer_entry
  */
 struct pointer_block
 {
-    short_u	pb_id;		/* ID for pointer block: PTR_ID */
-    short_u	pb_count;	/* number of pointers in this block */
-    short_u	pb_count_max;	/* maximum value for pb_count */
-    PTR_EN	pb_pointer[1];	/* list of pointers to blocks (actually longer)
-				 * followed by empty space until end of page */
+    short_u	pb_id;		// ID for pointer block: PTR_ID
+    short_u	pb_count;	// number of pointers in this block
+    short_u	pb_count_max;	// maximum value for pb_count
+    PTR_EN	pb_pointer[1];	// list of pointers to blocks (actually longer)
+				// followed by empty space until end of page
 };
 
 /*
@@ -105,15 +105,15 @@ struct pointer_block
  */
 struct data_block
 {
-    short_u	db_id;		/* ID for data block: DATA_ID */
-    unsigned	db_free;	/* free space available */
-    unsigned	db_txt_start;	/* byte where text starts */
-    unsigned	db_txt_end;	/* byte just after data block */
-    linenr_T	db_line_count;	/* number of lines in this block */
-    unsigned	db_index[1];	/* index for start of line (actually bigger)
-				 * followed by empty space upto db_txt_start
-				 * followed by the text in the lines until
-				 * end of page */
+    short_u	db_id;		// ID for data block: DATA_ID
+    unsigned	db_free;	// free space available
+    unsigned	db_txt_start;	// byte where text starts
+    unsigned	db_txt_end;	// byte just after data block
+    linenr_T	db_line_count;	// number of lines in this block
+    unsigned	db_index[1];	// index for start of line (actually bigger)
+				// followed by empty space upto db_txt_start
+				// followed by the text in the lines until
+				// end of page
 };
 
 /*
@@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ struct data_block
 #define DB_MARKED	((unsigned)1 << ((sizeof(unsigned) * 8) - 1))
 #define DB_INDEX_MASK	(~DB_MARKED)
 
-#define INDEX_SIZE  (sizeof(unsigned))	    /* size of one db_index entry */
-#define HEADER_SIZE (sizeof(DATA_BL) - INDEX_SIZE)  /* size of data block header */
+#define INDEX_SIZE  (sizeof(unsigned))	    // size of one db_index entry
+#define HEADER_SIZE (sizeof(DATA_BL) - INDEX_SIZE)  // size of data block header
 
-#define B0_FNAME_SIZE_ORG	900	/* what it was in older versions */
-#define B0_FNAME_SIZE_NOCRYPT	898	/* 2 bytes used for other things */
-#define B0_FNAME_SIZE_CRYPT	890	/* 10 bytes used for other things */
+#define B0_FNAME_SIZE_ORG	900	// what it was in older versions
+#define B0_FNAME_SIZE_NOCRYPT	898	// 2 bytes used for other things
+#define B0_FNAME_SIZE_CRYPT	890	// 10 bytes used for other things
 #define B0_UNAME_SIZE		40
 #define B0_HNAME_SIZE		40
 /*
@@ -159,20 +159,20 @@ struct data_block
  */
 struct block0
 {
-    char_u	b0_id[2];	/* id for block 0: BLOCK0_ID0 and BLOCK0_ID1,
-				 * BLOCK0_ID1_C0, BLOCK0_ID1_C1, etc. */
-    char_u	b0_version[10];	/* Vim version string */
-    char_u	b0_page_size[4];/* number of bytes per page */
-    char_u	b0_mtime[4];	/* last modification time of file */
-    char_u	b0_ino[4];	/* inode of b0_fname */
-    char_u	b0_pid[4];	/* process id of creator (or 0) */
-    char_u	b0_uname[B0_UNAME_SIZE]; /* name of user (uid if no name) */
-    char_u	b0_hname[B0_HNAME_SIZE]; /* host name (if it has a name) */
-    char_u	b0_fname[B0_FNAME_SIZE_ORG]; /* name of file being edited */
-    long	b0_magic_long;	/* check for byte order of long */
-    int		b0_magic_int;	/* check for byte order of int */
-    short	b0_magic_short;	/* check for byte order of short */
-    char_u	b0_magic_char;	/* check for last char */
+    char_u	b0_id[2];	// id for block 0: BLOCK0_ID0 and BLOCK0_ID1,
+				// BLOCK0_ID1_C0, BLOCK0_ID1_C1, etc.
+    char_u	b0_version[10];	// Vim version string
+    char_u	b0_page_size[4];// number of bytes per page
+    char_u	b0_mtime[4];	// last modification time of file
+    char_u	b0_ino[4];	// inode of b0_fname
+    char_u	b0_pid[4];	// process id of creator (or 0)
+    char_u	b0_uname[B0_UNAME_SIZE]; // name of user (uid if no name)
+    char_u	b0_hname[B0_HNAME_SIZE]; // host name (if it has a name)
+    char_u	b0_fname[B0_FNAME_SIZE_ORG]; // name of file being edited
+    long	b0_magic_long;	// check for byte order of long
+    int		b0_magic_int;	// check for byte order of int
+    short	b0_magic_short;	// check for byte order of short
+    char_u	b0_magic_char;	// check for last char
 };
 
 /*
@@ -195,20 +195,20 @@ struct block0
  */
 #define b0_seed		b0_fname[B0_FNAME_SIZE_ORG - 2 - MF_SEED_LEN]
 
-/* The lowest two bits contain the fileformat.  Zero means it's not set
- * (compatible with Vim 6.x), otherwise it's EOL_UNIX + 1, EOL_DOS + 1 or
- * EOL_MAC + 1. */
+// The lowest two bits contain the fileformat.  Zero means it's not set
+// (compatible with Vim 6.x), otherwise it's EOL_UNIX + 1, EOL_DOS + 1 or
+// EOL_MAC + 1.
 #define B0_FF_MASK	3
 
-/* Swap file is in directory of edited file.  Used to find the file from
- * different mount points. */
+// Swap file is in directory of edited file.  Used to find the file from
+// different mount points.
 #define B0_SAME_DIR	4
 
-/* The 'fileencoding' is at the end of b0_fname[], with a NUL in front of it.
- * When empty there is only the NUL. */
+// The 'fileencoding' is at the end of b0_fname[], with a NUL in front of it.
+// When empty there is only the NUL.
 #define B0_HAS_FENC	8
 
-#define STACK_INCR	5	/* nr of entries added to ml_stack at a time */
+#define STACK_INCR	5	// nr of entries added to ml_stack at a time
 
 /*
  * The line number where the first mark may be is remembered.
@@ -221,17 +221,17 @@ static linenr_T	lowest_marked = 0;
 /*
  * arguments for ml_find_line()
  */
-#define ML_DELETE	0x11	    /* delete line */
-#define ML_INSERT	0x12	    /* insert line */
-#define ML_FIND		0x13	    /* just find the line */
-#define ML_FLUSH	0x02	    /* flush locked block */
-#define ML_SIMPLE(x)	(x & 0x10)  /* DEL, INS or FIND */
+#define ML_DELETE	0x11	    // delete line
+#define ML_INSERT	0x12	    // insert line
+#define ML_FIND		0x13	    // just find the line
+#define ML_FLUSH	0x02	    // flush locked block
+#define ML_SIMPLE(x)	(x & 0x10)  // DEL, INS or FIND
 
-/* argument for ml_upd_block0() */
+// argument for ml_upd_block0()
 typedef enum {
-      UB_FNAME = 0	/* update timestamp and filename */
-    , UB_SAME_DIR       /* update the B0_SAME_DIR flag */
-    , UB_CRYPT		/* update crypt key */
+      UB_FNAME = 0	// update timestamp and filename
+    , UB_SAME_DIR       // update the B0_SAME_DIR flag
+    , UB_CRYPT		// update crypt key
 } upd_block0_T;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
@@ -281,11 +281,11 @@ ml_open(buf_T *buf)
     /*
      * init fields in memline struct
      */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size = 0; /* no stack yet */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_stack = NULL;	/* no stack yet */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	/* nothing in the stack */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_locked = NULL;	/* no cached block */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_line_lnum = 0;	/* no cached line */
+    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size = 0; // no stack yet
+    buf->b_ml.ml_stack = NULL;	// no stack yet
+    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	// nothing in the stack
+    buf->b_ml.ml_locked = NULL;	// no cached block
+    buf->b_ml.ml_line_lnum = 0;	// no cached line
 #ifdef FEAT_BYTEOFF
     buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize = NULL;
 #endif
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ ml_open(buf_T *buf)
     pp->pb_pointer[0].pe_bnum = 2;
     pp->pb_pointer[0].pe_page_count = 1;
     pp->pb_pointer[0].pe_old_lnum = 1;
-    pp->pb_pointer[0].pe_line_count = 1;    /* line count after insertion */
+    pp->pb_pointer[0].pe_line_count = 1;    // line count after insertion
     mf_put(mfp, hp, TRUE, FALSE);
 
     /*
@@ -398,10 +398,10 @@ ml_open(buf_T *buf)
     }
 
     dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
-    dp->db_index[0] = --dp->db_txt_start;	/* at end of block */
+    dp->db_index[0] = --dp->db_txt_start;	// at end of block
     dp->db_free -= 1 + INDEX_SIZE;
     dp->db_line_count = 1;
-    *((char_u *)dp + dp->db_txt_start) = NUL;	/* empty line */
+    *((char_u *)dp + dp->db_txt_start) = NUL;	// empty line
 
     return OK;
 
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ error:
     {
 	if (hp)
 	    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);
-	mf_close(mfp, TRUE);	    /* will also free(mfp->mf_fname) */
+	mf_close(mfp, TRUE);	    // will also free(mfp->mf_fname)
     }
     buf->b_ml.ml_mfp = NULL;
     return FAIL;
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ ml_set_mfp_crypt(buf_T *buf)
 
 	if (method_nr > CRYPT_M_ZIP)
 	{
-	    /* Generate a seed and store it in the memfile. */
+	    // Generate a seed and store it in the memfile.
 	    sha2_seed(buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_seed, MF_SEED_LEN, NULL, 0);
 	}
     }
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ ml_set_b0_crypt(buf_T *buf, ZERO_BL *b0p)
 	b0p->b0_id[1] = id1_codes[method_nr];
 	if (method_nr > CRYPT_M_ZIP)
 	{
-	    /* Generate a seed and store it in block 0 and in the memfile. */
+	    // Generate a seed and store it in block 0 and in the memfile.
 	    sha2_seed(&b0p->b0_seed, MF_SEED_LEN, NULL, 0);
 	    mch_memmove(buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_seed, &b0p->b0_seed, MF_SEED_LEN);
 	}
@@ -484,11 +484,11 @@ ml_set_crypt_key(
     int		old_method;
 
     if (mfp == NULL)
-	return;  /* no memfile yet, nothing to do */
+	return;  // no memfile yet, nothing to do
     old_method = crypt_method_nr_from_name(old_cm);
 
-    /* First make sure the swapfile is in a consistent state, using the old
-     * key and method. */
+    // First make sure the swapfile is in a consistent state, using the old
+    // key and method.
     {
 	char_u *new_key = buf->b_p_key;
 	char_u *new_buf_cm = buf->b_p_cm;
@@ -500,14 +500,14 @@ ml_set_crypt_key(
 	buf->b_p_cm = new_buf_cm;
     }
 
-    /* Set the key, method and seed to be used for reading, these must be the
-     * old values. */
+    // Set the key, method and seed to be used for reading, these must be the
+    // old values.
     mfp->mf_old_key = old_key;
     mfp->mf_old_cm = old_method;
     if (old_method > 0 && *old_key != NUL)
 	mch_memmove(mfp->mf_old_seed, mfp->mf_seed, MF_SEED_LEN);
 
-    /* Update block 0 with the crypt flag and may set a new seed. */
+    // Update block 0 with the crypt flag and may set a new seed.
     ml_upd_block0(buf, UB_CRYPT);
 
     if (mfp->mf_infile_count > 2)
@@ -518,24 +518,24 @@ ml_set_crypt_key(
 	 * similar to what happens in ml_recover(), but we skip negative block
 	 * numbers.
 	 */
-	ml_flush_line(buf);		    /* flush buffered line */
-	(void)ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH); /* flush locked block */
+	ml_flush_line(buf);		    // flush buffered line
+	(void)ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH); // flush locked block
 
 	hp = NULL;
-	bnum = 1;		/* start with block 1 */
-	page_count = 1;		/* which is 1 page */
-	idx = 0;		/* start with first index in block 1 */
+	bnum = 1;		// start with block 1
+	page_count = 1;		// which is 1 page
+	idx = 0;		// start with first index in block 1
 	error = 0;
 	buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;
 	VIM_CLEAR(buf->b_ml.ml_stack);
-	buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size = 0;	/* no stack yet */
+	buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size = 0;	// no stack yet
 
 	for ( ; !got_int; line_breakcheck())
 	{
 	    if (hp != NULL)
-		mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);	/* release previous block */
+		mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);	// release previous block
 
-	    /* get the block (pointer or data) */
+	    // get the block (pointer or data)
 	    if ((hp = mf_get(mfp, (blocknr_T)bnum, page_count)) == NULL)
 	    {
 		if (bnum == 1)
@@ -545,30 +545,30 @@ ml_set_crypt_key(
 	    else
 	    {
 		pp = (PTR_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
-		if (pp->pb_id == PTR_ID)	/* it is a pointer block */
+		if (pp->pb_id == PTR_ID)	// it is a pointer block
 		{
 		    if (pp->pb_count == 0)
 		    {
-			/* empty block? */
+			// empty block?
 			++error;
 		    }
-		    else if (idx < (int)pp->pb_count)	/* go a block deeper */
+		    else if (idx < (int)pp->pb_count)	// go a block deeper
 		    {
 			if (pp->pb_pointer[idx].pe_bnum < 0)
 			{
-			    /* Skip data block with negative block number.
-			     * Should not happen, because of the ml_preserve()
-			     * above. Get same block again for next index. */
+			    // Skip data block with negative block number.
+			    // Should not happen, because of the ml_preserve()
+			    // above. Get same block again for next index.
 			    ++idx;
 			    continue;
 			}
 
-			/* going one block deeper in the tree, new entry in
-			 * stack */
+			// going one block deeper in the tree, new entry in
+			// stack
 			if ((top = ml_add_stack(buf)) < 0)
 			{
 			    ++error;
-			    break;		    /* out of memory */
+			    break;		    // out of memory
 			}
 			ip = &(buf->b_ml.ml_stack[top]);
 			ip->ip_bnum = bnum;
@@ -580,31 +580,31 @@ ml_set_crypt_key(
 			continue;
 		    }
 		}
-		else	    /* not a pointer block */
+		else	    // not a pointer block
 		{
 		    dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
-		    if (dp->db_id != DATA_ID)	/* block id wrong */
+		    if (dp->db_id != DATA_ID)	// block id wrong
 			++error;
 		    else
 		    {
-			/* It is a data block, need to write it back to disk. */
+			// It is a data block, need to write it back to disk.
 			mf_put(mfp, hp, TRUE, FALSE);
 			hp = NULL;
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
 
-	    if (buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top == 0)	/* finished */
+	    if (buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top == 0)	// finished
 		break;
 
-	    /* go one block up in the tree */
+	    // go one block up in the tree
 	    ip = &(buf->b_ml.ml_stack[--(buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top)]);
 	    bnum = ip->ip_bnum;
-	    idx = ip->ip_index + 1;	    /* go to next index */
+	    idx = ip->ip_index + 1;	    // go to next index
 	    page_count = 1;
 	}
 	if (hp != NULL)
-	    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);  /* release previous block */
+	    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);  // release previous block
 
 	if (error > 0)
 	    emsg(_("E843: Error while updating swap file crypt"));
@@ -630,14 +630,14 @@ ml_setname(buf_T *buf)
 #endif
 
     mfp = buf->b_ml.ml_mfp;
-    if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)		    /* there is no swap file yet */
+    if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)		    // there is no swap file yet
     {
 	/*
 	 * When 'updatecount' is 0 and 'noswapfile' there is no swap file.
 	 * For help files we will make a swap file now.
 	 */
 	if (p_uc != 0 && !cmdmod.noswapfile)
-	    ml_open_file(buf);	    /* create a swap file */
+	    ml_open_file(buf);	    // create a swap file
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -647,13 +647,13 @@ ml_setname(buf_T *buf)
     dirp = p_dir;
     for (;;)
     {
-	if (*dirp == NUL)	    /* tried all directories, fail */
+	if (*dirp == NUL)	    // tried all directories, fail
 	    break;
 	fname = findswapname(buf, &dirp, mfp->mf_fname);
-						    /* alloc's fname */
-	if (dirp == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
+						    // alloc's fname
+	if (dirp == NULL)	    // out of memory
 	    break;
-	if (fname == NULL)	    /* no file name found for this dir */
+	if (fname == NULL)	    // no file name found for this dir
 	    continue;
 
 #if defined(MSWIN)
@@ -667,21 +667,21 @@ ml_setname(buf_T *buf)
 	if (fname == NULL)
 	    continue;
 #endif
-	/* if the file name is the same we don't have to do anything */
+	// if the file name is the same we don't have to do anything
 	if (fnamecmp(fname, mfp->mf_fname) == 0)
 	{
 	    vim_free(fname);
 	    success = TRUE;
 	    break;
 	}
-	/* need to close the swap file before renaming */
+	// need to close the swap file before renaming
 	if (mfp->mf_fd >= 0)
 	{
 	    close(mfp->mf_fd);
 	    mfp->mf_fd = -1;
 	}
 
-	/* try to rename the swap file */
+	// try to rename the swap file
 	if (vim_rename(mfp->mf_fname, fname) == 0)
 	{
 	    success = TRUE;
@@ -689,22 +689,22 @@ ml_setname(buf_T *buf)
 	    mfp->mf_fname = fname;
 	    vim_free(mfp->mf_ffname);
 #if defined(MSWIN)
-	    mfp->mf_ffname = NULL;  /* mf_fname is full pathname already */
+	    mfp->mf_ffname = NULL;  // mf_fname is full pathname already
 #else
 	    mf_set_ffname(mfp);
 #endif
 	    ml_upd_block0(buf, UB_SAME_DIR);
 	    break;
 	}
-	vim_free(fname);	    /* this fname didn't work, try another */
+	vim_free(fname);	    // this fname didn't work, try another
     }
 
-    if (mfp->mf_fd == -1)	    /* need to (re)open the swap file */
+    if (mfp->mf_fd == -1)	    // need to (re)open the swap file
     {
 	mfp->mf_fd = mch_open((char *)mfp->mf_fname, O_RDWR | O_EXTRA, 0);
 	if (mfp->mf_fd < 0)
 	{
-	    /* could not (re)open the swap file, what can we do???? */
+	    // could not (re)open the swap file, what can we do????
 	    emsg(_("E301: Oops, lost the swap file!!!"));
 	    return;
 	}
@@ -749,15 +749,15 @@ ml_open_file(buf_T *buf)
 
     mfp = buf->b_ml.ml_mfp;
     if (mfp == NULL || mfp->mf_fd >= 0 || !buf->b_p_swf || cmdmod.noswapfile)
-	return;		/* nothing to do */
+	return;		// nothing to do
 
 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
-    /* For a spell buffer use a temp file name. */
+    // For a spell buffer use a temp file name.
     if (buf->b_spell)
     {
 	fname = vim_tempname('s', FALSE);
 	if (fname != NULL)
-	    (void)mf_open_file(mfp, fname);	/* consumes fname! */
+	    (void)mf_open_file(mfp, fname);	// consumes fname!
 	buf->b_may_swap = FALSE;
 	return;
     }
@@ -771,15 +771,15 @@ ml_open_file(buf_T *buf)
     {
 	if (*dirp == NUL)
 	    break;
-	/* There is a small chance that between choosing the swap file name
-	 * and creating it, another Vim creates the file.  In that case the
-	 * creation will fail and we will use another directory. */
-	fname = findswapname(buf, &dirp, NULL); /* allocates fname */
+	// There is a small chance that between choosing the swap file name
+	// and creating it, another Vim creates the file.  In that case the
+	// creation will fail and we will use another directory.
+	fname = findswapname(buf, &dirp, NULL); // allocates fname
 	if (dirp == NULL)
-	    break;  /* out of memory */
+	    break;  // out of memory
 	if (fname == NULL)
 	    continue;
-	if (mf_open_file(mfp, fname) == OK)	/* consumes fname! */
+	if (mf_open_file(mfp, fname) == OK)	// consumes fname!
 	{
 #if defined(MSWIN)
 	    /*
@@ -790,16 +790,16 @@ ml_open_file(buf_T *buf)
 #endif
 	    ml_upd_block0(buf, UB_SAME_DIR);
 
-	    /* Flush block zero, so others can read it */
+	    // Flush block zero, so others can read it
 	    if (mf_sync(mfp, MFS_ZERO) == OK)
 	    {
-		/* Mark all blocks that should be in the swapfile as dirty.
-		 * Needed for when the 'swapfile' option was reset, so that
-		 * the swap file was deleted, and then on again. */
+		// Mark all blocks that should be in the swapfile as dirty.
+		// Needed for when the 'swapfile' option was reset, so that
+		// the swap file was deleted, and then on again.
 		mf_set_dirty(mfp);
 		break;
 	    }
-	    /* Writing block 0 failed: close the file and try another dir */
+	    // Writing block 0 failed: close the file and try another dir
 	    mf_close_file(buf, FALSE);
 	}
     }
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ ml_open_file(buf_T *buf)
 	--no_wait_return;
     }
 
-    /* don't try to open a swap file again */
+    // don't try to open a swap file again
     buf->b_may_swap = FALSE;
 }
 
@@ -839,9 +839,9 @@ check_need_swap(
     void
 ml_close(buf_T *buf, int del_file)
 {
-    if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)		/* not open */
+    if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)		// not open
 	return;
-    mf_close(buf->b_ml.ml_mfp, del_file);	/* close the .swp file */
+    mf_close(buf->b_ml.ml_mfp, del_file);	// close the .swp file
     if (buf->b_ml.ml_line_lnum != 0 && (buf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_LINE_DIRTY))
 	vim_free(buf->b_ml.ml_line_ptr);
     vim_free(buf->b_ml.ml_stack);
@@ -850,8 +850,8 @@ ml_close(buf_T *buf, int del_file)
 #endif
     buf->b_ml.ml_mfp = NULL;
 
-    /* Reset the "recovered" flag, give the ATTENTION prompt the next time
-     * this buffer is loaded. */
+    // Reset the "recovered" flag, give the ATTENTION prompt the next time
+    // this buffer is loaded.
     buf->b_flags &= ~BF_RECOVERED;
 }
 
@@ -870,10 +870,10 @@ ml_close_all(int del_file)
 	ml_close(buf, del_file && ((buf->b_flags & BF_PRESERVED) == 0
 				 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_PRESERVE) == NULL));
 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
-    spell_delete_wordlist();	/* delete the internal wordlist */
+    spell_delete_wordlist();	// delete the internal wordlist
 #endif
 #ifdef TEMPDIRNAMES
-    vim_deltempdir();		/* delete created temp directory */
+    vim_deltempdir();		// delete created temp directory
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ ml_close_notmod(void)
 
     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
 	if (!bufIsChanged(buf))
-	    ml_close(buf, TRUE);    /* close all not-modified buffers */
+	    ml_close(buf, TRUE);    // close all not-modified buffers
 }
 
 /*
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ ml_upd_block0(buf_T *buf, upd_block0_T what)
     if (hp == NULL)
     {
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
-	/* Possibly update the seed in the memfile before there is a block0. */
+	// Possibly update the seed in the memfile before there is a block0.
 	if (what == UB_CRYPT)
 	    ml_set_mfp_crypt(buf);
 #endif
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ ml_upd_block0(buf_T *buf, upd_block0_T what)
 	else if (what == UB_CRYPT)
 	    ml_set_b0_crypt(buf, b0p);
 #endif
-	else /* what == UB_SAME_DIR */
+	else // what == UB_SAME_DIR
 	    set_b0_dir_flag(b0p, buf);
     }
     mf_put(mfp, hp, TRUE, FALSE);
@@ -973,9 +973,9 @@ set_b0_fname(ZERO_BL *b0p, buf_T *buf)
     else
     {
 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(AMIGA)
-	/* Systems that cannot translate "~user" back into a path: copy the
-	 * file name unmodified.  Do use slashes instead of backslashes for
-	 * portability. */
+	// Systems that cannot translate "~user" back into a path: copy the
+	// file name unmodified.  Do use slashes instead of backslashes for
+	// portability.
 	vim_strncpy(b0p->b0_fname, buf->b_ffname, B0_FNAME_SIZE_CRYPT - 1);
 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
 	forward_slash(b0p->b0_fname);
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ set_b0_fname(ZERO_BL *b0p, buf_T *buf)
 	if (b0p->b0_fname[0] == '~')
 	{
 	    flen = STRLEN(b0p->b0_fname);
-	    /* If there is no user name or it is too long, don't use "~/" */
+	    // If there is no user name or it is too long, don't use "~/"
 	    if (get_user_name(uname, B0_UNAME_SIZE) == FAIL
 		   || (ulen = STRLEN(uname)) + flen > B0_FNAME_SIZE_CRYPT - 1)
 		vim_strncpy(b0p->b0_fname, buf->b_ffname,
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ set_b0_fname(ZERO_BL *b0p, buf_T *buf)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Also add the 'fileencoding' if there is room. */
+    // Also add the 'fileencoding' if there is room.
     add_b0_fenc(b0p, curbuf);
 }
 
@@ -1061,9 +1061,9 @@ add_b0_fenc(
     int		size = B0_FNAME_SIZE_NOCRYPT;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
-    /* Without encryption use the same offset as in Vim 7.2 to be compatible.
-     * With encryption it's OK to move elsewhere, the swap file is not
-     * compatible anyway. */
+    // Without encryption use the same offset as in Vim 7.2 to be compatible.
+    // With encryption it's OK to move elsewhere, the swap file is not
+    // compatible anyway.
     if (*buf->b_p_key != NUL)
 	size = B0_FNAME_SIZE_CRYPT;
 #endif
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
      * Otherwise a search is done to find the swap file(s).
      */
     fname = curbuf->b_fname;
-    if (fname == NULL)		    /* When there is no file name */
+    if (fname == NULL)		    // When there is no file name
 	fname = (char_u *)"";
     len = (int)STRLEN(fname);
     if (checkext && len >= 4 &&
@@ -1149,24 +1149,24 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 		&& ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[len - 1]))
     {
 	directly = TRUE;
-	fname_used = vim_strsave(fname); /* make a copy for mf_open() */
+	fname_used = vim_strsave(fname); // make a copy for mf_open()
     }
     else
     {
 	directly = FALSE;
 
-	/* count the number of matching swap files */
+	// count the number of matching swap files
 	len = recover_names(fname, FALSE, 0, NULL);
-	if (len == 0)		    /* no swap files found */
+	if (len == 0)		    // no swap files found
 	{
 	    semsg(_("E305: No swap file found for %s"), fname);
 	    goto theend;
 	}
-	if (len == 1)		    /* one swap file found, use it */
+	if (len == 1)		    // one swap file found, use it
 	    i = 1;
-	else			    /* several swap files found, choose */
+	else			    // several swap files found, choose
 	{
-	    /* list the names of the swap files */
+	    // list the names of the swap files
 	    (void)recover_names(fname, TRUE, 0, NULL);
 	    msg_putchar('\n');
 	    msg_puts(_("Enter number of swap file to use (0 to quit): "));
@@ -1174,13 +1174,13 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 	    if (i < 1 || i > len)
 		goto theend;
 	}
-	/* get the swap file name that will be used */
+	// get the swap file name that will be used
 	(void)recover_names(fname, FALSE, i, &fname_used);
     }
     if (fname_used == NULL)
-	goto theend;			/* out of memory */
+	goto theend;			// out of memory
 
-    /* When called from main() still need to initialize storage structure */
+    // When called from main() still need to initialize storage structure
     if (called_from_main && ml_open(curbuf) == FAIL)
 	getout(1);
 
@@ -1195,11 +1195,11 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
     /*
      * init fields in memline struct
      */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size = 0;	/* no stack yet */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_stack = NULL;		/* no stack yet */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;		/* nothing in the stack */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_line_lnum = 0;		/* no cached line */
-    buf->b_ml.ml_locked = NULL;		/* no locked block */
+    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size = 0;	// no stack yet
+    buf->b_ml.ml_stack = NULL;		// no stack yet
+    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;		// nothing in the stack
+    buf->b_ml.ml_line_lnum = 0;		// no cached line
+    buf->b_ml.ml_locked = NULL;		// no locked block
     buf->b_ml.ml_flags = 0;
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
     buf->b_p_key = empty_option;
@@ -1209,8 +1209,8 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
     /*
      * open the memfile from the old swap file
      */
-    p = vim_strsave(fname_used); /* save "fname_used" for the message:
-				    mf_open() will consume "fname_used"! */
+    p = vim_strsave(fname_used); // save "fname_used" for the message:
+				 // mf_open() will consume "fname_used"!
     mfp = mf_open(fname_used, O_RDONLY);
     fname_used = p;
     if (mfp == NULL || mfp->mf_fd < 0)
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 	    msg_puts_attr(_(" cannot be used on this computer.\n"),
 							     attr | MSG_HIST);
 	msg_puts_attr(_("The file was created on "), attr | MSG_HIST);
-	/* avoid going past the end of a corrupted hostname */
+	// avoid going past the end of a corrupted hostname
 	b0p->b0_fname[0] = NUL;
 	msg_puts_attr((char *)b0p->b0_hname, attr | MSG_HIST);
 	msg_puts_attr(_(",\nor the file has been damaged."), attr | MSG_HIST);
@@ -1316,12 +1316,12 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 	    goto theend;
 	}
 	if ((size = vim_lseek(mfp->mf_fd, (off_T)0L, SEEK_END)) <= 0)
-	    mfp->mf_blocknr_max = 0;	    /* no file or empty file */
+	    mfp->mf_blocknr_max = 0;	    // no file or empty file
 	else
 	    mfp->mf_blocknr_max = (blocknr_T)(size / mfp->mf_page_size);
 	mfp->mf_infile_count = mfp->mf_blocknr_max;
 
-	/* need to reallocate the memory used to store the data */
+	// need to reallocate the memory used to store the data
 	p = alloc(mfp->mf_page_size);
 	if (p == NULL)
 	    goto theend;
@@ -1363,14 +1363,14 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 	emsg(_("E308: Warning: Original file may have been changed"));
     out_flush();
 
-    /* Get the 'fileformat' and 'fileencoding' from block zero. */
+    // Get the 'fileformat' and 'fileencoding' from block zero.
     b0_ff = (b0p->b0_flags & B0_FF_MASK);
     if (b0p->b0_flags & B0_HAS_FENC)
     {
 	int fnsize = B0_FNAME_SIZE_NOCRYPT;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
-	/* Use the same size as in add_b0_fenc(). */
+	// Use the same size as in add_b0_fenc().
 	if (b0p->b0_id[1] != BLOCK0_ID1)
 	    fnsize = B0_FNAME_SIZE_CRYPT;
 #endif
@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 	b0_fenc = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(b0p->b0_fname + fnsize - p));
     }
 
-    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);	/* release block 0 */
+    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);	// release block 0
     hp = NULL;
 
     /*
@@ -1401,8 +1401,8 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
     if (b0_cm >= 0)
     {
-	/* Need to ask the user for the crypt key.  If this fails we continue
-	 * without a key, will probably get garbage text. */
+	// Need to ask the user for the crypt key.  If this fails we continue
+	// without a key, will probably get garbage text.
 	if (*curbuf->b_p_key != NUL)
 	{
 	    smsg(_("Swap file is encrypted: \"%s\""), fname_used);
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
     }
 #endif
 
-    /* Use the 'fileformat' and 'fileencoding' as stored in the swap file. */
+    // Use the 'fileformat' and 'fileencoding' as stored in the swap file.
     if (b0_ff != 0)
 	set_fileformat(b0_ff - 1, OPT_LOCAL);
     if (b0_fenc != NULL)
@@ -1436,15 +1436,15 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
     }
     unchanged(curbuf, TRUE, TRUE);
 
-    bnum = 1;		/* start with block 1 */
-    page_count = 1;	/* which is 1 page */
-    lnum = 0;		/* append after line 0 in curbuf */
+    bnum = 1;		// start with block 1
+    page_count = 1;	// which is 1 page
+    lnum = 0;		// append after line 0 in curbuf
     line_count = 0;
-    idx = 0;		/* start with first index in block 1 */
+    idx = 0;		// start with first index in block 1
     error = 0;
     buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;
     buf->b_ml.ml_stack = NULL;
-    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size = 0;	/* no stack yet */
+    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size = 0;	// no stack yet
 
     if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
 	cannot_open = TRUE;
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
     for ( ; !got_int; line_breakcheck())
     {
 	if (hp != NULL)
-	    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);	/* release previous block */
+	    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);	// release previous block
 
 	/*
 	 * get block
@@ -1471,12 +1471,12 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 	    ml_append(lnum++, (char_u *)_("???MANY LINES MISSING"),
 							    (colnr_T)0, TRUE);
 	}
-	else		/* there is a block */
+	else		// there is a block
 	{
 	    pp = (PTR_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
-	    if (pp->pb_id == PTR_ID)		/* it is a pointer block */
+	    if (pp->pb_id == PTR_ID)		// it is a pointer block
 	    {
-		/* check line count when using pointer block first time */
+		// check line count when using pointer block first time
 		if (idx == 0 && line_count != 0)
 		{
 		    for (i = 0; i < (int)pp->pb_count; ++i)
@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 							    (colnr_T)0, TRUE);
 		    ++error;
 		}
-		else if (idx < (int)pp->pb_count)	/* go a block deeper */
+		else if (idx < (int)pp->pb_count)	// go a block deeper
 		{
 		    if (pp->pb_pointer[idx].pe_bnum < 0)
 		    {
@@ -1520,17 +1520,17 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 			    ml_append(lnum++, (char_u *)_("???LINES MISSING"),
 							    (colnr_T)0, TRUE);
 			}
-			++idx;	    /* get same block again for next index */
+			++idx;	    // get same block again for next index
 			continue;
 		    }
 
 		    /*
 		     * going one block deeper in the tree
 		     */
-		    if ((top = ml_add_stack(buf)) < 0)	/* new entry in stack */
+		    if ((top = ml_add_stack(buf)) < 0)	// new entry in stack
 		    {
 			++error;
-			break;		    /* out of memory */
+			break;		    // out of memory
 		    }
 		    ip = &(buf->b_ml.ml_stack[top]);
 		    ip->ip_bnum = bnum;
@@ -1543,10 +1543,10 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 		    continue;
 		}
 	    }
-	    else	    /* not a pointer block */
+	    else	    // not a pointer block
 	    {
 		dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
-		if (dp->db_id != DATA_ID)	/* block id wrong */
+		if (dp->db_id != DATA_ID)	// block id wrong
 		{
 		    if (bnum == 1)
 		    {
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 			dp->db_txt_end = page_count * mfp->mf_page_size;
 		    }
 
-			/* make sure there is a NUL at the end of the block */
+			// make sure there is a NUL at the end of the block
 		    *((char_u *)dp + dp->db_txt_end - 1) = NUL;
 
 			/*
@@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 	    }
 	}
 
-	if (buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top == 0)	/* finished */
+	if (buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top == 0)	// finished
 	    break;
 
 	/*
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
 	 */
 	ip = &(buf->b_ml.ml_stack[--(buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top)]);
 	bnum = ip->ip_bnum;
-	idx = ip->ip_index + 1;	    /* go to next index */
+	idx = ip->ip_index + 1;	    // go to next index
 	page_count = 1;
     }
 
@@ -1634,8 +1634,8 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
      */
     if (orig_file_status != OK || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count != lnum * 2 + 1)
     {
-	/* Recovering an empty file results in two lines and the first line is
-	 * empty.  Don't set the modified flag then. */
+	// Recovering an empty file results in two lines and the first line is
+	// empty.  Don't set the modified flag then.
 	if (!(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count == 2 && *ml_get(1) == NUL))
 	{
 	    changed_internal();
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ ml_recover(int checkext)
     {
 	for (idx = 1; idx <= lnum; ++idx)
 	{
-	    /* Need to copy one line, fetching the other one may flush it. */
+	    // Need to copy one line, fetching the other one may flush it.
 	    p = vim_strsave(ml_get(idx));
 	    i = STRCMP(p, ml_get(idx + lnum));
 	    vim_free(p);
@@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ theend:
     {
 	if (hp != NULL)
 	    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);
-	mf_close(mfp, FALSE);	    /* will also vim_free(mfp->mf_fname) */
+	mf_close(mfp, FALSE);	    // will also vim_free(mfp->mf_fname)
     }
     if (buf != NULL)
     {
@@ -1743,10 +1743,10 @@ theend:
  */
     int
 recover_names(
-    char_u	*fname,		/* base for swap file name */
-    int		list,		/* when TRUE, list the swap file names */
-    int		nr,		/* when non-zero, return nr'th swap file name */
-    char_u	**fname_out)	/* result when "nr" > 0 */
+    char_u	*fname,		// base for swap file name
+    int		list,		// when TRUE, list the swap file names
+    int		nr,		// when non-zero, return nr'th swap file name
+    char_u	**fname_out)	// result when "nr" > 0
 {
     int		num_names;
     char_u	*(names[6]);
@@ -1766,8 +1766,8 @@ recover_names(
     if (fname != NULL)
     {
 #ifdef HAVE_READLINK
-	/* Expand symlink in the file name, because the swap file is created
-	 * with the actual file instead of with the symlink. */
+	// Expand symlink in the file name, because the swap file is created
+	// with the actual file instead of with the symlink.
 	if (resolve_symlink(fname, fname_buf) == OK)
 	    fname_res = fname_buf;
 	else
@@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ recover_names(
 
     if (list)
     {
-	/* use msg() to start the scrolling properly */
+	// use msg() to start the scrolling properly
 	msg(_("Swap files found:"));
 	msg_putchar('\n');
     }
@@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ recover_names(
 	 */
 	(void)copy_option_part(&dirp, dir_name, 31000, ",");
 
-	if (dir_name[0] == '.' && dir_name[1] == NUL)	/* check current dir */
+	if (dir_name[0] == '.' && dir_name[1] == NUL)	// check current dir
 	{
 	    if (fname == NULL)
 	    {
@@ -1807,8 +1807,8 @@ recover_names(
 		names[0] = vim_strsave((char_u *)"*.sw?");
 #endif
 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(MSWIN)
-		/* For Unix names starting with a dot are special.  MS-Windows
-		 * supports this too, on some file systems. */
+		// For Unix names starting with a dot are special.  MS-Windows
+		// supports this too, on some file systems.
 		names[1] = vim_strsave((char_u *)".*.sw?");
 		names[2] = vim_strsave((char_u *)".sw?");
 		num_names = 3;
@@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ recover_names(
 	    else
 		num_names = recov_file_names(names, fname_res, TRUE);
 	}
-	else			    /* check directory dir_name */
+	else			    // check directory dir_name
 	{
 	    if (fname == NULL)
 	    {
@@ -1834,8 +1834,8 @@ recover_names(
 		names[0] = concat_fnames(dir_name, (char_u *)"*.sw?", TRUE);
 #endif
 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(MSWIN)
-		/* For Unix names starting with a dot are special.  MS-Windows
-		 * supports this too, on some file systems. */
+		// For Unix names starting with a dot are special.  MS-Windows
+		// supports this too, on some file systems.
 		names[1] = concat_fnames(dir_name, (char_u *)".*.sw?", TRUE);
 		names[2] = concat_fnames(dir_name, (char_u *)".sw?", TRUE);
 		num_names = 3;
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ recover_names(
 		p = dir_name + len;
 		if (after_pathsep(dir_name, p) && len > 1 && p[-1] == p[-2])
 		{
-		    /* Ends with '//', Use Full path for swap name */
+		    // Ends with '//', Use Full path for swap name
 		    tail = make_percent_swname(dir_name, fname_res);
 		}
 		else
@@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@ recover_names(
 	    {
 		*fname_out = vim_strsave(
 				      files[nr - 1 + num_files - file_count]);
-		dirp = (char_u *)"";		    /* stop searching */
+		dirp = (char_u *)"";		    // stop searching
 	    }
 	}
 	else if (list)
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ recover_names(
 	    {
 		for (i = 0; i < num_files; ++i)
 		{
-		    /* print the swap file name */
+		    // print the swap file name
 		    msg_outnum((long)++file_count);
 		    msg_puts(".    ");
 		    msg_puts((char *)gettail(files[i]));
@@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@ get_b0_dict(char_u *fname, dict_T *d)
 		dict_add_string(d, "error", (char_u *)"Magic number mismatch");
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* we have swap information */
+		// we have swap information
 		dict_add_string_len(d, "version", b0.b0_version, 10);
 		dict_add_string_len(d, "user", b0.b0_uname, B0_UNAME_SIZE);
 		dict_add_string_len(d, "host", b0.b0_hname, B0_HNAME_SIZE);
@@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ get_ctime(time_t thetime, int add_newline)
     struct tm	*curtime;
 
     curtime = vim_localtime(&thetime, &tmval);
-    /* MSVC returns NULL for an invalid value of seconds. */
+    // MSVC returns NULL for an invalid value of seconds.
     if (curtime == NULL)
 	vim_strncpy((char_u *)buf, (char_u *)_("(Invalid)"), sizeof(buf) - 1);
     else
@@ -2373,12 +2373,12 @@ recov_file_names(char_u **names, char_u *path, int prepend_dot)
 #endif
     if (names[num_names] == NULL)
 	goto end;
-    if (num_names >= 1)	    /* check if we have the same name twice */
+    if (num_names >= 1)	    // check if we have the same name twice
     {
 	p = names[num_names - 1];
 	i = (int)STRLEN(names[num_names - 1]) - (int)STRLEN(names[num_names]);
 	if (i > 0)
-	    p += i;	    /* file name has been expanded to full path */
+	    p += i;	    // file name has been expanded to full path
 
 	if (STRCMP(p, names[num_names]) != 0)
 	    ++num_names;
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ recov_file_names(char_u **names, char_u *path, int prepend_dot)
     p = names[num_names];
     i = STRLEN(names[num_names]) - STRLEN(names[num_names - 1]);
     if (i > 0)
-	p += i;		/* file name has been expanded to full path */
+	p += i;		// file name has been expanded to full path
     if (STRCMP(names[num_names - 1], p) == 0)
 	vim_free(names[num_names]);
     else
@@ -2438,10 +2438,10 @@ ml_sync_all(int check_file, int check_char)
     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
     {
 	if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL || buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname == NULL)
-	    continue;			    /* no file */
+	    continue;			    // no file
 
-	ml_flush_line(buf);		    /* flush buffered line */
-					    /* flush locked block */
+	ml_flush_line(buf);		    // flush buffered line
+					    // flush locked block
 	(void)ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH);
 	if (bufIsChanged(buf) && check_file && mf_need_trans(buf->b_ml.ml_mfp)
 						     && buf->b_ffname != NULL)
@@ -2456,14 +2456,14 @@ ml_sync_all(int check_file, int check_char)
 	    {
 		ml_preserve(buf, FALSE);
 		did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
-		need_check_timestamps = TRUE;	/* give message later */
+		need_check_timestamps = TRUE;	// give message later
 	    }
 	}
 	if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_dirty)
 	{
 	    (void)mf_sync(buf->b_ml.ml_mfp, (check_char ? MFS_STOP : 0)
 					| (bufIsChanged(buf) ? MFS_FLUSH : 0));
-	    if (check_char && ui_char_avail())	/* character available now */
+	    if (check_char && ui_char_avail())	// character available now
 		break;
 	}
     }
@@ -2495,15 +2495,15 @@ ml_preserve(buf_T *buf, int message)
 	return;
     }
 
-    /* We only want to stop when interrupted here, not when interrupted
-     * before. */
+    // We only want to stop when interrupted here, not when interrupted
+    // before.
     got_int = FALSE;
 
-    ml_flush_line(buf);				    /* flush buffered line */
-    (void)ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH); /* flush locked block */
+    ml_flush_line(buf);				    // flush buffered line
+    (void)ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH); // flush locked block
     status = mf_sync(mfp, MFS_ALL | MFS_FLUSH);
 
-    /* stack is invalid after mf_sync(.., MFS_ALL) */
+    // stack is invalid after mf_sync(.., MFS_ALL)
     buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;
 
     /*
@@ -2532,11 +2532,11 @@ ml_preserve(buf_T *buf, int message)
 	    CHECK(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low != lnum, "low != lnum");
 	    lnum = buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high + 1;
 	}
-	(void)ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH);	/* flush locked block */
-	/* sync the updated pointer blocks */
+	(void)ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH);	// flush locked block
+	// sync the updated pointer blocks
 	if (mf_sync(mfp, MFS_ALL | MFS_FLUSH) == FAIL)
 	    status = FAIL;
-	buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	    /* stack is invalid now */
+	buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	    // stack is invalid now
     }
 theend:
     got_int |= got_int_save;
@@ -2607,18 +2607,18 @@ ml_get_cursor(void)
 ml_get_buf(
     buf_T	*buf,
     linenr_T	lnum,
-    int		will_change)		/* line will be changed */
+    int		will_change)		// line will be changed
 {
     bhdr_T	*hp;
     DATA_BL	*dp;
     static int	recursive = 0;
 
-    if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)	/* invalid line number */
+    if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)	// invalid line number
     {
 	if (recursive == 0)
 	{
-	    /* Avoid giving this message for a recursive call, may happen when
-	     * the GUI redraws part of the text. */
+	    // Avoid giving this message for a recursive call, may happen when
+	    // the GUI redraws part of the text.
 	    ++recursive;
 	    siemsg(_("E315: ml_get: invalid lnum: %ld"), lnum);
 	    --recursive;
@@ -2660,8 +2660,8 @@ errorret:
 	{
 	    if (recursive == 0)
 	    {
-		/* Avoid giving this message for a recursive call, may happen
-		 * when the GUI redraws part of the text. */
+		// Avoid giving this message for a recursive call, may happen
+		// when the GUI redraws part of the text.
 		++recursive;
 		get_trans_bufname(buf);
 		shorten_dir(NameBuff);
@@ -2825,11 +2825,11 @@ ml_append_int(
 
     buf->b_ml.ml_flags &= ~ML_EMPTY;
 
-    if (lnum == 0)		/* got line one instead, correct db_idx */
-	db_idx = -1;		/* careful, it is negative! */
+    if (lnum == 0)		// got line one instead, correct db_idx
+	db_idx = -1;		// careful, it is negative!
     else
 	db_idx = lnum - buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low;
-		/* get line count before the insertion */
+		// get line count before the insertion
     line_count = buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high - buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low;
 
     dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
@@ -2854,8 +2854,8 @@ ml_append_int(
 	if ((hp = ml_find_line(buf, lnum + 1, ML_INSERT)) == NULL)
 	    goto theend;
 
-	db_idx = -1;		    /* careful, it is negative! */
-		    /* get line count before the insertion */
+	db_idx = -1;		    // careful, it is negative!
+		    // get line count before the insertion
 	line_count = buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high - buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low;
 	CHECK(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low != lnum + 1, "locked_low != lnum + 1");
 
@@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ ml_append_int(
 
     ++buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
 
-    if ((int)dp->db_free >= space_needed)	/* enough room in data block */
+    if ((int)dp->db_free >= space_needed)	// enough room in data block
     {
 	/*
 	 * Insert the new line in an existing data block, or in the data block
@@ -2878,7 +2878,7 @@ ml_append_int(
 	 * move the text of the lines that follow to the front
 	 * adjust the indexes of the lines that follow
 	 */
-	if (line_count > db_idx + 1)	    /* if there are following lines */
+	if (line_count > db_idx + 1)	    // if there are following lines
 	{
 	    /*
 	     * Offset is the start of the previous line.
@@ -2913,7 +2913,7 @@ ml_append_int(
 	if (!newfile)
 	    buf->b_ml.ml_flags |= ML_LOCKED_POS;
     }
-    else	    /* not enough space in data block */
+    else	    // not enough space in data block
     {
 	long	    line_count_left, line_count_right;
 	int	    page_count_left, page_count_right;
@@ -2921,8 +2921,8 @@ ml_append_int(
 	bhdr_T	    *hp_right;
 	bhdr_T	    *hp_new;
 	int	    lines_moved;
-	int	    data_moved = 0;	    /* init to shut up gcc */
-	int	    total_moved = 0;	    /* init to shut up gcc */
+	int	    data_moved = 0;	    // init to shut up gcc
+	int	    total_moved = 0;	    // init to shut up gcc
 	DATA_BL	    *dp_right, *dp_left;
 	int	    stack_idx;
 	int	    in_left;
@@ -2948,18 +2948,18 @@ ml_append_int(
 	 * also put in the right block. This method is more efficient when
 	 * inserting a lot of lines at one place.
 	 */
-	if (db_idx < 0)		/* left block is new, right block is existing */
+	if (db_idx < 0)		// left block is new, right block is existing
 	{
 	    lines_moved = 0;
 	    in_left = TRUE;
-	    /* space_needed does not change */
+	    // space_needed does not change
 	}
-	else			/* left block is existing, right block is new */
+	else			// left block is existing, right block is new
 	{
 	    lines_moved = line_count - db_idx - 1;
 	    if (lines_moved == 0)
-		in_left = FALSE;	/* put new line in right block */
-					/* space_needed does not change */
+		in_left = FALSE;	// put new line in right block
+					// space_needed does not change
 	    else
 	    {
 		data_moved = ((dp->db_index[db_idx]) & DB_INDEX_MASK) -
@@ -2967,12 +2967,12 @@ ml_append_int(
 		total_moved = data_moved + lines_moved * INDEX_SIZE;
 		if ((int)dp->db_free + total_moved >= space_needed)
 		{
-		    in_left = TRUE;	/* put new line in left block */
+		    in_left = TRUE;	// put new line in left block
 		    space_needed = total_moved;
 		}
 		else
 		{
-		    in_left = FALSE;	    /* put new line in right block */
+		    in_left = FALSE;	    // put new line in right block
 		    space_needed += total_moved;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -2981,19 +2981,19 @@ ml_append_int(
 	page_count = ((space_needed + HEADER_SIZE) + page_size - 1) / page_size;
 	if ((hp_new = ml_new_data(mfp, newfile, page_count)) == NULL)
 	{
-			/* correct line counts in pointer blocks */
+			// correct line counts in pointer blocks
 	    --(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_lineadd);
 	    --(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high);
 	    goto theend;
 	}
-	if (db_idx < 0)		/* left block is new */
+	if (db_idx < 0)		// left block is new
 	{
 	    hp_left = hp_new;
 	    hp_right = hp;
 	    line_count_left = 0;
 	    line_count_right = line_count;
 	}
-	else			/* right block is new */
+	else			// right block is new
 	{
 	    hp_left = hp;
 	    hp_right = hp_new;
@@ -3063,12 +3063,12 @@ ml_append_int(
 	    ++line_count_left;
 	}
 
-	if (db_idx < 0)		/* left block is new */
+	if (db_idx < 0)		// left block is new
 	{
 	    lnum_left = lnum + 1;
 	    lnum_right = 0;
 	}
-	else			/* right block is new */
+	else			// right block is new
 	{
 	    lnum_left = 0;
 	    if (in_left)
@@ -3098,7 +3098,7 @@ ml_append_int(
 	 */
 	lineadd = buf->b_ml.ml_locked_lineadd;
 	buf->b_ml.ml_locked_lineadd = 0;
-	ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH);   /* flush data block */
+	ml_find_line(buf, (linenr_T)0, ML_FLUSH);   // flush data block
 
 	/*
 	 * update pointer blocks for the new data block
@@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ ml_append_int(
 	    pb_idx = ip->ip_index;
 	    if ((hp = mf_get(mfp, ip->ip_bnum, 1)) == NULL)
 		goto theend;
-	    pp = (PTR_BL *)(hp->bh_data);   /* must be pointer block */
+	    pp = (PTR_BL *)(hp->bh_data);   // must be pointer block
 	    if (pp->pb_id != PTR_ID)
 	    {
 		iemsg(_("E317: pointer block id wrong 3"));
@@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ ml_append_int(
 	     * TODO: If the pointer block is full and we are adding at the end
 	     * try to insert in front of the next block
 	     */
-	    /* block not full, add one entry */
+	    // block not full, add one entry
 	    if (pp->pb_count < pp->pb_count_max)
 	    {
 		if (pb_idx + 1 < (int)pp->pb_count)
@@ -3142,14 +3142,14 @@ ml_append_int(
 		    pp->pb_pointer[pb_idx + 1].pe_old_lnum = lnum_right;
 
 		mf_put(mfp, hp, TRUE, FALSE);
-		buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = stack_idx + 1;	    /* truncate stack */
+		buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = stack_idx + 1;	    // truncate stack
 
 		if (lineadd)
 		{
 		    --(buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top);
-		    /* fix line count for rest of blocks in the stack */
+		    // fix line count for rest of blocks in the stack
 		    ml_lineadd(buf, lineadd);
-							/* fix stack itself */
+							// fix stack itself
 		    buf->b_ml.ml_stack[buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top].ip_high +=
 								      lineadd;
 		    ++(buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top);
@@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ ml_append_int(
 		 */
 		break;
 	    }
-	    else			/* pointer block full */
+	    else			// pointer block full
 	    {
 		/*
 		 * split the pointer block
@@ -3168,10 +3168,10 @@ ml_append_int(
 		 * move some of the pointer into the new block
 		 * prepare for updating the parent block
 		 */
-		for (;;)	/* do this twice when splitting block 1 */
+		for (;;)	// do this twice when splitting block 1
 		{
 		    hp_new = ml_new_ptr(mfp);
-		    if (hp_new == NULL)	    /* TODO: try to fix tree */
+		    if (hp_new == NULL)	    // TODO: try to fix tree
 			goto theend;
 		    pp_new = (PTR_BL *)(hp_new->bh_data);
 
@@ -3190,12 +3190,12 @@ ml_append_int(
 		    pp->pb_pointer[0].pe_line_count = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
 		    pp->pb_pointer[0].pe_old_lnum = 1;
 		    pp->pb_pointer[0].pe_page_count = 1;
-		    mf_put(mfp, hp, TRUE, FALSE);   /* release block 1 */
-		    hp = hp_new;		/* new block is to be split */
+		    mf_put(mfp, hp, TRUE, FALSE);   // release block 1
+		    hp = hp_new;		// new block is to be split
 		    pp = pp_new;
 		    CHECK(stack_idx != 0, _("stack_idx should be 0"));
 		    ip->ip_index = 0;
-		    ++stack_idx;	/* do block 1 again later */
+		    ++stack_idx;	// do block 1 again later
 		}
 		/*
 		 * move the pointers after the current one to the new block
@@ -3256,12 +3256,12 @@ ml_append_int(
 	if (stack_idx < 0)
 	{
 	    iemsg(_("E318: Updated too many blocks?"));
-	    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	/* invalidate stack */
+	    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	// invalidate stack
 	}
     }
 
 #ifdef FEAT_BYTEOFF
-    /* The line was inserted below 'lnum' */
+    // The line was inserted below 'lnum'
     ml_updatechunk(buf, lnum + 1, (long)len, ML_CHNK_ADDLINE);
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
@@ -3329,12 +3329,12 @@ ml_append_flush(
  */
     int
 ml_append(
-    linenr_T	lnum,		/* append after this line (can be 0) */
-    char_u	*line,		/* text of the new line */
-    colnr_T	len,		/* length of new line, including NUL, or 0 */
-    int		newfile)	/* flag, see above */
+    linenr_T	lnum,		// append after this line (can be 0)
+    char_u	*line,		// text of the new line
+    colnr_T	len,		// length of new line, including NUL, or 0
+    int		newfile)	// flag, see above
 {
-    /* When starting up, we might still need to create the memfile */
+    // When starting up, we might still need to create the memfile
     if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL && open_buffer(FALSE, NULL, 0) == FAIL)
 	return FAIL;
     return ml_append_flush(curbuf, lnum, line, len, newfile);
@@ -3348,10 +3348,10 @@ ml_append(
     int
 ml_append_buf(
     buf_T	*buf,
-    linenr_T	lnum,		/* append after this line (can be 0) */
-    char_u	*line,		/* text of the new line */
-    colnr_T	len,		/* length of new line, including NUL, or 0 */
-    int		newfile)	/* flag, see above */
+    linenr_T	lnum,		// append after this line (can be 0)
+    char_u	*line,		// text of the new line
+    colnr_T	len,		// length of new line, including NUL, or 0
+    int		newfile)	// flag, see above
 {
     if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)
 	return FAIL;
@@ -3397,10 +3397,10 @@ ml_replace_len(
     char_u *line = line_arg;
     colnr_T len = len_arg;
 
-    if (line == NULL)		/* just checking... */
+    if (line == NULL)		// just checking...
 	return FAIL;
 
-    /* When starting up, we might still need to create the memfile */
+    // When starting up, we might still need to create the memfile
     if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL && open_buffer(FALSE, NULL, 0) == FAIL)
 	return FAIL;
 
@@ -3606,7 +3606,7 @@ ml_delete_int(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int message)
     DATA_BL	*dp;
     PTR_BL	*pp;
     infoptr_T	*ip;
-    int		count;	    /* number of entries in block */
+    int		count;	    // number of entries in block
     int		idx;
     int		stack_idx;
     int		text_start;
@@ -3625,7 +3625,7 @@ ml_delete_int(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int message)
 /*
  * If the file becomes empty the last line is replaced by an empty line.
  */
-    if (buf->b_ml.ml_line_count == 1)	    /* file becomes empty */
+    if (buf->b_ml.ml_line_count == 1)	    // file becomes empty
     {
 	if (message
 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
@@ -3634,7 +3634,7 @@ ml_delete_int(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int message)
 	   )
 	    set_keep_msg((char_u *)_(no_lines_msg), 0);
 
-	/* FEAT_BYTEOFF already handled in there, don't worry 'bout it below */
+	// FEAT_BYTEOFF already handled in there, don't worry 'bout it below
 	i = ml_replace((linenr_T)1, (char_u *)"", TRUE);
 	buf->b_ml.ml_flags |= ML_EMPTY;
 
@@ -3654,7 +3654,7 @@ ml_delete_int(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int message)
 	return FAIL;
 
     dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
-    /* compute line count before the delete */
+    // compute line count before the delete
     count = (long)(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high)
 					- (long)(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low) + 2;
     idx = lnum - buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low;
@@ -3662,7 +3662,7 @@ ml_delete_int(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int message)
     --buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
 
     line_start = ((dp->db_index[idx]) & DB_INDEX_MASK);
-    if (idx == 0)		/* first line in block, text at the end */
+    if (idx == 0)		// first line in block, text at the end
 	line_size = dp->db_txt_end - line_start;
     else
 	line_size = ((dp->db_index[idx - 1]) & DB_INDEX_MASK) - line_start;
@@ -3697,18 +3697,18 @@ ml_delete_int(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int message)
  */
     if (count == 1)
     {
-	mf_free(mfp, hp);	/* free the data block */
+	mf_free(mfp, hp);	// free the data block
 	buf->b_ml.ml_locked = NULL;
 
 	for (stack_idx = buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top - 1; stack_idx >= 0;
 								  --stack_idx)
 	{
-	    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	    /* stack is invalid when failing */
+	    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	    // stack is invalid when failing
 	    ip = &(buf->b_ml.ml_stack[stack_idx]);
 	    idx = ip->ip_index;
 	    if ((hp = mf_get(mfp, ip->ip_bnum, 1)) == NULL)
 		goto theend;
-	    pp = (PTR_BL *)(hp->bh_data);   /* must be pointer block */
+	    pp = (PTR_BL *)(hp->bh_data);   // must be pointer block
 	    if (pp->pb_id != PTR_ID)
 	    {
 		iemsg(_("E317: pointer block id wrong 4"));
@@ -3716,17 +3716,17 @@ ml_delete_int(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int message)
 		goto theend;
 	    }
 	    count = --(pp->pb_count);
-	    if (count == 0)	    /* the pointer block becomes empty! */
+	    if (count == 0)	    // the pointer block becomes empty!
 		mf_free(mfp, hp);
 	    else
 	    {
-		if (count != idx)	/* move entries after the deleted one */
+		if (count != idx)	// move entries after the deleted one
 		    mch_memmove(&pp->pb_pointer[idx], &pp->pb_pointer[idx + 1],
 				      (size_t)(count - idx) * sizeof(PTR_EN));
 		mf_put(mfp, hp, TRUE, FALSE);
 
-		buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = stack_idx;	/* truncate stack */
-		/* fix line count for rest of blocks in the stack */
+		buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = stack_idx;	// truncate stack
+		// fix line count for rest of blocks in the stack
 		if (buf->b_ml.ml_locked_lineadd != 0)
 		{
 		    ml_lineadd(buf, buf->b_ml.ml_locked_lineadd);
@@ -3794,10 +3794,10 @@ ml_setmarked(linenr_T lnum)
 {
     bhdr_T    *hp;
     DATA_BL *dp;
-				    /* invalid line number */
+				    // invalid line number
     if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
 					       || curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)
-	return;			    /* give error message? */
+	return;			    // give error message?
 
     if (lowest_marked == 0 || lowest_marked > lnum)
 	lowest_marked = lnum;
@@ -3808,7 +3808,7 @@ ml_setmarked(linenr_T lnum)
      * This also releases any locked block.
      */
     if ((hp = ml_find_line(curbuf, lnum, ML_FIND)) == NULL)
-	return;		    /* give error message? */
+	return;		    // give error message?
 
     dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
     dp->db_index[lnum - curbuf->b_ml.ml_locked_low] |= DB_MARKED;
@@ -3841,7 +3841,7 @@ ml_firstmarked(void)
 	 * block This also releases any locked block.
 	 */
 	if ((hp = ml_find_line(curbuf, lnum, ML_FIND)) == NULL)
-	    return (linenr_T)0;		    /* give error message? */
+	    return (linenr_T)0;		    // give error message?
 
 	dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
 
@@ -3870,7 +3870,7 @@ ml_clearmarked(void)
     linenr_T	lnum;
     int		i;
 
-    if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)	    /* nothing to do */
+    if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)	    // nothing to do
 	return;
 
     /*
@@ -3884,7 +3884,7 @@ ml_clearmarked(void)
 	 * block and releases any locked block.
 	 */
 	if ((hp = ml_find_line(curbuf, lnum, ML_FIND)) == NULL)
-	    return;		/* give error message? */
+	    return;		// give error message?
 
 	dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
 
@@ -3922,12 +3922,12 @@ ml_flush_line(buf_T *buf)
     static int  entered = FALSE;
 
     if (buf->b_ml.ml_line_lnum == 0 || buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)
-	return;		/* nothing to do */
+	return;		// nothing to do
 
     if (buf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_LINE_DIRTY)
     {
-	/* This code doesn't work recursively, but Netbeans may call back here
-	 * when obtaining the cursor position. */
+	// This code doesn't work recursively, but Netbeans may call back here
+	// when obtaining the cursor position.
 	if (entered)
 	    return;
 	entered = TRUE;
@@ -3944,42 +3944,42 @@ ml_flush_line(buf_T *buf)
 	    idx = lnum - buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low;
 	    start = ((dp->db_index[idx]) & DB_INDEX_MASK);
 	    old_line = (char_u *)dp + start;
-	    if (idx == 0)	/* line is last in block */
+	    if (idx == 0)	// line is last in block
 		old_len = dp->db_txt_end - start;
-	    else		/* text of previous line follows */
+	    else		// text of previous line follows
 		old_len = (dp->db_index[idx - 1] & DB_INDEX_MASK) - start;
 	    new_len = buf->b_ml.ml_line_len;
-	    extra = new_len - old_len;	    /* negative if lines gets smaller */
+	    extra = new_len - old_len;	    // negative if lines gets smaller
 
 	    /*
 	     * if new line fits in data block, replace directly
 	     */
 	    if ((int)dp->db_free >= extra)
 	    {
-		/* if the length changes and there are following lines */
+		// if the length changes and there are following lines
 		count = buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high - buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low + 1;
 		if (extra != 0 && idx < count - 1)
 		{
-		    /* move text of following lines */
+		    // move text of following lines
 		    mch_memmove((char *)dp + dp->db_txt_start - extra,
 				(char *)dp + dp->db_txt_start,
 				(size_t)(start - dp->db_txt_start));
 
-		    /* adjust pointers of this and following lines */
+		    // adjust pointers of this and following lines
 		    for (i = idx + 1; i < count; ++i)
 			dp->db_index[i] -= extra;
 		}
 		dp->db_index[idx] -= extra;
 
-		/* adjust free space */
+		// adjust free space
 		dp->db_free -= extra;
 		dp->db_txt_start -= extra;
 
-		/* copy new line into the data block */
+		// copy new line into the data block
 		mch_memmove(old_line - extra, new_line, (size_t)new_len);
 		buf->b_ml.ml_flags |= (ML_LOCKED_DIRTY | ML_LOCKED_POS);
 #ifdef FEAT_BYTEOFF
-		/* The else case is already covered by the insert and delete */
+		// The else case is already covered by the insert and delete
 		ml_updatechunk(buf, lnum, (long)extra, ML_CHNK_UPDLINE);
 #endif
 	    }
@@ -3992,7 +3992,7 @@ ml_flush_line(buf_T *buf)
 		 * that has only one line.
 		 * Don't forget to copy the mark!
 		 */
-		/* How about handling errors??? */
+		// How about handling errors???
 		(void)ml_append_int(buf, lnum, new_line, new_len, FALSE,
 					     (dp->db_index[idx] & DB_MARKED));
 		(void)ml_delete_int(buf, lnum, FALSE);
@@ -4095,7 +4095,7 @@ ml_find_line(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int action)
 		&& buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high >= lnum
 		&& !mf_dont_release)
 	{
-	    /* remember to update pointer blocks and stack later */
+	    // remember to update pointer blocks and stack later
 	    if (action == ML_INSERT)
 	    {
 		++(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_lineadd);
@@ -4121,15 +4121,15 @@ ml_find_line(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int action)
 	    ml_lineadd(buf, buf->b_ml.ml_locked_lineadd);
     }
 
-    if (action == ML_FLUSH)	    /* nothing else to do */
+    if (action == ML_FLUSH)	    // nothing else to do
 	return NULL;
 
-    bnum = 1;			    /* start at the root of the tree */
+    bnum = 1;			    // start at the root of the tree
     page_count = 1;
     low = 1;
     high = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
 
-    if (action == ML_FIND)	/* first try stack entries */
+    if (action == ML_FIND)	// first try stack entries
     {
 	for (top = buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top - 1; top >= 0; --top)
 	{
@@ -4139,15 +4139,15 @@ ml_find_line(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int action)
 		bnum = ip->ip_bnum;
 		low = ip->ip_low;
 		high = ip->ip_high;
-		buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = top;	/* truncate stack at prev entry */
+		buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = top;	// truncate stack at prev entry
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
 	if (top < 0)
-	    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;		/* not found, start at the root */
+	    buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;		// not found, start at the root
     }
-    else	/* ML_DELETE or ML_INSERT */
-	buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	/* start at the root */
+    else	// ML_DELETE or ML_INSERT
+	buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top = 0;	// start at the root
 
 /*
  * search downwards in the tree until a data block is found
@@ -4166,7 +4166,7 @@ ml_find_line(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int action)
 	    --high;
 
 	dp = (DATA_BL *)(hp->bh_data);
-	if (dp->db_id == DATA_ID)	/* data block */
+	if (dp->db_id == DATA_ID)	// data block
 	{
 	    buf->b_ml.ml_locked = hp;
 	    buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low = low;
@@ -4176,20 +4176,20 @@ ml_find_line(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int action)
 	    return hp;
 	}
 
-	pp = (PTR_BL *)(dp);		/* must be pointer block */
+	pp = (PTR_BL *)(dp);		// must be pointer block
 	if (pp->pb_id != PTR_ID)
 	{
 	    iemsg(_("E317: pointer block id wrong"));
 	    goto error_block;
 	}
 
-	if ((top = ml_add_stack(buf)) < 0)	/* add new entry to stack */
+	if ((top = ml_add_stack(buf)) < 0)	// add new entry to stack
 	    goto error_block;
 	ip = &(buf->b_ml.ml_stack[top]);
 	ip->ip_bnum = bnum;
 	ip->ip_low = low;
 	ip->ip_high = high;
-	ip->ip_index = -1;		/* index not known yet */
+	ip->ip_index = -1;		// index not known yet
 
 	dirty = FALSE;
 	for (idx = 0; idx < (int)pp->pb_count; ++idx)
@@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@ ml_find_line(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, int action)
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (idx >= (int)pp->pb_count)	    /* past the end: something wrong! */
+	if (idx >= (int)pp->pb_count)	    // past the end: something wrong!
 	{
 	    if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
 		siemsg(_("E322: line number out of range: %ld past the end"),
@@ -4273,10 +4273,10 @@ ml_add_stack(buf_T *buf)
 
     top = buf->b_ml.ml_stack_top;
 
-    /* may have to increase the stack size */
+    // may have to increase the stack size
     if (top == buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size)
     {
-	CHECK(top > 0, _("Stack size increases")); /* more than 5 levels??? */
+	CHECK(top > 0, _("Stack size increases")); // more than 5 levels???
 
 	newstack = ALLOC_MULT(infoptr_T, buf->b_ml.ml_stack_size + STACK_INCR);
 	if (newstack == NULL)
@@ -4317,7 +4317,7 @@ ml_lineadd(buf_T *buf, int count)
 	ip = &(buf->b_ml.ml_stack[idx]);
 	if ((hp = mf_get(mfp, ip->ip_bnum, 1)) == NULL)
 	    break;
-	pp = (PTR_BL *)(hp->bh_data);	/* must be pointer block */
+	pp = (PTR_BL *)(hp->bh_data);	// must be pointer block
 	if (pp->pb_id != PTR_ID)
 	{
 	    mf_put(mfp, hp, FALSE, FALSE);
@@ -4348,12 +4348,12 @@ resolve_symlink(char_u *fname, char_u *buf)
     if (fname == NULL)
 	return FAIL;
 
-    /* Put the result so far in tmp[], starting with the original name. */
+    // Put the result so far in tmp[], starting with the original name.
     vim_strncpy(tmp, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
 
     for (;;)
     {
-	/* Limit symlink depth to 100, catch recursive loops. */
+	// Limit symlink depth to 100, catch recursive loops.
 	if (++depth == 100)
 	{
 	    semsg(_("E773: Symlink loop for \"%s\""), fname);
@@ -4365,17 +4365,17 @@ resolve_symlink(char_u *fname, char_u *buf)
 	{
 	    if (errno == EINVAL || errno == ENOENT)
 	    {
-		/* Found non-symlink or not existing file, stop here.
-		 * When at the first level use the unmodified name, skip the
-		 * call to vim_FullName(). */
+		// Found non-symlink or not existing file, stop here.
+		// When at the first level use the unmodified name, skip the
+		// call to vim_FullName().
 		if (depth == 1)
 		    return FAIL;
 
-		/* Use the resolved name in tmp[]. */
+		// Use the resolved name in tmp[].
 		break;
 	    }
 
-	    /* There must be some error reading links, use original name. */
+	    // There must be some error reading links, use original name.
 	    return FAIL;
 	}
 	buf[ret] = NUL;
@@ -4430,7 +4430,7 @@ makeswapname(
 
     s = dir_name + len;
     if (after_pathsep(dir_name, s) && len > 1 && s[-1] == s[-2])
-    {			       /* Ends with '//', Use Full path */
+    {			       // Ends with '//', Use Full path
 	r = NULL;
 	if ((s = make_percent_swname(dir_name, fname)) != NULL)
 	{
@@ -4442,8 +4442,8 @@ makeswapname(
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_READLINK
-    /* Expand symlink in the file name, so that we put the swap file with the
-     * actual file instead of with the symlink. */
+    // Expand symlink in the file name, so that we put the swap file with the
+    // actual file instead of with the symlink.
     if (resolve_symlink(fname, fname_buf) == OK)
 	fname_res = fname_buf;
 #endif
@@ -4457,9 +4457,9 @@ makeswapname(
 #else
 	    ".swp",
 #endif
-	    /* Prepend a '.' to the swap file name for the current directory. */
+	    // Prepend a '.' to the swap file name for the current directory.
 	    dir_name[0] == '.' && dir_name[1] == NUL);
-    if (r == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
+    if (r == NULL)	    // out of memory
 	return NULL;
 
     s = get_file_in_dir(r, dir_name);
@@ -4482,7 +4482,7 @@ makeswapname(
     char_u *
 get_file_in_dir(
     char_u  *fname,
-    char_u  *dname)	/* don't use "dirname", it is a global for Alpha */
+    char_u  *dname)	// don't use "dirname", it is a global for Alpha
 {
     char_u	*t;
     char_u	*tail;
@@ -4495,7 +4495,7 @@ get_file_in_dir(
 	retval = vim_strsave(fname);
     else if (dname[0] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(dname[1]))
     {
-	if (tail == fname)	    /* no path before file name */
+	if (tail == fname)	    // no path before file name
 	    retval = concat_fnames(dname + 2, tail, TRUE);
 	else
 	{
@@ -4503,7 +4503,7 @@ get_file_in_dir(
 	    *tail = NUL;
 	    t = concat_fnames(fname, dname + 2, TRUE);
 	    *tail = save_char;
-	    if (t == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
+	    if (t == NULL)	    // out of memory
 		retval = NULL;
 	    else
 	    {
@@ -4530,8 +4530,8 @@ get_file_in_dir(
  */
     static void
 attention_message(
-    buf_T   *buf,	/* buffer being edited */
-    char_u  *fname)	/* swap file name */
+    buf_T   *buf,	// buffer being edited
+    char_u  *fname)	// swap file name
 {
     stat_T	st;
     time_t	swap_mtime;
@@ -4556,8 +4556,8 @@ attention_message(
 	if (swap_mtime != 0 && st.st_mtime > swap_mtime)
 	    msg_puts(_("      NEWER than swap file!\n"));
     }
-    /* Some of these messages are long to allow translation to
-     * other languages. */
+    // Some of these messages are long to allow translation to
+    // other languages.
     msg_puts(_("\n(1) Another program may be editing the same file.  If this is the case,\n    be careful not to end up with two different instances of the same\n    file when making changes.  Quit, or continue with caution.\n"));
     msg_puts(_("(2) An edit session for this file crashed.\n"));
     msg_puts(_("    If this is the case, use \":recover\" or \"vim -r "));
@@ -4588,8 +4588,8 @@ do_swapexists(buf_T *buf, char_u *fname)
     set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPNAME, fname, -1);
     set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCHOICE, NULL, -1);
 
-    /* Trigger SwapExists autocommands with <afile> set to the file being
-     * edited.  Disallow changing directory here. */
+    // Trigger SwapExists autocommands with <afile> set to the file being
+    // edited.  Disallow changing directory here.
     ++allbuf_lock;
     apply_autocmds(EVENT_SWAPEXISTS, buf->b_fname, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
     --allbuf_lock;
@@ -4624,8 +4624,8 @@ do_swapexists(buf_T *buf, char_u *fname)
     static char_u *
 findswapname(
     buf_T	*buf,
-    char_u	**dirp,		/* pointer to list of directories */
-    char_u	*old_fname)	/* don't give warning for this file name */
+    char_u	**dirp,		// pointer to list of directories
+    char_u	*old_fname)	// don't give warning for this file name
 {
     char_u	*fname;
     int		n;
@@ -4681,16 +4681,16 @@ findswapname(
     /*
      * we try different names until we find one that does not exist yet
      */
-    if (dir_name == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
+    if (dir_name == NULL)	    // out of memory
 	fname = NULL;
     else
 	fname = makeswapname(buf_fname, buf->b_ffname, buf, dir_name);
 
     for (;;)
     {
-	if (fname == NULL)	/* must be out of memory */
+	if (fname == NULL)	// must be out of memory
 	    break;
-	if ((n = (int)STRLEN(fname)) == 0)	/* safety check */
+	if ((n = (int)STRLEN(fname)) == 0)	// safety check
 	{
 	    VIM_CLEAR(fname);
 	    break;
@@ -4725,10 +4725,9 @@ findswapname(
 		if (fname2 != NULL)
 		{
 		    STRCPY(fname2, fname);
-		    /* if fname == "xx.xx.swp",	    fname2 = "xx.xx.swx"
-		     * if fname == ".xx.swp",	    fname2 = ".xx.swpx"
-		     * if fname == "123456789.swp", fname2 = "12345678x.swp"
-		     */
+		    // if fname == "xx.xx.swp",	    fname2 = "xx.xx.swx"
+		    // if fname == ".xx.swp",	    fname2 = ".xx.swpx"
+		    // if fname == "123456789.swp", fname2 = "12345678x.swp"
 		    if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') != NULL)
 			fname2[n - 1] = 'x';
 		    else if (*gettail(fname) == '.')
@@ -4783,7 +4782,7 @@ findswapname(
 			vim_free(fname);
 			fname = makeswapname(buf_fname, buf->b_ffname,
 							       buf, dir_name);
-			continue;	/* try again with b_shortname set */
+			continue;	// try again with b_shortname set
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
@@ -4792,7 +4791,7 @@ findswapname(
 	/*
 	 * check if the swapfile already exists
 	 */
-	if (mch_getperm(fname) < 0)	/* it does not exist */
+	if (mch_getperm(fname) < 0)	// it does not exist
 	{
 #ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
 	    stat_T	sb;
@@ -4810,7 +4809,7 @@ findswapname(
 	     * but is being used by another program. This happens if you edit
 	     * a file twice.
 	     */
-	    if (fh != (BPTR)NULL)	/* can open file, OK */
+	    if (fh != (BPTR)NULL)	// can open file, OK
 	    {
 		Close(fh);
 		mch_remove(fname);
@@ -4832,7 +4831,7 @@ findswapname(
 	/*
 	 * get here when file already exists
 	 */
-	if (fname[n - 2] == 'w' && fname[n - 1] == 'p')	/* first try */
+	if (fname[n - 2] == 'w' && fname[n - 1] == 'p')	// first try
 	{
 	    /*
 	     * on MS-DOS compatible filesystems (e.g. messydos) file.doc.swp
@@ -4842,18 +4841,18 @@ findswapname(
 	     * underscores for this file), and try again. If it doesn't we
 	     * assume that "file.doc.swp" already exists.
 	     */
-	    if (!(buf->b_p_sn || buf->b_shortname))	/* not tried yet */
+	    if (!(buf->b_p_sn || buf->b_shortname))	// not tried yet
 	    {
 		fname[n - 1] = 'x';
-		r = mch_getperm(fname);		/* try "file.swx" */
+		r = mch_getperm(fname);		// try "file.swx"
 		fname[n - 1] = 'p';
-		if (r >= 0)		    /* "file.swx" seems to exist */
+		if (r >= 0)		    // "file.swx" seems to exist
 		{
 		    buf->b_shortname = TRUE;
 		    vim_free(fname);
 		    fname = makeswapname(buf_fname, buf->b_ffname,
 							       buf, dir_name);
-		    continue;	    /* try again with '.' replaced with '_' */
+		    continue;	    // try again with '.' replaced with '_'
 		}
 	    }
 	    /*
@@ -4891,9 +4890,9 @@ findswapname(
 				    || !same_directory(fname, buf->b_ffname))
 			    {
 #ifdef CHECK_INODE
-				/* Symlinks may point to the same file even
-				 * when the name differs, need to check the
-				 * inode too. */
+				// Symlinks may point to the same file even
+				// when the name differs, need to check the
+				// inode too.
 				expand_env(b0.b0_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
 				if (fnamecmp_ino(buf->b_ffname, NameBuff,
 						     char_to_long(b0.b0_ino)))
@@ -4921,8 +4920,8 @@ findswapname(
 		    close(fd);
 		}
 
-		/* give the ATTENTION message when there is an old swap file
-		 * for the current file, and the buffer was not recovered. */
+		// give the ATTENTION message when there is an old swap file
+		// for the current file, and the buffer was not recovered.
 		if (differ == FALSE && !(curbuf->b_flags & BF_RECOVERED)
 			&& vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_ATTENTION) == NULL)
 		{
@@ -4931,10 +4930,10 @@ findswapname(
 #ifdef CREATE_DUMMY_FILE
 		    int		did_use_dummy = FALSE;
 
-		    /* Avoid getting a warning for the file being created
-		     * outside of Vim, it was created at the start of this
-		     * function.  Delete the file now, because Vim might exit
-		     * here if the window is closed. */
+		    // Avoid getting a warning for the file being created
+		    // outside of Vim, it was created at the start of this
+		    // function.  Delete the file now, because Vim might exit
+		    // here if the window is closed.
 		    if (dummyfd != NULL)
 		    {
 			fclose(dummyfd);
@@ -5020,11 +5019,11 @@ findswapname(
 
 # ifdef HAVE_PROCESS_STILL_RUNNING
 			if (process_still_running && choice >= 4)
-			    choice++;	/* Skip missing "Delete it" button */
+			    choice++;	// Skip missing "Delete it" button
 # endif
 			vim_free(name);
 
-			/* pretend screen didn't scroll, need redraw anyway */
+			// pretend screen didn't scroll, need redraw anyway
 			msg_scrolled = 0;
 			redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
 		    }
@@ -5054,7 +5053,7 @@ findswapname(
 				break;
 			}
 
-			/* If the file was deleted this fname can be used. */
+			// If the file was deleted this fname can be used.
 			if (mch_getperm(fname) < 0)
 			    break;
 		    }
@@ -5062,12 +5061,12 @@ findswapname(
 		    {
 			msg_puts("\n");
 			if (msg_silent == 0)
-			    /* call wait_return() later */
+			    // call wait_return() later
 			    need_wait_return = TRUE;
 		    }
 
 #ifdef CREATE_DUMMY_FILE
-		    /* Going to try another name, need the dummy file again. */
+		    // Going to try another name, need the dummy file again.
 		    if (did_use_dummy)
 			dummyfd = mch_fopen((char *)buf_fname, "w");
 #endif
@@ -5081,23 +5080,23 @@ findswapname(
 	 * If that still isn't enough decrement the last but one char: ".svz"
 	 * Can happen when editing many "No Name" buffers.
 	 */
-	if (fname[n - 1] == 'a')	/* ".s?a" */
+	if (fname[n - 1] == 'a')	// ".s?a"
 	{
-	    if (fname[n - 2] == 'a')    /* ".saa": tried enough, give up */
+	    if (fname[n - 2] == 'a')    // ".saa": tried enough, give up
 	    {
 		emsg(_("E326: Too many swap files found"));
 		VIM_CLEAR(fname);
 		break;
 	    }
-	    --fname[n - 2];		/* ".svz", ".suz", etc. */
+	    --fname[n - 2];		// ".svz", ".suz", etc.
 	    fname[n - 1] = 'z' + 1;
 	}
-	--fname[n - 1];			/* ".swo", ".swn", etc. */
+	--fname[n - 1];			// ".swo", ".swn", etc.
     }
 
     vim_free(dir_name);
 #ifdef CREATE_DUMMY_FILE
-    if (dummyfd != NULL)	/* file has been created temporarily */
+    if (dummyfd != NULL)	// file has been created temporarily
     {
 	fclose(dummyfd);
 	mch_remove(buf_fname);
@@ -5171,17 +5170,17 @@ b0_magic_wrong(ZERO_BL *b0p)
 
     static int
 fnamecmp_ino(
-    char_u	*fname_c,	    /* current file name */
-    char_u	*fname_s,	    /* file name from swap file */
+    char_u	*fname_c,	    // current file name
+    char_u	*fname_s,	    // file name from swap file
     long	ino_block0)
 {
     stat_T	st;
-    ino_t	ino_c = 0;	    /* ino of current file */
-    ino_t	ino_s;		    /* ino of file from swap file */
-    char_u	buf_c[MAXPATHL];    /* full path of fname_c */
-    char_u	buf_s[MAXPATHL];    /* full path of fname_s */
-    int		retval_c;	    /* flag: buf_c valid */
-    int		retval_s;	    /* flag: buf_s valid */
+    ino_t	ino_c = 0;	    // ino of current file
+    ino_t	ino_s;		    // ino of file from swap file
+    char_u	buf_c[MAXPATHL];    // full path of fname_c
+    char_u	buf_s[MAXPATHL];    // full path of fname_s
+    int		retval_c;	    // flag: buf_c valid
+    int		retval_s;	    // flag: buf_s valid
 
     if (mch_stat((char *)fname_c, &st) == 0)
 	ino_c = (ino_t)st.st_ino;
@@ -5217,7 +5216,7 @@ fnamecmp_ino(
 	return STRCMP(fname_c, fname_s) != 0;
     return TRUE;
 }
-#endif /* CHECK_INODE */
+#endif // CHECK_INODE
 
 /*
  * Move a long integer into a four byte character array.
@@ -5315,14 +5314,14 @@ ml_encrypt_data(
     text_start = (char_u *)dp + dp->db_txt_start;
     text_len = size - dp->db_txt_start;
 
-    /* Copy the header and the text. */
+    // Copy the header and the text.
     mch_memmove(new_data, dp, head_end - (char_u *)dp);
 
-    /* Encrypt the text. */
+    // Encrypt the text.
     crypt_encode(state, text_start, text_len, new_data + dp->db_txt_start);
     crypt_free_state(state);
 
-    /* Clear the gap. */
+    // Clear the gap.
     if (head_end < text_start)
 	vim_memset(new_data + (head_end - data), 0, text_start - head_end);
 
@@ -5353,12 +5352,12 @@ ml_decrypt_data(
 
 	if (head_end > text_start || dp->db_txt_start > size
 						     || dp->db_txt_end > size)
-	    return;  /* data was messed up */
+	    return;  // data was messed up
 
 	state = ml_crypt_prepare(mfp, offset, TRUE);
 	if (state != NULL)
 	{
-	    /* Decrypt the text in place. */
+	    // Decrypt the text in place.
 	    crypt_decode_inplace(state, text_start, text_len);
 	    crypt_free_state(state);
 	}
@@ -5380,7 +5379,7 @@ ml_crypt_prepare(memfile_T *mfp, off_T offset, int reading)
 
     if (reading && mfp->mf_old_key != NULL)
     {
-	/* Reading back blocks with the previous key/method/seed. */
+	// Reading back blocks with the previous key/method/seed.
 	method_nr = mfp->mf_old_cm;
 	key = mfp->mf_old_key;
 	seed = mfp->mf_old_seed;
@@ -5396,14 +5395,14 @@ ml_crypt_prepare(memfile_T *mfp, off_T offset, int reading)
 
     if (method_nr == CRYPT_M_ZIP)
     {
-	/* For PKzip: Append the offset to the key, so that we use a different
-	 * key for every block. */
+	// For PKzip: Append the offset to the key, so that we use a different
+	// key for every block.
 	vim_snprintf((char *)salt, sizeof(salt), "%s%ld", key, (long)offset);
 	return crypt_create(method_nr, salt, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
     }
 
-    /* Using blowfish or better: add salt and seed. We use the byte offset
-     * of the block for the salt. */
+    // Using blowfish or better: add salt and seed. We use the byte offset
+    // of the block for the salt.
     vim_snprintf((char *)salt, sizeof(salt), "%ld", (long)offset);
     return crypt_create(method_nr, key, salt, (int)STRLEN(salt),
 							   seed, MF_SEED_LEN);
@@ -5414,8 +5413,8 @@ ml_crypt_prepare(memfile_T *mfp, off_T offset, int reading)
 
 #if defined(FEAT_BYTEOFF) || defined(PROTO)
 
-#define MLCS_MAXL 800	/* max no of lines in chunk */
-#define MLCS_MINL 400   /* should be half of MLCS_MAXL */
+#define MLCS_MAXL 800	// max no of lines in chunk
+#define MLCS_MINL 400   // should be half of MLCS_MAXL
 
 /*
  * Keep information for finding byte offset of a line, updtype may be one of:
@@ -5487,7 +5486,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
     else if (curix < buf->b_ml.ml_usedchunks - 1
 	      && line >= curline + buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize[curix].mlcs_numlines)
     {
-	/* Adjust cached curix & curline */
+	// Adjust cached curix & curline
 	curline += buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize[curix].mlcs_numlines;
 	curix++;
     }
@@ -5500,7 +5499,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
     {
 	curchnk->mlcs_numlines++;
 
-	/* May resize here so we don't have to do it in both cases below */
+	// May resize here so we don't have to do it in both cases below
 	if (buf->b_ml.ml_usedchunks + 1 >= buf->b_ml.ml_numchunks)
 	{
 	    chunksize_T *t_chunksize = buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize;
@@ -5511,7 +5510,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
 			    sizeof(chunksize_T) * buf->b_ml.ml_numchunks);
 	    if (buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize == NULL)
 	    {
-		/* Hmmmm, Give up on offset for this buffer */
+		// Hmmmm, Give up on offset for this buffer
 		vim_free(t_chunksize);
 		buf->b_ml.ml_usedchunks = -1;
 		return;
@@ -5520,7 +5519,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
 
 	if (buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize[curix].mlcs_numlines >= MLCS_MAXL)
 	{
-	    int	    count;	    /* number of entries in block */
+	    int	    count;	    // number of entries in block
 	    int	    idx;
 	    int	    end_idx;
 	    int	    text_end;
@@ -5530,7 +5529,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
 			buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize + curix,
 			(buf->b_ml.ml_usedchunks - curix) *
 			sizeof(chunksize_T));
-	    /* Compute length of first half of lines in the split chunk */
+	    // Compute length of first half of lines in the split chunk
 	    size = 0;
 	    linecnt = 0;
 	    while (curline < buf->b_ml.ml_line_count
@@ -5573,7 +5572,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
 		else
 #endif
 		{
-		    if (idx == 0)/* first line in block, text at the end */
+		    if (idx == 0)// first line in block, text at the end
 			text_end = dp->db_txt_end;
 		    else
 			text_end = ((dp->db_index[idx - 1]) & DB_INDEX_MASK);
@@ -5585,7 +5584,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
 	    buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize[curix].mlcs_totalsize = size;
 	    buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize[curix + 1].mlcs_totalsize -= size;
 	    buf->b_ml.ml_usedchunks++;
-	    ml_upd_lastbuf = NULL;   /* Force recalc of curix & curline */
+	    ml_upd_lastbuf = NULL;   // Force recalc of curix & curline
 	    return;
 	}
 	else if (buf->b_ml.ml_chunksize[curix].mlcs_numlines >= MLCS_MINL
@@ -5632,7 +5631,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
     else if (updtype == ML_CHNK_DELLINE)
     {
 	curchnk->mlcs_numlines--;
-	ml_upd_lastbuf = NULL;   /* Force recalc of curix & curline */
+	ml_upd_lastbuf = NULL;   // Force recalc of curix & curline
 	if (curix < (buf->b_ml.ml_usedchunks - 1)
 		&& (curchnk->mlcs_numlines + curchnk[1].mlcs_numlines)
 		   <= MLCS_MINL)
@@ -5654,7 +5653,7 @@ ml_updatechunk(
 	    return;
 	}
 
-	/* Collapse chunks */
+	// Collapse chunks
 	curchnk[-1].mlcs_numlines += curchnk->mlcs_numlines;
 	curchnk[-1].mlcs_totalsize += curchnk->mlcs_totalsize;
 	buf->b_ml.ml_usedchunks--;
@@ -5687,7 +5686,7 @@ ml_find_line_or_offset(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, long *offp)
     long	size;
     bhdr_T	*hp;
     DATA_BL	*dp;
-    int		count;		/* number of entries in block */
+    int		count;		// number of entries in block
     int		idx;
     int		start_idx;
     int		text_end;
@@ -5696,7 +5695,7 @@ ml_find_line_or_offset(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, long *offp)
     int		ffdos = (get_fileformat(buf) == EOL_DOS);
     int		extra = 0;
 
-    /* take care of cached line first */
+    // take care of cached line first
     ml_flush_line(curbuf);
 
     if (buf->b_ml.ml_usedchunks == -1
@@ -5709,7 +5708,7 @@ ml_find_line_or_offset(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, long *offp)
     else
 	offset = *offp;
     if (lnum == 0 && offset <= 0)
-	return 1;   /* Not a "find offset" and offset 0 _must_ be in line 1 */
+	return 1;   // Not a "find offset" and offset 0 _must_ be in line 1
     /*
      * Find the last chunk before the one containing our line. Last chunk is
      * special because it will never qualify
@@ -5739,11 +5738,11 @@ ml_find_line_or_offset(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, long *offp)
 	count = (long)(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high) -
 		(long)(buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low) + 1;
 	start_idx = idx = curline - buf->b_ml.ml_locked_low;
-	if (idx == 0)/* first line in block, text at the end */
+	if (idx == 0)// first line in block, text at the end
 	    text_end = dp->db_txt_end;
 	else
 	    text_end = ((dp->db_index[idx - 1]) & DB_INDEX_MASK);
-	/* Compute index of last line to use in this MEMLINE */
+	// Compute index of last line to use in this MEMLINE
 	if (lnum != 0)
 	{
 	    if (curline + (count - idx) >= lnum)
@@ -5794,7 +5793,7 @@ ml_find_line_or_offset(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, long *offp)
 		     - (text_end - ((dp->db_index[idx - 1]) & DB_INDEX_MASK));
 	    curline += idx - start_idx + extra;
 	    if (curline > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
-		return -1;	/* exactly one byte beyond the end */
+		return -1;	// exactly one byte beyond the end
 	    return curline;
 	}
 	curline = buf->b_ml.ml_locked_high + 1;
@@ -5802,12 +5801,12 @@ ml_find_line_or_offset(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, long *offp)
 
     if (lnum != 0)
     {
-	/* Count extra CR characters. */
+	// Count extra CR characters.
 	if (ffdos)
 	    size += lnum - 1;
 
-	/* Don't count the last line break if 'noeol' and ('bin' or
-	 * 'nofixeol'). */
+	// Don't count the last line break if 'noeol' and ('bin' or
+	// 'nofixeol').
 	if ((!buf->b_p_fixeol || buf->b_p_bin) && !buf->b_p_eol
 					   && lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
 	    size -= ffdos + 1;
@@ -5825,12 +5824,12 @@ goto_byte(long cnt)
     long	boff = cnt;
     linenr_T	lnum;
 
-    ml_flush_line(curbuf);	/* cached line may be dirty */
+    ml_flush_line(curbuf);	// cached line may be dirty
     setpcmark();
     if (boff)
 	--boff;
     lnum = ml_find_line_or_offset(curbuf, (linenr_T)0, &boff);
-    if (lnum < 1)	/* past the end */
+    if (lnum < 1)	// past the end
     {
 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
 	curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
@@ -5845,7 +5844,7 @@ goto_byte(long cnt)
     }
     check_cursor();
 
-    /* Make sure the cursor is on the first byte of a multi-byte char. */
+    // Make sure the cursor is on the first byte of a multi-byte char.
     if (has_mbyte)
 	mb_adjust_cursor();
 }
diff --git a/src/menu.c b/src/menu.c
index 26327941c..d82f04d8f 100644
--- a/src/menu.c
+++ b/src/menu.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 
 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO)
 
-#define MENUDEPTH   10		/* maximum depth of menus */
+#define MENUDEPTH   10		// maximum depth of menus
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
 static int add_menu_path(char_u *, vimmenu_T *, int *, char_u *, int);
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static void menu_unescape_name(char_u	*p);
 
 static char_u *menu_translate_tab_and_shift(char_u *arg_start);
 
-/* The character for each menu mode */
+// The character for each menu mode
 static char *menu_mode_chars[] = {"n", "v", "s", "o", "i", "c", "tl", "t"};
 
 static char_u e_notsubmenu[] = N_("E327: Part of menu-item path is not sub-menu");
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ get_root_menu(char_u *name)
  */
     void
 ex_menu(
-    exarg_T	*eap)		    /* Ex command arguments */
+    exarg_T	*eap)		    // Ex command arguments
 {
     char_u	*menu_path;
     int		modes;
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ ex_menu(
 # endif
 #endif
     int		pri_tab[MENUDEPTH + 1];
-    int		enable = MAYBE;	    /* TRUE for "menu enable", FALSE for "menu
-				     * disable */
+    int		enable = MAYBE;	    // TRUE for "menu enable", FALSE for "menu
+				    // disable
 #ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
     char_u	*icon = NULL;
 #endif
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ ex_menu(
     }
 
 
-    /* Locate an optional "icon=filename" argument. */
+    // Locate an optional "icon=filename" argument.
     if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0)
     {
 	arg += 5;
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ex_menu(
 	i = 0;
     while (i < MENUDEPTH)
 	pri_tab[i++] = 500;
-    pri_tab[MENUDEPTH] = -1;		/* mark end of the table */
+    pri_tab[MENUDEPTH] = -1;		// mark end of the table
 
     /*
      * Check for "disable" or "enable" argument.
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ ex_menu(
 
     root_menu_ptr = get_root_menu(menu_path);
     if (root_menu_ptr == &curwin->w_winbar)
-	/* Assume the window toolbar menu will change. */
+	// Assume the window toolbar menu will change.
 	redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
 
     if (enable != MAYBE)
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ ex_menu(
 	 * For the PopUp menu, remove a menu for each mode separately.
 	 * Careful: menu_nable_recurse() changes menu_path.
 	 */
-	if (STRCMP(menu_path, "*") == 0)	/* meaning: do all menus */
+	if (STRCMP(menu_path, "*") == 0)	// meaning: do all menus
 	    menu_path = (char_u *)"";
 
 	if (menu_is_popup(menu_path))
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ ex_menu(
 	/*
 	 * Delete menu(s).
 	 */
-	if (STRCMP(menu_path, "*") == 0)	/* meaning: remove all menus */
+	if (STRCMP(menu_path, "*") == 0)	// meaning: remove all menus
 	    menu_path = (char_u *)"";
 
 	/*
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ ex_menu(
 		}
 	}
 
-	/* Careful: remove_menu() changes menu_path */
+	// Careful: remove_menu() changes menu_path
 	remove_menu(root_menu_ptr, menu_path, modes, FALSE);
     }
     else
@@ -364,13 +364,13 @@ ex_menu(
 	 * Add menu(s).
 	 * Replace special key codes.
 	 */
-	if (STRICMP(map_to, "<nop>") == 0)	/* "<Nop>" means nothing */
+	if (STRICMP(map_to, "<nop>") == 0)	// "<Nop>" means nothing
 	{
 	    map_to = (char_u *)"";
 	    map_buf = NULL;
 	}
 	else if (modes & MENU_TIP_MODE)
-	    map_buf = NULL;	/* Menu tips are plain text. */
+	    map_buf = NULL;	// Menu tips are plain text.
 	else
 	    map_to = replace_termcodes(map_to, &map_buf,
 			REPTERM_DO_LT | (special ? REPTERM_SPECIAL : 0), NULL);
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ ex_menu(
 		    p = popup_mode_name(menu_path, i);
 		    if (p != NULL)
 		    {
-			/* Include all modes, to make ":amenu" work */
+			// Include all modes, to make ":amenu" work
 			menuarg.modes = modes;
 #ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
 			menuarg.iconfile = NULL;
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ ex_menu(
     }
 
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && !(defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK))
-    /* If the menubar height changed, resize the window */
+    // If the menubar height changed, resize the window
     if (gui.in_use
 	    && (gui.menu_height != old_menu_height
 # if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN)
@@ -451,12 +451,12 @@ theend:
     static int
 add_menu_path(
     char_u	*menu_path,
-    vimmenu_T	*menuarg,	/* passes modes, iconfile, iconidx,
-				   icon_builtin, silent[0], noremap[0] */
+    vimmenu_T	*menuarg,	// passes modes, iconfile, iconidx,
+				// icon_builtin, silent[0], noremap[0]
     int		*pri_tab,
     char_u	*call_data
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
-    , int	addtearoff	/* may add tearoff item */
+    , int	addtearoff	// may add tearoff item
 #endif
     )
 {
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ add_menu_path(
 #endif
     vimmenu_T	**root_menu_ptr;
 
-    /* Make a copy so we can stuff around with it, since it could be const */
+    // Make a copy so we can stuff around with it, since it could be const
     path_name = vim_strsave(menu_path);
     if (path_name == NULL)
 	return FAIL;
@@ -496,8 +496,8 @@ add_menu_path(
     name = path_name;
     while (*name)
     {
-	/* Get name of this element in the menu hierarchy, and the simplified
-	 * name (without mnemonic and accelerator text). */
+	// Get name of this element in the menu hierarchy, and the simplified
+	// name (without mnemonic and accelerator text).
 	next_name = menu_name_skip(name);
 #ifdef	FEAT_MULTI_LANG
 	map_to = menutrans_lookup(name, (int)STRLEN(name));
@@ -514,12 +514,12 @@ add_menu_path(
 	    goto erret;
 	if (*dname == NUL)
 	{
-	    /* Only a mnemonic or accelerator is not valid. */
+	    // Only a mnemonic or accelerator is not valid.
 	    emsg(_("E792: Empty menu name"));
 	    goto erret;
 	}
 
-	/* See if it's already there */
+	// See if it's already there
 	lower_pri = menup;
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
 	idx = 0;
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@ add_menu_path(
 	    }
 	    menup = &menu->next;
 
-	    /* Count menus, to find where this one needs to be inserted.
-	     * Ignore menus that are not in the menubar (PopUp and Toolbar) */
+	    // Count menus, to find where this one needs to be inserted.
+	    // Ignore menus that are not in the menubar (PopUp and Toolbar)
 	    if (parent != NULL || menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
 	    {
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ add_menu_path(
 		goto erret;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Not already there, so lets add it */
+	    // Not already there, so lets add it
 	    menu = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(vimmenu_T);
 	    if (menu == NULL)
 		goto erret;
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ add_menu_path(
 	    menu->modes = modes;
 	    menu->enabled = MENU_ALL_MODES;
 	    menu->name = vim_strsave(name);
-	    /* separate mnemonic and accelerator text from actual menu name */
+	    // separate mnemonic and accelerator text from actual menu name
 	    menu->dname = menu_text(name, &menu->mnemonic, &menu->actext);
 #ifdef	FEAT_MULTI_LANG
 	    if (en_name != NULL)
@@ -607,13 +607,13 @@ add_menu_path(
 	    menu->priority = pri_tab[pri_idx];
 	    menu->parent = parent;
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MOTIF
-	    menu->sensitive = TRUE;	    /* the default */
+	    menu->sensitive = TRUE;	    // the default
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
 	    menu->tip = NULL;
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_ATHENA
-	    menu->image = None;		    /* X-Windows definition for NULL*/
+	    menu->image = None;		    // X-Windows definition for NULL
 #endif
 
 	    /*
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ add_menu_path(
 		menu->iconfile = vim_strsave(menuarg->iconfile);
 #endif
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) && defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)
-	    /* the tearoff item must be present in the modes of each item. */
+	    // the tearoff item must be present in the modes of each item.
 	    if (parent != NULL && menu_is_tearoff(parent->children->dname))
 		parent->children->modes |= modes;
 #endif
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ add_menu_path(
 	     * Also enable a menu when it's created or changed.
 	     */
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
-	    /* If adding a tearbar (addtearoff == FALSE) don't update modes */
+	    // If adding a tearbar (addtearoff == FALSE) don't update modes
 	    if (addtearoff)
 #endif
 	    {
@@ -663,25 +663,25 @@ add_menu_path(
 	if ((old_modes & MENU_ALL_MODES) == 0
 		&& (menu->modes & MENU_ALL_MODES) != 0)
 	{
-	    if (gui.in_use)  /* Otherwise it will be added when GUI starts */
+	    if (gui.in_use)  // Otherwise it will be added when GUI starts
 	    {
 		if (*next_name == NUL)
 		{
-		    /* Real menu item, not sub-menu */
+		    // Real menu item, not sub-menu
 		    gui_mch_add_menu_item(menu, new_idx);
 
-		    /* Want to update menus now even if mode not changed */
+		    // Want to update menus now even if mode not changed
 		    force_menu_update = TRUE;
 		}
 		else
 		{
-		    /* Sub-menu (not at end of path yet) */
+		    // Sub-menu (not at end of path yet)
 		    gui_mch_add_menu(menu, new_idx);
 		}
 	    }
 
 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) & defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)
-	    /* When adding a new submenu, may add a tearoff item */
+	    // When adding a new submenu, may add a tearoff item
 	    if (	addtearoff
 		    && *next_name
 		    && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TEAROFF) != NULL
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ add_menu_path(
 	    }
 # endif
 	}
-#endif /* FEAT_GUI */
+#endif // FEAT_GUI
 
 	menup = &menu->children;
 	parent = menu;
@@ -748,17 +748,17 @@ add_menu_path(
 #endif
 	p = (call_data == NULL) ? NULL : vim_strsave(call_data);
 
-	/* loop over all modes, may add more than one */
+	// loop over all modes, may add more than one
 	for (i = 0; i < MENU_MODES; ++i)
 	{
 	    if (modes & (1 << i))
 	    {
-		/* free any old menu */
+		// free any old menu
 		free_menu_string(menu, i);
 
-		/* For "amenu", may insert an extra character.
-		 * Don't do this if adding a tearbar (addtearoff == FALSE).
-		 * Don't do this for "<Nop>". */
+		// For "amenu", may insert an extra character.
+		// Don't do this if adding a tearbar (addtearoff == FALSE).
+		// Don't do this for "<Nop>".
 		c = 0;
 		d = 0;
 		if (amenu && call_data != NULL && *call_data != NUL
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ add_menu_path(
 			{
 			    int	    len = (int)STRLEN(menu->strings[i]);
 
-			    /* Append CTRL-\ CTRL-G to obey 'insertmode'. */
+			    // Append CTRL-\ CTRL-G to obey 'insertmode'.
 			    menu->strings[i][len] = Ctrl_BSL;
 			    menu->strings[i][len + 1] = Ctrl_G;
 			    menu->strings[i][len + 2] = NUL;
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ add_menu_path(
 	}
 #if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) \
 	&& (defined(FEAT_BEVAL_GUI) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK))
-	/* Need to update the menu tip. */
+	// Need to update the menu tip.
 	if (modes & MENU_TIP_MODE)
 	    gui_mch_menu_set_tip(menu);
 #endif
@@ -825,8 +825,8 @@ erret:
     vim_free(path_name);
     vim_free(dname);
 
-    /* Delete any empty submenu we added before discovering the error.  Repeat
-     * for higher levels. */
+    // Delete any empty submenu we added before discovering the error.  Repeat
+    // for higher levels.
     while (parent != NULL && parent->children == NULL)
     {
 	if (parent->parent == NULL)
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ erret:
 	    menup = &parent->parent->children;
 	for ( ; *menup != NULL && *menup != parent; menup = &((*menup)->next))
 	    ;
-	if (*menup == NULL) /* safety check */
+	if (*menup == NULL) // safety check
 	    break;
 	parent = parent->parent;
 	free_menu(menup);
@@ -857,12 +857,12 @@ menu_nable_recurse(
     char_u	*p;
 
     if (menu == NULL)
-	return OK;		/* Got to bottom of hierarchy */
+	return OK;		// Got to bottom of hierarchy
 
-    /* Get name of this element in the menu hierarchy */
+    // Get name of this element in the menu hierarchy
     p = menu_name_skip(name);
 
-    /* Find the menu */
+    // Find the menu
     while (menu != NULL)
     {
 	if (*name == NUL || *name == '*' || menu_name_equal(name, menu))
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ menu_nable_recurse(
     }
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-    /* Want to update menus now even if mode not changed */
+    // Want to update menus now even if mode not changed
     force_menu_update = TRUE;
 #endif
 
@@ -917,19 +917,19 @@ remove_menu(
     vimmenu_T	**menup,
     char_u	*name,
     int		modes,
-    int		silent)		/* don't give error messages */
+    int		silent)		// don't give error messages
 {
     vimmenu_T	*menu;
     vimmenu_T	*child;
     char_u	*p;
 
     if (*menup == NULL)
-	return OK;		/* Got to bottom of hierarchy */
+	return OK;		// Got to bottom of hierarchy
 
-    /* Get name of this element in the menu hierarchy */
+    // Get name of this element in the menu hierarchy
     p = menu_name_skip(name);
 
-    /* Find the menu */
+    // Find the menu
     while ((menu = *menup) != NULL)
     {
 	if (*name == NUL || menu_name_equal(name, menu))
@@ -971,8 +971,8 @@ remove_menu(
 	    if (*name != NUL)
 		break;
 
-	    /* Remove the menu item for the given mode[s].  If the menu item
-	     * is no longer valid in ANY mode, delete it */
+	    // Remove the menu item for the given mode[s].  If the menu item
+	    // is no longer valid in ANY mode, delete it
 	    menu->modes &= ~modes;
 	    if (modes & MENU_TIP_MODE)
 		free_menu_string(menu, MENU_INDEX_TIP);
@@ -994,11 +994,11 @@ remove_menu(
 	}
 
 
-	/* Recalculate modes for menu based on the new updated children */
+	// Recalculate modes for menu based on the new updated children
 	menu->modes &= ~modes;
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) & defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)
-	if ((s_tearoffs) && (menu->children != NULL)) /* there's a tear bar.. */
-	    child = menu->children->next; /* don't count tearoff bar */
+	if ((s_tearoffs) && (menu->children != NULL)) // there's a tear bar..
+	    child = menu->children->next; // don't count tearoff bar
 	else
 #endif
 	    child = menu->children;
@@ -1009,16 +1009,16 @@ remove_menu(
 	    free_menu_string(menu, MENU_INDEX_TIP);
 #if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) \
 	    && (defined(FEAT_BEVAL_GUI) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK))
-	    /* Need to update the menu tip. */
+	    // Need to update the menu tip.
 	    if (gui.in_use)
 		gui_mch_menu_set_tip(menu);
 #endif
 	}
 	if ((menu->modes & MENU_ALL_MODES) == 0)
 	{
-	    /* The menu item is no longer valid in ANY mode, so delete it */
+	    // The menu item is no longer valid in ANY mode, so delete it
 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) & defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)
-	    if (s_tearoffs && menu->children != NULL) /* there's a tear bar.. */
+	    if (s_tearoffs && menu->children != NULL) // there's a tear bar..
 		free_menu(&menu->children);
 #endif
 	    *menup = menu;
@@ -1051,14 +1051,14 @@ free_menu(vimmenu_T **menup)
     menu = *menup;
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-    /* Free machine specific menu structures (only when already created) */
-    /* Also may rebuild a tearoff'ed menu */
+    // Free machine specific menu structures (only when already created)
+    // Also may rebuild a tearoff'ed menu
     if (gui.in_use)
 	gui_mch_destroy_menu(menu);
 #endif
 
-    /* Don't change *menup until after calling gui_mch_destroy_menu(). The
-     * MacOS code needs the original structure to properly delete the menu. */
+    // Don't change *menup until after calling gui_mch_destroy_menu(). The
+    // MacOS code needs the original structure to properly delete the menu.
     *menup = menu->next;
     vim_free(menu->name);
     vim_free(menu->dname);
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ free_menu(vimmenu_T **menup)
     vim_free(menu);
 
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
-    /* Want to update menus now even if mode not changed */
+    // Want to update menus now even if mode not changed
     force_menu_update = TRUE;
 #endif
 }
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ show_menus(char_u *path_name, int modes)
 	return FAIL;
     menu = *get_root_menu(path_name);
 
-    /* First, find the (sub)menu with the given name */
+    // First, find the (sub)menu with the given name
     while (*name)
     {
 	p = menu_name_skip(name);
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ show_menus(char_u *path_name, int modes)
 	{
 	    if (menu_name_equal(name, menu))
 	    {
-		/* Found menu */
+		// Found menu
 		if (*p != NUL && menu->children == NULL)
 		{
 		    emsg(_(e_notsubmenu));
@@ -1153,8 +1153,8 @@ show_menus(char_u *path_name, int modes)
     }
     vim_free(path_name);
 
-    /* Now we have found the matching menu, and we list the mappings */
-						    /* Highlight title */
+    // Now we have found the matching menu, and we list the mappings
+						    // Highlight title
     msg_puts_title(_("\n--- Menus ---"));
 
     show_menus_recursive(parent, modes, 0);
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ show_menus_recursive(vimmenu_T *menu, int modes, int depth)
     if (menu != NULL)
     {
 	msg_putchar('\n');
-	if (got_int)		/* "q" hit for "--more--" */
+	if (got_int)		// "q" hit for "--more--"
 	    return;
 	for (i = 0; i < depth; i++)
 	    msg_puts("  ");
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ show_menus_recursive(vimmenu_T *menu, int modes, int depth)
 	    msg_outnum((long)menu->priority);
 	    msg_puts(" ");
 	}
-				/* Same highlighting as for directories!? */
+				// Same highlighting as for directories!?
 	msg_outtrans_attr(menu->name, HL_ATTR(HLF_D));
     }
 
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ show_menus_recursive(vimmenu_T *menu, int modes, int depth)
 	    if ((menu->modes & modes & (1 << bit)) != 0)
 	    {
 		msg_putchar('\n');
-		if (got_int)		/* "q" hit for "--more--" */
+		if (got_int)		// "q" hit for "--more--"
 		    return;
 		for (i = 0; i < depth + 2; i++)
 		    msg_puts("  ");
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ show_menus_recursive(vimmenu_T *menu, int modes, int depth)
 	else
 	    menu = menu->children;
 
-	/* recursively show all children.  Skip PopUp[nvoci]. */
+	// recursively show all children.  Skip PopUp[nvoci].
 	for (; menu != NULL && !got_int; menu = menu->next)
 	    if (!menu_is_hidden(menu->dname))
 		show_menus_recursive(menu, modes, depth + 1);
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ show_menus_recursive(vimmenu_T *menu, int modes, int depth)
 static vimmenu_T	*expand_menu = NULL;
 static vimmenu_T	*expand_menu_alt = NULL;
 static int		expand_modes = 0x0;
-static int		expand_emenu;	/* TRUE for ":emenu" command */
+static int		expand_emenu;	// TRUE for ":emenu" command
 
 /*
  * Work out what to complete when doing command line completion of menu names.
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ set_context_in_menu_cmd(
     xp->xp_context = EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL;
 
 
-    /* Check for priority numbers, enable and disable */
+    // Check for priority numbers, enable and disable
     for (p = arg; *p; ++p)
 	if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) && *p != '.')
 	    break;
@@ -1297,12 +1297,12 @@ set_context_in_menu_cmd(
 	    after_dot = p + 1;
     }
 
-    /* ":tearoff" and ":popup" only use menus, not entries */
+    // ":tearoff" and ":popup" only use menus, not entries
     expand_menus = !((*cmd == 't' && cmd[1] == 'e') || *cmd == 'p');
     expand_emenu = (*cmd == 'e');
     if (expand_menus && VIM_ISWHITE(*p))
-	return NULL;	/* TODO: check for next command? */
-    if (*p == NUL)		/* Complete the menu name */
+	return NULL;	// TODO: check for next command?
+    if (*p == NUL)		// Complete the menu name
     {
 	int try_alt_menu = TRUE;
 
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ set_context_in_menu_cmd(
 	    {
 		if (menu_name_equal(name, menu))
 		{
-		    /* Found menu */
+		    // Found menu
 		    if ((*p != NUL && menu->children == NULL)
 			|| ((menu->modes & expand_modes) == 0x0))
 		    {
@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ set_context_in_menu_cmd(
 	    }
 	    if (menu == NULL)
 	    {
-		/* No menu found with the name we were looking for */
+		// No menu found with the name we were looking for
 		vim_free(path_name);
 		return NULL;
 	    }
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ set_context_in_menu_cmd(
 	else
 	    expand_menu_alt = NULL;
     }
-    else			/* We're in the mapping part */
+    else			// We're in the mapping part
 	xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
     return NULL;
 }
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ get_menu_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
     static  int		should_advance = FALSE;
 #endif
 
-    if (idx == 0)	    /* first call: start at first item */
+    if (idx == 0)	    // first call: start at first item
     {
 	menu = expand_menu;
 	did_alt_menu = FALSE;
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ get_menu_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
 #endif
     }
 
-    /* Skip PopUp[nvoci]. */
+    // Skip PopUp[nvoci].
     while (menu != NULL && (menu_is_hidden(menu->dname)
 	    || menu_is_separator(menu->dname)
 	    || menu_is_tearoff(menu->dname)
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ get_menu_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
 	}
     }
 
-    if (menu == NULL)	    /* at end of linked list */
+    if (menu == NULL)	    // at end of linked list
 	return NULL;
 
     if (menu->modes & expand_modes)
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ get_menu_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
     if (should_advance)
 #endif
     {
-	/* Advance to next menu entry. */
+	// Advance to next menu entry.
 	menu = menu->next;
 	if (menu == NULL && !did_alt_menu)
 	{
@@ -1462,13 +1462,13 @@ get_menu_names(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
     static vimmenu_T	*menu = NULL;
     static int		did_alt_menu = FALSE;
 #define TBUFFER_LEN 256
-    static char_u	tbuffer[TBUFFER_LEN]; /*hack*/
+    static char_u	tbuffer[TBUFFER_LEN]; //hack
     char_u		*str;
 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
     static  int		should_advance = FALSE;
 #endif
 
-    if (idx == 0)	    /* first call: start at first item */
+    if (idx == 0)	    // first call: start at first item
     {
 	menu = expand_menu;
 	did_alt_menu = FALSE;
@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ get_menu_names(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
 #endif
     }
 
-    /* Skip Browse-style entries, popup menus and separators. */
+    // Skip Browse-style entries, popup menus and separators.
     while (menu != NULL
 	    && (   menu_is_hidden(menu->dname)
 		|| (expand_emenu && menu_is_separator(menu->dname))
@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@ get_menu_names(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
 	}
     }
 
-    if (menu == NULL)	    /* at end of linked list */
+    if (menu == NULL)	    // at end of linked list
 	return NULL;
 
     if (menu->modes & expand_modes)
@@ -1514,8 +1514,8 @@ get_menu_names(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
 		    should_advance = TRUE;
 	    }
 #endif
-	    /* hack on menu separators:  use a 'magic' char for the separator
-	     * so that '.' in names gets escaped properly */
+	    // hack on menu separators:  use a 'magic' char for the separator
+	    // so that '.' in names gets escaped properly
 	    STRCAT(tbuffer, "\001");
 	    str = tbuffer;
 	}
@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ get_menu_names(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx)
     if (should_advance)
 #endif
     {
-	/* Advance to next menu entry. */
+	// Advance to next menu entry.
 	menu = menu->next;
 	if (menu == NULL && !did_alt_menu)
 	{
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ menu_namecmp(char_u *name, char_u *mname)
     static int
 get_menu_cmd_modes(
     char_u  *cmd,
-    int	    forceit,	    /* Was there a "!" after the command? */
+    int	    forceit,	    // Was there a "!" after the command?
     int	    *noremap,
     int	    *unmenu)
 {
@@ -1629,50 +1629,50 @@ get_menu_cmd_modes(
 
     switch (*cmd++)
     {
-	case 'v':			/* vmenu, vunmenu, vnoremenu */
+	case 'v':			// vmenu, vunmenu, vnoremenu
 	    modes = MENU_VISUAL_MODE | MENU_SELECT_MODE;
 	    break;
-	case 'x':			/* xmenu, xunmenu, xnoremenu */
+	case 'x':			// xmenu, xunmenu, xnoremenu
 	    modes = MENU_VISUAL_MODE;
 	    break;
-	case 's':			/* smenu, sunmenu, snoremenu */
+	case 's':			// smenu, sunmenu, snoremenu
 	    modes = MENU_SELECT_MODE;
 	    break;
-	case 'o':			/* omenu */
+	case 'o':			// omenu
 	    modes = MENU_OP_PENDING_MODE;
 	    break;
-	case 'i':			/* imenu */
+	case 'i':			// imenu
 	    modes = MENU_INSERT_MODE;
 	    break;
 	case 't':
-	    if (*cmd == 'l')            /* tlmenu, tlunmenu, tlnoremenu */
+	    if (*cmd == 'l')            // tlmenu, tlunmenu, tlnoremenu
 	    {
 		modes = MENU_TERMINAL_MODE;
 		++cmd;
 		break;
 	    }
-	    modes = MENU_TIP_MODE;	/* tmenu */
+	    modes = MENU_TIP_MODE;	// tmenu
 	    break;
-	case 'c':			/* cmenu */
+	case 'c':			// cmenu
 	    modes = MENU_CMDLINE_MODE;
 	    break;
-	case 'a':			/* amenu */
+	case 'a':			// amenu
 	    modes = MENU_INSERT_MODE | MENU_CMDLINE_MODE | MENU_NORMAL_MODE
 				    | MENU_VISUAL_MODE | MENU_SELECT_MODE
 				    | MENU_OP_PENDING_MODE;
 	    break;
 	case 'n':
-	    if (*cmd != 'o')		/* nmenu, not noremenu */
+	    if (*cmd != 'o')		// nmenu, not noremenu
 	    {
 		modes = MENU_NORMAL_MODE;
 		break;
 	    }
-	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	    // FALLTHROUGH
 	default:
 	    --cmd;
-	    if (forceit)		/* menu!! */
+	    if (forceit)		// menu!!
 		modes = MENU_INSERT_MODE | MENU_CMDLINE_MODE;
-	    else			/* menu */
+	    else			// menu
 		modes = MENU_NORMAL_MODE | MENU_VISUAL_MODE | MENU_SELECT_MODE
 						       | MENU_OP_PENDING_MODE;
     }
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ menu_text(char_u *str, int *mnemonic, char_u **actext)
     char_u	*p;
     char_u	*text;
 
-    /* Locate accelerator text, after the first TAB */
+    // Locate accelerator text, after the first TAB
     p = vim_strchr(str, TAB);
     if (p != NULL)
     {
@@ -1772,13 +1772,13 @@ menu_text(char_u *str, int *mnemonic, char_u **actext)
     else
 	text = vim_strsave(str);
 
-    /* Find mnemonic characters "&a" and reduce "&&" to "&". */
+    // Find mnemonic characters "&a" and reduce "&&" to "&".
     for (p = text; p != NULL; )
     {
 	p = vim_strchr(p, '&');
 	if (p != NULL)
 	{
-	    if (p[1] == NUL)	    /* trailing "&" */
+	    if (p[1] == NUL)	    // trailing "&"
 		break;
 	    if (mnemonic != NULL && p[1] != '&')
 #if !defined(__MVS__) || defined(MOTIF390_MNEMONIC_FIXED)
@@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ get_menu_mode(void)
 	return MENU_INDEX_OP_PENDING;
     if (State & NORMAL)
 	return MENU_INDEX_NORMAL;
-    if (State & LANGMAP)	/* must be a "r" command, like Insert mode */
+    if (State & LANGMAP)	// must be a "r" command, like Insert mode
 	return MENU_INDEX_INSERT;
     return MENU_INDEX_INVALID;
 }
@@ -1941,14 +1941,14 @@ show_popupmenu(void)
 	if (STRNCMP("PopUp", menu->name, 5) == 0 && STRNCMP(menu->name + 5, mode, mode_len) == 0)
 	    break;
 
-    /* Only show a popup when it is defined and has entries */
+    // Only show a popup when it is defined and has entries
     if (menu != NULL && menu->children != NULL)
     {
 # if defined(FEAT_GUI)
 	if (gui.in_use)
 	{
-	    /* Update the menus now, in case the MenuPopup autocommand did
-	     * anything. */
+	    // Update the menus now, in case the MenuPopup autocommand did
+	    // anything.
 	    gui_update_menus(0);
 	    gui_mch_show_popupmenu(menu);
 	}
@@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ gui_create_initial_menus(vimmenu_T *menu)
 
     while (menu != NULL)
     {
-	/* Don't add a menu when only a tip was defined. */
+	// Don't add a menu when only a tip was defined.
 	if (menu->modes & MENU_ALL_MODES)
 	{
 	    if (menu->children != NULL)
@@ -2033,11 +2033,11 @@ gui_update_menus_recurse(vimmenu_T *menu, int mode)
 	else
 	    grey = TRUE;
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_ATHENA
-	/* Hiding menus doesn't work for Athena, it can cause a crash. */
+	// Hiding menus doesn't work for Athena, it can cause a crash.
 	gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, grey);
 # else
-	/* Never hide a toplevel menu, it may make the menubar resize or
-	 * disappear. Same problem for ToolBar items. */
+	// Never hide a toplevel menu, it may make the menubar resize or
+	// disappear. Same problem for ToolBar items.
 	if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_GREY) != NULL || menu->parent == NULL
 #  ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
 		|| menu_is_toolbar(menu->parent->name)
@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ gui_is_menu_shortcut(int key)
     return FALSE;
 }
 # endif
-#endif /* FEAT_GUI */
+#endif // FEAT_GUI
 
 #if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) && defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)) || defined(PROTO)
 
@@ -2145,8 +2145,8 @@ gui_create_tearoffs_recurse(
     {
 	if (menu->children != NULL && menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
 	{
-	    /* Add the menu name to the menu path.  Insert a backslash before
-	     * dots (it's used to separate menu names). */
+	    // Add the menu name to the menu path.  Insert a backslash before
+	    // dots (it's used to separate menu names).
 	    len = (int)STRLEN(pname) + (int)STRLEN(menu->name);
 	    for (s = menu->name; *s; ++s)
 		if (*s == '.' || *s == '\\')
@@ -2164,11 +2164,11 @@ gui_create_tearoffs_recurse(
 		}
 		*d = NUL;
 
-		/* check if tearoff already exists */
+		// check if tearoff already exists
 		if (STRCMP(menu->children->name, TEAR_STRING) != 0)
 		{
 		    gui_add_tearoff(newpname, pri_tab, pri_idx - 1);
-		    *d = NUL;			/* remove TEAR_STRING */
+		    *d = NUL;			// remove TEAR_STRING
 		}
 
 		STRCAT(newpname, ".");
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ gui_add_tearoff(char_u *tearpath, int *pri_tab, int pri_idx)
 	STRCAT(tearpath, ".");
 	STRCAT(tearpath, TEAR_STRING);
 
-	/* Priority of tear-off is always 1 */
+	// Priority of tear-off is always 1
 	t = pri_tab[pri_idx + 1];
 	pri_tab[pri_idx + 1] = 1;
 
@@ -2238,20 +2238,20 @@ gui_destroy_tearoffs_recurse(vimmenu_T *menu)
     {
 	if (menu->children)
 	{
-	    /* check if tearoff exists */
+	    // check if tearoff exists
 	    if (STRCMP(menu->children->name, TEAR_STRING) == 0)
 	    {
-		/* Disconnect the item and free the memory */
+		// Disconnect the item and free the memory
 		free_menu(&menu->children);
 	    }
-	    if (menu->children != NULL) /* if not the last one */
+	    if (menu->children != NULL) // if not the last one
 		gui_destroy_tearoffs_recurse(menu->children);
 	}
 	menu = menu->next;
     }
 }
 
-#endif /* FEAT_GUI_MSWIN && FEAT_TEAROFF */
+#endif // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN && FEAT_TEAROFF
 
 /*
  * Execute "menu".  Use by ":emenu" and the window toolbar.
@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ execute_menu(exarg_T *eap, vimmenu_T *menu, int mode_idx)
 
     if (idx < 0)
     {
-	/* Use the Insert mode entry when returning to Insert mode. */
+	// Use the Insert mode entry when returning to Insert mode.
 	if (restart_edit
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
 		&& !current_sctx.sc_sid
@@ -2291,14 +2291,14 @@ execute_menu(exarg_T *eap, vimmenu_T *menu, int mode_idx)
 
 	    idx = MENU_INDEX_VISUAL;
 
-	    /* GEDDES: This is not perfect - but it is a
-	     * quick way of detecting whether we are doing this from a
-	     * selection - see if the range matches up with the visual
-	     * select start and end.  */
+	    // GEDDES: This is not perfect - but it is a
+	    // quick way of detecting whether we are doing this from a
+	    // selection - see if the range matches up with the visual
+	    // select start and end.
 	    if ((curbuf->b_visual.vi_start.lnum == eap->line1)
 		    && (curbuf->b_visual.vi_end.lnum) == eap->line2)
 	    {
-		/* Set it up for visual mode - equivalent to gv.  */
+		// Set it up for visual mode - equivalent to gv.
 		VIsual_mode = curbuf->b_visual.vi_mode;
 		tpos = curbuf->b_visual.vi_end;
 		curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_visual.vi_start;
@@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ execute_menu(exarg_T *eap, vimmenu_T *menu, int mode_idx)
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
-		/* Set it up for line-wise visual mode */
+		// Set it up for line-wise visual mode
 		VIsual_mode = 'V';
 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
 		curwin->w_cursor.col = 1;
@@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ execute_menu(exarg_T *eap, vimmenu_T *menu, int mode_idx)
 		tpos.coladd = 0;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Activate visual mode */
+	    // Activate visual mode
 	    VIsual_active = TRUE;
 	    VIsual_reselect = TRUE;
 	    check_cursor();
@@ -2324,23 +2324,23 @@ execute_menu(exarg_T *eap, vimmenu_T *menu, int mode_idx)
 
 	    check_cursor();
 
-	    /* Adjust the cursor to make sure it is in the correct pos
-	     * for exclusive mode */
+	    // Adjust the cursor to make sure it is in the correct pos
+	    // for exclusive mode
 	    if (*p_sel == 'e' && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
 	}
     }
 
-    /* For the WinBar menu always use the Normal mode menu. */
+    // For the WinBar menu always use the Normal mode menu.
     if (idx == -1 || eap == NULL)
 	idx = MENU_INDEX_NORMAL;
 
     if (idx != MENU_INDEX_INVALID && menu->strings[idx] != NULL
 						 && (menu->modes & (1 << idx)))
     {
-	/* When executing a script or function execute the commands right now.
-	 * Also for the window toolbar.
-	 * Otherwise put them in the typeahead buffer. */
+	// When executing a script or function execute the commands right now.
+	// Also for the window toolbar.
+	// Otherwise put them in the typeahead buffer.
 	if (eap == NULL
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
 		|| current_sctx.sc_sid != 0
@@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ ex_emenu(exarg_T *eap)
     name = saved_name;
     while (*name)
     {
-	/* Find in the menu hierarchy */
+	// Find in the menu hierarchy
 	p = menu_name_skip(name);
 
 	while (menu != NULL)
@@ -2496,8 +2496,8 @@ winbar_click(win_T *wp, int col)
 
 	    if (wp != curwin)
 	    {
-		/* Clicking in the window toolbar of a not-current window.
-		 * Make that window the current one and save Visual mode. */
+		// Clicking in the window toolbar of a not-current window.
+		// Make that window the current one and save Visual mode.
 		save_curwin = curwin;
 		VIsual_active = FALSE;
 		curwin = wp;
@@ -2547,7 +2547,7 @@ gui_find_menu(char_u *path_name)
     name = saved_name;
     while (*name)
     {
-	/* find the end of one dot-separated name and put a NUL at the dot */
+	// find the end of one dot-separated name and put a NUL at the dot
 	p = menu_name_skip(name);
 
 	while (menu != NULL)
@@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ gui_find_menu(char_u *path_name)
 	    {
 		if (menu->children == NULL)
 		{
-		    /* found a menu item instead of a sub-menu */
+		    // found a menu item instead of a sub-menu
 		    if (*p == NUL)
 			emsg(_("E336: Menu path must lead to a sub-menu"));
 		    else
@@ -2564,16 +2564,16 @@ gui_find_menu(char_u *path_name)
 		    menu = NULL;
 		    goto theend;
 		}
-		if (*p == NUL)	    /* found a full match */
+		if (*p == NUL)	    // found a full match
 		    goto theend;
 		break;
 	    }
 	    menu = menu->next;
 	}
-	if (menu == NULL)	/* didn't find it */
+	if (menu == NULL)	// didn't find it
 	    break;
 
-	/* Found a match, search the sub-menu. */
+	// Found a match, search the sub-menu.
 	menu = menu->children;
 	name = p;
     }
@@ -2593,9 +2593,9 @@ theend:
 
 typedef struct
 {
-    char_u	*from;		/* English name */
-    char_u	*from_noamp;	/* same, without '&' */
-    char_u	*to;		/* translated name */
+    char_u	*from;		// English name
+    char_u	*from_noamp;	// same, without '&'
+    char_u	*to;		// translated name
 } menutrans_T;
 
 static garray_T menutrans_ga = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
@@ -2632,13 +2632,13 @@ ex_menutranslate(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 	}
 	ga_clear(&menutrans_ga);
 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
-	/* Delete all "menutrans_" global variables. */
+	// Delete all "menutrans_" global variables.
 	del_menutrans_vars();
 # endif
     }
     else
     {
-	/* ":menutrans from to": add translation */
+	// ":menutrans from to": add translation
 	from = arg;
 	arg = menu_skip_part(arg);
 	to = skipwhite(arg);
@@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ menutrans_lookup(char_u *name, int len)
 	if (STRNICMP(name, tp[i].from, len) == 0 && tp[i].from[len] == NUL)
 	    return tp[i].to;
 
-    /* Now try again while ignoring '&' characters. */
+    // Now try again while ignoring '&' characters.
     i = name[len];
     name[len] = NUL;
     dname = menu_text(name, NULL, NULL);
@@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ menu_unescape_name(char_u *name)
 	if (*p == '\\')
 	    STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
 }
-#endif /* FEAT_MULTI_LANG */
+#endif // FEAT_MULTI_LANG
 
 /*
  * Isolate the menu name.
@@ -2773,4 +2773,4 @@ menu_translate_tab_and_shift(char_u *arg_start)
     return arg;
 }
 
-#endif /* FEAT_MENU */
+#endif // FEAT_MENU
diff --git a/src/version.c b/src/version.c
index 27d785ba9..43244d47e 100644
--- a/src/version.c
+++ b/src/version.c
@@ -743,6 +743,8 @@ static char *(features[]) =
 static int included_patches[] =
 {   /* Add new patch number below this line */
 /**/
+    2388,
+/**/
     2387,
 /**/
     2386,